Quantcast
Channel: Guides – GameHouse
Viewing all 192 articles
Browse latest View live

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger Walkthrough

$
0
0

Welcome to the Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger walkthrough. The princess of Aurelia has fallen victim to a mysterious spell after being cut with a cursed dagger. Is the good wizard Pharion to blame? It’s up to you and Tim to uncover the culprit before they do more damage in this fantastical steampunk hidden object adventure. Our walkthrough will guide you with all the tips and tricks you need to stay one step ahead of the game.

 

Disclaimer: This walkthrough is currently a work in progress. We will be updating it on a daily basis until it’s complete. If you need a chapter that’s not currently available, be sure to check back tomorrow for more content!

Contents

General Tips & Tricks

Whether you’re new to the game or just need a finger pointing you in the right direction, this section will provide you with all the general tips and tricks you need to get started.

 

  • Your current Goals can be accessed by clicking on the Goals button in the lower left corner of the screen. Selecting this button will show you all current objectives, as well as any you’ve completed per chapter.
  • The Inventory is shown at the bottom of the screen. Click on the lock icon on the left side to lock it into place, or unlock it to let it disappear at the bottom of your screen when it’s not being used. All Key Items you uncover while playing will be stored here.
    • Items with a + sign next to them indicate they can be interacted with further. Click on the item to have a closer look. Interacting with an item may require using an additional item to complete it.
  • The Hint button is located in the lower right corner of the screen. Click on this to receive a hint regarding where you should go or what you should do next.
    • During puzzles, the Hint button will become a Skip
    • Both Hints and Skips are unlimited, but will require time to charge up before use.
  • Click on the eye icon in the lower left corner to view all Active Areas you can interact with.
  • The Mobile Projector is located in the upper left corner of your screen. Once found, you can use this to view a map of your current chapter. You can also fast-travel between locations by clicking on their icons.
  • Tim the Robot is a metal companion you will find during the game’s first chapter. Located in the upper left corner, Tim can reach locations you can’t, and will flash green whenever you enter a room where he can be used.
  • The Achievements tab is located in the upper right corner. Use this to keep track of all achievements while playing the game.
  • Once you’ve completed the game’s main adventure, you can access the Extra Gameplay by clicking on the Extras tab in the game’s Main Menu.

 

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger Walkthrough

Twelve years ago the Kingdom of Aurelia was captured by a tyrant. With the help of the great wizard Pharion, the princess of the land was able to reclaim her kingdom. However, during the celebration, a stranger cut the hand of the princess, sending her into an accursed sleep. Her friend Tim, who witnessed the attack, will need to chase down her attacker and try to save her, before it’s too late!

 

Chapter 1 – Palace

Bedroom

  • Select the Amulet in your inventory and show it to the King. You will trigger a cutscene.
  • Examine the round, green ottoman in the lower right corner.
    • Click on the Brush and the Part of Dial 1/4 to add them to your inventory.
  • Take a closer look at top of the cabinet to the left of the bed.
    • Click on the Part of Dial 2/4 to add it to your inventory.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 1 - Part of Dial Location

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 1 – Part of Dial Location

  • Look at the Princess’s bed.
    • Read the scroll lying on the bed.
    • Click on the Part of Dial 3/4 to add it to your inventory.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 1 - Part of Dial Location 2

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 1 – Part of Dial Location 2

  • Enter through the door on the left.

Parlor

  • Click on the woman in the Parlor to trigger a cutscene.
  • Once the woman has left, return to the Bedroom.

Bedroom

  • Read the letter lying on the floor in front of the bed, and the letter on the dresser on the right.
  • Return to the Parlor.

Parlor

  • Examine the globe on the coffee table.
    • Click on the Powder Box to add it to your inventory.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 1 - Powder Box Globe

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 1 – Powder Box Globe

  • Click on the Powder Box in your inventory to examine it further.
    • Click on the Powder Box to open it.
    • Select the Brush from your inventory and use it on the Powder Box to acquire the Brush with Powder.
  • Take a closer look at the book stand on the right.
    • Click on the compass-like Mobile Projector. It will be added to the upper left corner of your screen. Click on it to access your Map.
  • Examine the broken window on the left.
    • Click on the cloth stuck on the broken window pieces to open the pocket.
    • Click on the Pliers inside to add them to your inventory.
    • Read the note left inside the pocket.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 1 - Pliers Location

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 1 – Pliers Location

  • Zoom in on the mantle of the fireplace.
    • Click on the Part of Dial 4/4 to add it to your inventory.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 1 - Final Part of Dial Location

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 1 – Final Part of Dial Location

  • Examine the book stand on the right again.
    • Use the Parts of Dial 4/4 on the groove in the center of the stand.
    • Next, use the Brush with Powder to reveal the hidden runes, triggering a puzzle.
    • Rotate the inner circle until the runes match the ones on the outer circle. Click on a rune to rotate it. Once the runes match, click on the button on the upper right to open the book. The solution is shown below.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 1 - Book Stand Puzzle Solution

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 1 – Book Stand Puzzle Solution

  • Upon completing the puzzle, click on the Crystal to add it to your inventory. You may also choose to click on the book pages to view the solutions for the upcoming puzzles you will face in this chapter.
  • Examine the mantle of the fireplace again.
    • Click and hold the clock hands on the face of the clock, turning clockwise until the time reads 4:00. Upon completing the puzzle, click on the Red Key to add it to your inventory.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 1 - Red Key Location

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 1 – Red Key Location

  • Take a closer look at the globe sitting on the coffee table again.
    • Click on 1) the red continent with the eye symbol, 2) the blue continent with the star symbols, and 3) the blue and white continent with the arrow symbol. A compartment will open, revealing the location of the Blue Key.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 1 - Blue Key Location

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 1 – Blue Key Location

  • Return to the Bedroom.

Bedroom

  • Examine the map mural on the right wall.
    • Use the Pliers to remove the Nail, adding both it and the Tree to your inventory.
    • Once these have been added to your inventory, the mural will fall, revealing a secret compartment. Read the notes if you wish, but don’t forget to collect the Lock Part in the bottom right corner.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 1 - Bedroom Mural

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 1 – Bedroom Mural

  • Take a closer look at the bottom portion of the cabinet to the left of the bed.
    • Place the Lock Part in the left slot to open the cabinet, revealing a hidden object area.
    • Find the items shown at the bottom of the screen. Their locations are shown below. Refer to these steps to locate them all.
      1. Collect the Buttons and use them on the encryption machine.
      2. Collect the Pincers from the encryption machine and use them on the crab.
      3. Take the Handle from the crab and use it on the drawer on the right.
      4. Open the drawer and use the Scissors inside to open the pale blue-green box on the lower left.
      5. Collect the Head from inside the box and place it on the suit of armor.
      6. Click on the five Pins to collect them, then use them on the blue pin cushion.
      7. Take the Corkscrew Handle from the pin cushion and use it on bottle inside the suit of armor.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 1 - Bedroom Hidden Object Scene

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 1 – Bedroom Hidden Object Scene

  • Upon completing the hidden object area, click on the Corkscrew to add it to your inventory.
  • Zoom in on the gold device on top of the cabinet.
    • Use the Nail to open the hidden panel.
    • Insert the Crystal into the device.
  • Click on the device on top of the cabinet to collect Tim the Robot. Tim will be added to the upper left corner of your screen. Tim can fly and is capable of reaching places that you can’t, making him especially useful when it comes to retrieving items out of reach. Keep an eye on Tim’s lights – they will blink green in a location where Tim can help you.
  • Click on Tim the Robot to select him, then click on the shield above the bed. He will rotate the shield, revealing a hidden pedestal.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 1 - Hidden Pedestal

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 1 – Hidden Pedestal

  • Take a closer look at the pedestal on the lower left.
    • Click on the knob near the top of the pedestal to shift it from the left side, to the right side. A hidden panel will appear.
    • Insert the Tree into the groove in the panel, then click on the knob to shift it to the center of the slide.
    • Collect the Green Key inside the pedestal to add it to your inventory.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 1 - Green Key Location

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 1 – Green Key Location

  • Zoom in on the portrait of Pharion on the right.
    • Click on the painting to shift it to the right.
    • Insert the Red Key, the Blue Key, and the Green Key into their respective locks. Click on each to unlock them, revealing a secret passage beneath the painting.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 1 - Colored Locks

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 1 – Colored Locks

  • Completing the task will unlock an achievement: Royal Key-keeper.
  • Proceed through the passage beneath the painting to the next location.

Underground Passage

  • Click on the soldier to trigger a cutscene.
  • Click on the Mallet lying on the floor to add it to your inventory.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 1 - Mallet Location

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 1 – Mallet Location

  • Zoom in on the soldier.
    • Read the note in the soldier’s hand.
    • Click on the Tongs to add them to your inventory.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 1 - Tongs Location

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 1 – Tongs Location

  • Take a closer look at the hole in the wall on the left.
    • Use the Mallet to knock out the loose stone bricks.
    • Click on the Iron to add it to your inventory.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 1 - Iron Location

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 1 – Iron Location

  • Return to the parlor.

Parlor

  • Take a closer look at the fireplace.
    • Use the Tongs to retrieve the Hot Coal.
  • Select the Iron in your inventory, then click on it to open it. Insert the Hot Coal, then click to close the Iron. The Hot Iron will be added to your inventory.
  • Return to the underground passage.

Underground Passage

  • Examine the picture frame above the fallen soldier.
    • Use the Hot Iron to reveal a hidden object puzzle.
    • Click on the items displayed in the list. Their locations are shown below.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 1 - Underground Passage Hidden Object Puzzle

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 1 – Underground Passage Hidden Object Puzzle

  • Upon completing the puzzle, a hidden compartment will be revealed. Click on the lever inside.
  • Zoom in on the first of the vessels hanging from the ceiling.
    • Collect the Valve
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 1 - Valve Location

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 1 – Valve Location

  • Use the Valve on the pipe on the right. Click on the valve to turn it, turning on the flow of water.
  • Take a closer look at the pipe above the second vessel.
    • Use the Corkscrew on the Cork to retrieve it and add it to your inventory.
  • Examine the leak in the pipe on the upper right.
    • Insert the Cork into the break in the pipe, then use the Mallet to secure it.
  • The portcullis will open. Proceed through to the next area.

 

Chapter 2 – Square

Square

  • Proceed forward to the gate at the other end of the square.

Town Gate

  • Examine the posters on the left wall, as well as the robot guard. The robot will fall apart.
  • Click on the Mechanical Soldier’s Broken Head, the Mechanical Soldier Part 1/3, and the Ladder to add them to your inventory.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 2 - Town Gate Items

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 2 – Town Gate Items

  • Go back to the square.

Square

  • Click on the statue ahead to move closer.

Statue

  • Read the note hanging on the right side of the statue base.
  • Click on the Hay to add it to your inventory. This will reveal the Mechanical Soldier Part 2/3, which you should also collect.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 2 - Statue Items

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 2 – Statue Items

  • Place the Ladder on the left side of the statue. We’ll climb to the top later.
  • Go back down to the square.

Square

  • Take a closer look at the stables on the left.
    • Give the Hay to the horse and take the Screwdriver.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 2 - Screwdriver Location

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 2 – Screwdriver Location

  • Zoom in on the basket next to the barrel in the lower left corner of the screen.
    • Click on the Needles in the yarn to add them to your inventory.
  • Examine the signpost of the house in the distance – between the statue and the street lamp, beneath the water tower.
    • Use the Screwdriver to acquire the Bow-tie.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 2 - Retrieving the Bow-tie

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 2 – Retrieving the Bow-tie

  • Take a closer look at the door of the gold-colored house to the immediate left of the statue.
    • Attach the Bow-tie to the chain above the mechanical cat.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 2 - Opening the Workshop Door

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 2 – Opening the Workshop Door

  • Enter through the newly unlocked door.

Workshop

  • Speak with Leonard, the engineer.
  • Examine the cabinet on the far end of the room, toward the upper left.
    • Click on the latches on either side of the bottom of the cabinet to open them. Use the Needles to secure them in place.
    • Open the cabinet, then collect the Wrench and the Fish
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 2 - Workshop Items

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 2 – Workshop Items

  • Examine the rear right corner of the room.
    • Click on the Abrasive to add it to your inventory.
  • Collect the Hose from the nearest end of the workbench on the left.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 2 - Hose Location

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 2 – Hose Location

  • Examine the device on the left side of the workshop.
    • Place the Fish on the stand and click on the side panel to open it.
    • Select the red and blue wires to attach them to the fish. Click on the gold wheel on the right to activate the machine, charging the fish.
    • Once finished, click on the Charged Fish to add it to your inventory.
  • Exit to the square.

Square

  • Attach the Hose to the red fire hydrant on the right. Click on the lever at the end of the hose to activate it.
  • Take a closer look inside the fountain.
    • Try to click on the item in the water – those pesky mechanical crabs will try to stop you. Place the Charged Fish into the water to trigger a minigame.
    • Crush all the crabs in the jaws of the mechanical fish. Point and click next to the crabs to scare them into the direction of the fish. Once they’re close enough, they’ll be eaten.
    • Once all the crabs have been devoured, click on the Mechanical Soldier Part 3/3 to add it to your inventory.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 2 - Mechanical Soldier Part 3

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 2 – Mechanical Soldier Part 3

  • Head forward to the statue.

Statue

  • Take a closer look at the top of the statue.
    • Use the Abrasive to dust off the top of the statue.
    • Use the Screwdriver to remove the Propeller and add it to your inventory.
    • Use the Wrench to remove the stand, revealing the Crystal, which you should also collect.
  • Go back to the workshop.

Workshop

  • Take a closer look at the back right portion of the workshop.
    • Place the Mechanical Soldier’s Broken Head, the Mechanical Soldier Parts 3/3, and the Crystal on the table to trigger a puzzle.
    • Repair the Mechanical Soldier’s head using the parts you collected. Place the Crystal into the slot in the top of the head, then place the other parts according to their correct locations shown in the screenshot below. Finish it by using the tools to secure the parts in place.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 2 - Mechanical Soldier Assembly Puzzle Solution

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 2 – Mechanical Soldier Assembly Puzzle Solution

  • Upon completing the puzzle, the Mechanical Soldier’s Head will be added to your inventory.
  • Speak with Leonard. He will give you the Mindscope. The Mindscope will be kept in the upper right corner of your screen. Use it to read the thoughts of any living creature, including robots!
  • Click on Leonard again to trigger a cutscene.
  • Zoom in on the open window at the back of the workshop.
    • Select Tim the Robot on the upper left and use him to retrieve the item from the ledge.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 2 - Window Item Retrieval

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 2 – Window Item Retrieval

  • Once the item has been retrieved, the robot will drop it in the middle of the workshop floor. Click on the Crown to collect it.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 2 - Crown Location

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 2 – Crown Location

  • Return to the town gate.

Town Gate

  • Place the Mechanical Soldier’s Head on the robot body on the right.
  • Select the Mindscope on the upper right and use it to read the thoughts of the robot. Hover the Mindscope over the robot’s head and click to read its thoughts.
  • Head back to the statue.

Statue

  • Take a closer look at the plaque on the side of the statue base.
    • Insert the Crown into the slot to open a secret compartment. Collect the Halberd
  • Backtrack to the town gate.

Town Gate

  • Give the Halberd to the mechanical soldier. Click on the soldier once more to open the gates.
  • Proceed through the gates to the next location.

 

Chapter 3 – Canal

Bridge

  • Once you enter the area, click to trigger a cutscene.
  • Select Tim the Robot and click on the raised bridge on the other end of the canal.
  • Zoom in on the buoy in the canal.
    • Note the fish skeleton. Click on the Lightbulb to add it to your inventory.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 3 - Lightbulb Location

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 3 – Lightbulb Location

  • Click on the cellar doors across the way to open them and take a closer look inside.
    • Read the note tucked away on the sack on the left.
    • Screw the Lightbulb into the socket in the upper left corner.
    • Now that the cellar is illuminated, click on the Gaff to add it to your inventory.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 3 - Gaff in the Cellar

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 3 – Gaff in the Cellar

  • Proceed forward toward the boy in the distance.

Canal Edge

  • Click on the boy to speak with him.
  • Collect the Scoop Base and the Fish by clicking on the bucket of water. Collect the Coil from the top of the barrel on the right.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 3 - Canal Items

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 3 – Canal Items

  • Go back to the bridge.

Bridge

  • Zoom in on the buoy again.
    • Place the Fish on top of the buoy.
  • Use the Gaff to push the buoy closer to the crow.
  • Once the crow has left the nest, click on it for a closer view.
    • Collect the Scissors and the Hairpin from the nest to add them to your inventory.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 3 - Nest Items

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 3 – Nest Items

  • Select the Scissors and use them to cut the Net hanging on the right side of the screen, toward the end of the bridge.
  • Select the Scoop Base in your inventory. Add the Net to the base, followed by the Coil. You will obtain the finished Scoop Net.
  • Take a closer look at the buoy again.
    • Use the Scoop Net to catch the crow. Click on it to obtain the House Key.
  • Return to the canal edge.

Canal Edge

  • Speak with the boy. He will offer you his boat.
  • Click on the lever to the left of the boy to bring about the boat you will be using.
  • Continue down the ladder into the boat.

Boat

  • Use the Hairpin on the lever on the left above the wheel to hold the hatch open. Collect the Pump and the Statuette 1/2.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 3 - Boat Items

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 3 – Boat Items

  • Click on the tube cap on the right to open it. We’ll be returning here to complete this task later.
  • Go back up to the canal edge.

Canal Edge

  • Take a closer look at the door on the right.
    • Use the House Key to open the door. Click once to turn it.
  • Enter the house.

House

  • Click on the area under the bed to enter a hidden object scene.
    • Find the items shown at the bottom of the screen. Their locations are shown below. Refer to this sequence to find them all.
      1. Collect the Saber.
      2. Collect the Matches.
      3. Use the Matches to light the lantern and collect the Sailor 1/4.
      4. Place the Saber in the pirate’s hand to open the chest and reveal the Star.
      5. Use the Star to open the pouch, revealing the Flag.
      6. Place the Flag on the tower to collect the Sailor 2/4.
      7. Collect Sailor 3/4 and Sailor 4/4.
      8. Place the Sailors on the ship to reveal the Gun.
      9. Give the Gun to the robot to shoot down the balloon, revealing the Wheel.
      10. Place the Wheel on the train to uncover the Statuette 2/2.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 3 - House Hidden Object Scene

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 3 – House Hidden Object Scene

  • Upon completing the area, the Statuette 2/2 will be added to your inventory.
  • Click on the Spatula sitting on the chair to collect it.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 3 - Spatula Location

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 3 – Spatula Location

  • Examine the box on the table on the left.
    • Use the Statuettes x2 on the box track to trigger a puzzle.
    • Swap cats and mice. Figures can only be moved forwards. To start over, press the reset button. Referring to the screenshot here as reference, the solution is as follows:
      1. Move Mouse 4 to H.
      2. Move Cat 7 to Mouse 4’s starting position.
      3. Move Mouse 4 from H to Cat 7’s starting position.
      4. Move Mouse 3 to B.
      5. Move Cat 8 to Mouse 3’s starting position.
      6. Move Mouse 3 from B to Cat 8’s starting position.
      7. Move Cat 6 to E.
      8. Move Mouse 1 to Cat 6’s starting position.
      9. Move Cat 5 to Mouse 1’s starting position.
      10. Move Mouse 2 to Cat 5’s starting position.
      11. Move Cat 6 to Mouse 2’s starting position.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 3 - Cat and Mouse Puzzle Solution

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 3 – Cat and Mouse Puzzle Solution

  • Upon completing the puzzle, examine the box sitting on the table again. Collect the Insulating Tape and the Boat Key inside to add them to your inventory.
  • Take a closer look at the window.
    • Attach the Hairpin to the rope and click on the reel to retrieve the Teapot.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 3 - Teapot Location

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 3 – Teapot Location

  • Head back down to the canal edge.

Canal Edge

  • Take a closer look at the barrel on the right.
    • Use the Spatula to pry open the lid, then insert the Pump.
  • Place the Teapot on the ground next to the barrel and click on the Pump to fill it. Click on the resulting Teapot with Fuel to collect it.
  • Go down to the boat.

Boat

  • Insert the Boat Key into the ignition.
  • Pour the Teapot with Fuel into the tube on the right.
  • Click on the key to start the engine, taking the boat to the next location.

 

Chapter 4 – Sluice

Sluice

  • Zoom in on the telescope straight ahead. You will unlock the achievement Detective.
  • Examine the control panel toward the bottom of the screen.
    • Use the Insulating Tape to repair the wire.
    • Move the switches into the following positions:
      • Red – up
      • Yellow – down
      • Green – down
      • Blue – up
    • The staircase will slide into position on the left. Take a closer look at the shack at the top of the steps.
      • Use the Wrench to break the window open.
      • Collect the Glass Shard and click on the latch to open the door.
      • Enter the control booth.

Control Booth

  • Click on Leonard to trigger a cutscene.
  • Once the mechanical insect is destroyed, collect the Cylinder, the Broom, and zoom in on the mechanical insect – opening the top to collect the Battery
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 4 - Control Booth Items

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 4 – Control Booth Items

  • Use the Glass Shard to untie Leonard and speak with him. He will give you the Cellar Key, unlocking the achievement Rescuer.
  • Take a closer look at the bulletin board to the left of the door.
    • Click on the Thumbtacks Part 5/12 and the Scheme to add them to your inventory.
  • Zoom in on the hatch in the floor, right next to the remains of the mechanical insect.
    • Use the Cellar Key on the lock and click to open it.
    • Collect the Broken Drill, the Crowbar, and the Hook from the floor cache.
  • Head back out to the sluice.

Sluice

  • Zoom in on the end of the sluice straight ahead.
    • Attach the Hook to the winch on the crane, then click on the lever to use it.
    • Click on the Thumbtacks Part 12/12, the Saw, and the Nippers to add them to your inventory.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 4 - Sluice Crane Items

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 4 – Sluice Crane Items

  • Take a closer look at the propeller next to the control booth staircase.
    • Use the Thumbtacks to repair the propeller. Click after each blade repair to move onto the next until all four blades are replaced, restoring power to the control booth.
  • Enter the control booth.

Control Booth

  • Examine the generator at the back of the room.
    • Place the Scheme on the front of the panel, completing the sheet of paper.
    • Move the dials to their correct locations according to the circled numbers, then click on the power lever on the right. The solution is shown here.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 4 - Generator Panel Solution

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 4 – Generator Panel Solution

  • A puzzle will be revealed. Move the bulbs so that the red ones match the red circles and the green ones match the green circles. If you need to start over, click the reset button. The puzzle solution is shown here:
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 4 - Colored Bulbs Puzzle Solution

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 4 – Colored Bulbs Puzzle Solution

  • Upon completing the puzzle, the door on the left will open. Proceed through to the next location.

Tank Storage

  • Examine the pipes at the bottom center of the screen.
    • Use the Cylinder on the device.
    • Click on the lever on the upper right to fill the cylinder until it starts to frost. Click on the resulting Cylinder with Nitrogen to add it to your inventory.
  • Take a closer look at the vice toward the bottom left.
    • Click on the crank to loosen the vice, acquiring the Borer.
    • Place the Broom into the clamp. Use the Saw to cut the handle. You will get the resulting Broom Pieces.
  • Click on the Broken Drill in your inventory to take a closer look.
    • Click on the back panel to open it and insert the Battery.
    • Attach the Borer to the front of the drill. Click on it to add the completed Drill back to your inventory.
  • Zoom in on the right wall of the room, beneath the platform.
    • Use the Drill on the wall to widen the holes.
    • Use the Broom Pieces to create makeshift steps.
  • Climb up the newly formed ladder to the next location.

Tank Top

  • Examine the bomb straight ahead.
    • Use the Cylinder with Nitrogen on the gears to freeze them in place, then click on the Fuse to add it to your inventory.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 4 - Bomb Fuse

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 4 – Bomb Fuse

  • Use the Nippers to cut the wires at all four corners of the bomb.
  • Click on the bomb again to lift the lid of the tank and take a closer look inside.
    • Click on the valve inside to open the compartment below.
    • Click on Tim the Robot and use him to retrieve the card down inside the hollow.
  • Click on the Access Card to add it to your inventory.
Kingdom of Aurelia - Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger - Chapter 4 - Access Card

Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger – Chapter 4 – Access Card

  • Once you’ve collected the card, a cutscene will follow.

Inside Tank

  • Use the Crowbar to remove the grate on the left and take a closer look inside.
    • Use the Wrench to remove the top bolt, then remove the broken component and replace it with the Propeller from your inventory.
    • Click on the bolt to return it to the top of the propeller, then use the Wrench to fasten it. You will reacquire Tim the Robot.
  • Select Tim the Robot and use him on the right porthole. He will open the top hatch.
  • Exit the inside of the tank through the top hatch.

Tank Top

  • Go back to the control booth.

Control Booth

  • Leonard is lying on the floor. Click on him for a closer view.
    • Click on the device on the back of Leonard’s neck to trigger a cutscene.
  • Click on Leonard once more to speak with him.
  • Take a closer look at the window to the right of Leonard.
    • Use the Access Card on the slot.
  • Once you’ve spoken with Leonard again, exit to the sluice.

Sluice

  • Enter the boat on the right.

Boat

  • Once you’ve entered the boat, a cutscene will take you to the next chapter and location.

 

COMING SOON!

Our walkthrough is currently under construction. We appreciate your patience as we work to continue updating. We will be adding new chapters as they’re completed. Be sure to check back tomorrow for the next update!

The post Kingdom of Aurelia – Mystery of the Poisoned Dagger Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.


Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc Lion Locations Guide

$
0
0

So you’re playing Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc, and those missing Lion head locations are enough to make you want to roar in frustration. Well, no longer! Introducing our exclusive Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc Lion Head Locations Guide. With it, you’ll be the Lion King in no time!

Contents

How to Find Lion Heads – Q&A

Before we start, here are a few tips and tricks, questions and answers to help you better understand how to find and keep track of Lion heads you have found:

 

Q: Where can I see all the Lion heads I’ve collected?

A: Click on the small shield with the Lion head icon in the bottom left corner, next to Loreen and/or Nathaniel’s picture. This will bring up the Family Crest, showing all Lion heads you’ve currently found, and are still searching for.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Family Crest

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Family Crest

Q: How do I know if there’s a Lion head hidden in a room?

A: Every room has a hidden Lion head. There are a few exceptions, such as the Puppet Theater, which are not actually a room. However, the best rule to follow is “If it takes up the whole screen, it counts as a room!”.

 

Q: How do I keep track of Lion heads I have or haven’t found?

A: Clicking on the Lion head icon next to Loreen or Nathaniel’s picture will pull up the Family Crest. Hover your cursor over a Lion head to see which location it’s hidden in. A gold Lion head indicates you’ve found the Lion head for that location. A Lion head whose design details you can see, but is not gold, means you’ve missed a Lion in a location you’ve been to. Hover your cursor over this Lion to see which location it’s in. If the Lion head slot is empty and nothing pops up when you hover your cursor, rest assured – you just haven’t been to this location yet! Once you’ve found a Lion in a room, the Lion icon on the shield next to the characters’ picture will appear gold.

 

Q: What happens when I find all the Lion heads?

A: The achievement Lion King will be unlocked, and you’ll be able to do something special! Refer to the bottom of this guide for more information.

 

Lion Head Locations

The following is a list of locations, with screenshots and descriptions showing where, exactly, each of the 29 hidden Lion heads can be found.

 

#1 – Loreen’s Room

After removing the green curtain with the Curtain Rod, you will be able to see the first Lion head at the top of the bookcase.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 1 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 1 of 29

#2 – Corridor

The second Lion head is located at the base of the candelabra branches on the left.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 2 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 2 of 29

#3 – Baths

This room’s Lion is located at the base of the pillar on the right.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 3 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 3 of 29

#4 – Canals

The next Lion head is located on the brick wall above the valve on the right side of the room.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 4 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 4 of 29

#5 – Storeroom

The Storeroom’s hidden Lion head can be found between the mannequin and the skull on the left.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 5 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 5 of 29

#6 – Puppet Theater

Examine the Puppet Theater while in the Storeroom to find the next Lion beneath the coin slot on the right side.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 6 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 6 of 29

#7 – Rollercoaster Garage

The next Lion head is located in the corner of the room, to the left of the double doors at the end of the track.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 7 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 7 of 29

#8 – Rollercoaster Wagon

Lion number 8 is in the upper right corner of the blue panel on the right.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 8 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 8 of 29

#9 – Carriage

This room’s Lion can be found on the decorative panel just above the shelf. The shelf is set above the red seat on the left.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 9 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 9 of 29

#10 – Carriage House

The next Lion is located at the very top of the pillar wrapped in vines above the carriage.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 10 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 10 of 29

#11 – Loreen’s Cell

The wispy Lion head hidden in this room can be found in the cobwebs beneath the bed.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 11 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 11 of 29

#12 – Nathaniel’s Cell

Hidden in the corner beneath Loreen’s window is another Lion head.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 12 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 12 of 29

#13 – Dungeon

The next Lion head can be found at the top of the alcove on the right.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 13 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 13 of 29

#14 – Wagons

This outdoor Lion head is tucked into the ornamental gold filigree above the caravan on the left.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 14 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 14 of 29

#15 – A Woman’s Wagon

Lion head number 15 is hidden in the trim in the upper left corner, next to the pipe. Once you’ve collected this Lion head, the achievement Lion’s Share will be unlocked.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 15 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 15 of 29

#16 – Dirty Wagon

The Lion head here can be found on the face of the gold book on the top shelf, in the upper right corner.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 16 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 16 of 29

#17 – Torture Chamber

In the upper left corner of the blue doorway, you’ll find the Torture Chamber’s Lion head.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 17 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 17 of 29

#18 – The Torturer’s Room

Examine the lamp to the left of the tapestry and above the green chaise lounge to locate the Lion head here.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 18 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 18 of 29

#19 – Courtyard

Perhaps the trickiest Lion head to find, it’s hidden in the ivy to the left of the doorway leading to the Guard Room.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 19 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 19 of 29

#20 – Guard’s Room

Yet another wispy Lion head! You’ll find it in the upper right corner above the cannonballs.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 20 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 20 of 29

#21 – Cage

Another very difficult head to find, the Lion here is on the red curtain to the right of the cage door.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 21 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 21 of 29

#22 – Throne Room

The Throne Room Lion head is at the top of the left banner hanging next to the throne.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 22 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 22 of 29

#23 – Treasury

The golden Lion head is tucked into the pile of gold on the lower right, beneath the floating book.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 23 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 23 of 29

#24 – Tower

You’ll find this room’s Lion head in the uppermost left window, in the center of the decorative grate.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 24 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 24 of 29

#25 – Terrace

Click on the gold Lion head tucked into the small topiary at the base of the centermost pillar to collect it.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 25 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 25 of 29

#26 – Gondola

In the distance on the right, next to the waterfall, you’ll find the 26th Lion head.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 26 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 26 of 29

#27 – Carnival

Riding on the front of the white horse on the left is the Carnival’s Lion head.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 27 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 27 of 29

#28 – Knife Thrower’s Tent

Tucked into a crevice of tent cloth above the scarecrow, you’ll find the Tent’s Lion.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 27 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 27 of 29

#29 – Wizard’s Tent

Aleister Valdus doesn’t mind you claiming the final Lion head. It’s hidden in the designs of the purple curtain just above the bookcase.

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Lion 29 of 29

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Lion 29 of 29

 

Congratulations! Once you’ve picked up the final hidden Lion head, you’ll unlock the achievement Lion King. But what are all those Lion heads for? Well, together, they complete Nathaniel’s Family Crest. Return to A Woman’s Wagon to discover their hidden purpose!

 

…Are you there yet?

We’ll wait….

 

Ok, good! Examine the box on the shelf while playing as Nathaniel. After clicking through his dialogue, use the Family Crest to open the box! What lies inside? It’s an old family secret! Once opened, you can click on each of the objects inside to learn more about them. Don’t forget to take it with you when you leave!

 

Royal Trouble - Honeymoon Havoc - Nathaniel's Heirloom

Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc – Nathaniel’s Heirloom

 

This concludes our Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc Lion Head Locations Guide! If you still need help, or are looking for a more in-depth walkthrough, check out the official Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc Walkthrough by Orchid Games.

 

The Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc Lion Head Locations Guide is meant as a walkthrough to locate the hidden lion heads. It does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

 

 

The post Royal Trouble – Honeymoon Havoc Lion Locations Guide appeared first on GameHouse.

Alicia Griffith – Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

$
0
0

Welcome to the Alicia Griffith – Lakeside Murder Walkthrough. A famous crime author is found dead in a mystery that promises to be like no other. Are you ready to confront the surprises in store? Don’t be caught off guard – use the walkthrough to guide your investigation from start to finish!

Contents

General Tips & Tricks

Here are some tips that can help you play through the game easier:

 

You can chose between three difficulty modes:

Casual – Sparkles show areas of importance on the screen. Hint and Skip recharge faster. Taks list can be expanded.

Adventure – Hint and Skip recharge faster. Taks list can be expanded. Sparkles are disabled.

Challenge – Hint and Skip recharge slowly. Sparkles and extended Task list are disabled.

You can also customize settings by enabling or disabling segments of settings.

Difficulty and settings can be changed at any time during the game, just enter the gameplay settings via Menu.

 

Once the game starts you can chose to use Tutorial. At any time the tutorial can be skipped, but if you complete the tutorial you will get an achievement!

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

The Journal is located at the lower left part of the screen (“1”). It contains Journal entries, Records with some back-story information, and the Task list.

The Task list is very important because it can give you additional hints for solving the tasks. Depending on the difficulty settings, you can click on the task to get additional help.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

Once collected, Map (“2”) will be placed next to the Journal. Use it to fast travel between locations. It gives information of Alicia’s current location (marked as “A”) and currently selected location (marked as small yellow down arrow).  Use the map to fast travel between locations. You can fast travel only between locations you’ve already visited.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

Hint (“4”) button is located in the lower right corner of the screen. Hint is used to help you to collect items, make an action, or point you to a location where you need to go. Hints will not be spent if they point you to another location. Once spent, Hint needs some time to recharge. Recharge time depends on the game difficulty.

 

While solving a puzzle, the Hint button will be replaced with a Skip button. Once the Skip button is refilled you can use it to skip the puzzle.

 

Use the Footsteps icon (“3”) to help you more easily navigate the current location. Once clicked, it will show you all available exits from the current location.

Alicia Griffith – Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

Welcome to the Alicia Griffith: Lakeside murder Walkthrough! This guide gives detailed instructions on how to complete the game from start to finish. It will also help you gain special achievements hidden throughout the game.

 

Chapter 1: Lakeside

Detective Alicia Griffith rents a cabin by the lake near a small town of Turmville. There she meets local Sheriff Horace Williams. Ritual murder has happened and the Sheriff desperately needs the help. Alicia agrees to assist him in solving this mysterious murder.

 

Location: Room

Alicia needs to take her stuff before going to the murder location.

 

Collect the Chest key from the board on the opposite wall.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

Zoom in on the chest and use Chest key on the lock. Click two times on the key to open the lock.

  • Chest opens.
  • Collect the Screwdriver Tip from the chest.

Zoom in on the small desk next to the chest.

  • Collect the Batteries.
  • Collect the Turmville Brochure. You now have the Map. It will show your current location and allows you to fast travel from one place to another.

Zoom in on the suitcase.

  • Collect the Screwdriver Hold.
  • Combine the Screwdriver Tip and Screwdriver Hold in your inventory by dragging one item over the other.
  • You now have the Screwdriver.
  • The lock on the suitcase is broken. Use the Screwdriver to remove the front plate.
  • To open the suitcase you need to solve the puzzle. Click on the suitcase lock to play the puzzle.

Puzzle solution:

Click two times on the arrow-button marked with “1”.

Click once on the arrow-button marked with “2”.

Click once on the arrow-button marked with “3”.

Click once on the arrow-button marked with “4”.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

The picture below shows final position of the pins.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • After solving or skipping the puzzle the suitcase is opened.
  • Collect Files Notes and the Cassette from the suitcase.

Zoom in on the cassette player on the sofa.

  • Place the Batteries and the Cassette into cassette player.

Collect the Case file from the sofa.

If you have played the Tutorial, you are awarded with the “Professor” hidden achievement.

Exit the room.

 

Location: Lake House

Help Alicia find the murder weapon and any additional clues.

 

Talk to Sheriff Williams.

Collect the Broken Shovel

Zoom in on the bush (“1”).

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • Remove placed bush branch to discover a fresh mound.
  • Close the zoom.

Open the lake house doors and go inside.

 

Location: Inside the Lake House

Click on the murder location. This will add a New Task to the Journal.

Collect the Flashlight from the right window.

Zoom in on the fireplace.

  • Collect the Poker.
  • Use the Poker on the Warrior Figurine inside the fireplace.
  • You now have the Warrior Figurine.

Zoom in on the desk with the typewriter.

  • Collect the Warrior Figurine.
  • Collect the Scissors.
  • Click on the small drawer. It is locked.
  • Close both zoom locations.

Zoom in on the broom next to the fireplace.

  • Use the Scissors on the broom to get a Handle.

In your inventory, combine the Handle and Broken Shovel. Now you have the Shovel.

Zoom in on the location on the left desk. The location is marked by number 2.

  • Collect the Warrior figurine.
  • Collect the Solar charger.

Exit the house.

 

Location: Lake House

Zoom in on the fresh mound (where the fake bush was).

  • Use the Shovel on the fresh mound.
  • Click on the chest. New Task is added to the Journal.
  • Take the wallet next to the chest. You will get the Small key from the wallet.
  • Close the zoom.

Zoom in on the small cabinet on the right side of the house wall.

  • Use the Poker on the padlock.
  • The padlock will open. Click on the padlock to remove it.
  • The cabinet will open.
  • Collect the Pliers.

Go back into the lake house.

 

Location: Inside the Lake House

Zoom in on the desk with the typewriter.

  • Zoom in on the drawer.
  • Use the Small Key on the lock.
  • Click on small key multiple times to open the lock.
  • The drawer will open.
  • Collect the UV Light Bulb.
  • Collect the Camera – low power.
  • Inside your inventory combine the UV Light Bulb and Flashlight. You now have the UV Flashlight.
  • Use UV Flashlight on the paper in the typewriter. You have unlocked the hidden achievement “Bookworm” and gotten an additional Journal entry.

Use the UV Flashlight on the murder location on the house floor.

Puzzle starts.

Puzzle solution:

Here are the locations of markings and colors. You need to click on all markings of the same color in a row to keep them visible.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

After you solved or skipped the puzzle, Net Task is added to the Journal.

Zoom in on the left window.

  • Place the Solar Charger on the window.
  • Place Camera – Low Power on the window.
  • A sound will indicate when the camera is charged.
  • Collect the Digital Camera.

Use the Digital Camera on the signs on the house floor.

Puzzle starts.

Puzzle solution:

Use the arrows to rotate segments of different color. The final image should look like this. The final image may be on a different angle.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

First drag and place the medallion into the center slot.

After you solved or skipped the puzzle, Net Task is added to the Journal.

A new zoom will open.

  • Use the Pliers to remove four nails (“1” to “4”).

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • Click on the floor segment. A hidden compartment underneath the floor is now open.
  • Collect the Medallion.

Exit the house.

 

Location: Lake House

Zoom in on the fresh mound (where the fake bush was).

  • Click on the chest to start a puzzle.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

Signs of different weapons are now shown.

Place the corresponding warrior figures into slots with weapons.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

Select and use arrow buttons to rotate the rings with weapon signs so that each sign is close to the warrior figurine carrying that type of weapon.

The final position is shown in the picture below.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

After you solved or skipped the puzzle inside the chest, the murder weapon and additional clues are found. You should now go to Turmville and inform Sheriff Williams.

Use the map to get to Turmville or exit the location by going back down the path.

 

 

Chapter 2: Turmville

Alicia needs to talk to Sheriff Williams and find information about the ritual murder.

 

Location: Turmville

Zoom in on the board next to sheriff’s office doors.

  • Collect the Small Knife.
  • Click on the note to get the hidden achievement “Turnip”.

Enter the sheriff’s office.

 

Location: Sheriff’s Office

Talk to Sheriff Williams and find out about his Deputy, Ely Dillard. You should talk to him. Ely is behind the sheriff’s office.

Exit the sheriff’s office via the back door.

 

Location: Behind the Office

Talk to Deputy Ely Dillard. He is stuck on the roof and you should help him by placing the ladder next to him.

Zoom in on the ladder on the floor.

  • The ladder has been broken and you can’t repair it. New Task is added to the Journal.
  • Close the zoom.

Talk to the Deputy again. He unintentionally drops the garage keys into the drain.

  • A zoom of the drain will open. The bolts are rusty and you can’t open it.
  • Close the zoom.

Collect the Screwdriver from the barrel.

Return to the sheriff’s office.

 

Location: Sheriff’s Office

Talk to Sheriff Williams. This will give you the hidden achievement “Helpful Advice”.

Exit the office and head to the Turmville streets.

 

Location: Turmville

Exit this scene by going right.

 

Location: Turmville – Library

Zoom in on the toolbox next to the stairs.

  • Dials on the toolbox are stuck. Use the Screwdriver on the dials.
  • Puzzle starts:

Puzzle solution:

To open this toolbox you need to spell deputy’s surname “Dillard”. Each dial is rotated by using up and down buttons. The first dial is broken and it rotates the second dial, too, so you need to set this dial first. Letter “D” is scratched on it. After setting that one, the rest is easy.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

After you finish or skip this puzzle the toolbox will open.

  • Collect the Oil Can and Walnut Pie.

Zoom in on the plaque under the statue.

  • This is the statue of Allison Woods.
  • You are awarded with a hidden achievement “Just Being Informed”.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Go to the library entrance.

 

Location: Library Entrance

Zoom in on the doors.

  • They’re locked.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Zoom in on the panel on the left wall.

  • The wrench is stuck. Click on it to start a puzzle.

Puzzle solution:

Drag the points in the order shown below:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder WalkthroughAlicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

 

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder WalkthroughAlicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

 

  • After you finish or skip this puzzle, you will get the Wrench.
  • You can now see the magnet that was obscured by the wrench. Zoom in on the magnet.
    • The magnet is screwed tightly.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • Use the Screwdriver to unscrew four screws (“1” to “4”) holding the magnet.
  • Collect the Magnet.

Go to the location behind the office.

 

Location: Behind the Office

Zoom in on the drain.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • Use the Oil Can on each of the four rusty bolts (“1” to “4”).
  • Now you can use the Wrench on each of the bolts.
  • Click on the drain hatch to open the drain.
  • Use the Magnet on the open drain. You will get the Garage Keys.

Zoom in on the garage lock.

  • Use the Garage Keys on the lock.
  • Click on the keys to open the garage.

Zoom in on the garage.

  • Collect the Rope and the Rake.

Zoom in on the ladder.

  • Use the Rope to repair the broken steps.
  • Collect the repaired Ladder.

Place the Ladder on the ladder holds next to Deputy Dillard.

Talk to the deputy. Apparently while he was getting down the ladder, the wind blew his hat away. You need to find it before he is willing to talk to you.

Go to the Turmville location.

 

Location: Turmville

Zoom in on the lamppost left of the Tourist office.

  • Use the Rake to get the Deputy’s Hat.

Go back behind the sheriff’s office to give the hat to Deputy Dillard.

 

 

Location: Behind the Office

Give the Deputy’s Hat to the deputy and then talk to him.

He gives you the Library Key.

Go to the library entrance.

 

Location: Library Entrance

Zoom in on the library door.

  • Use the Library Key on the lock.
  • Click on the key a few times to open the door.

The door will open.

Enter the library.

 

Location: Library

Zoom in on the inner garden doors.

  • The doors are locked. A note suggests Albert has the key. You should find out who Albert is.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Zoom in on the glass cabinet left of the garden door.

  • There is a plate on the cabinet lock.
  • Use the Small Knife on the plate to remove it.
  • The magnetic lock mechanism is now visible. Click on it to start the puzzle.

Puzzle solution:

Click on the button marked with “1”.

Then click on the button marked with “2”.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

The final position of the magnets is shown in the picture below.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • After you finish or skip the puzzle, the cabinet will open.
  • Collect the CD marked “Albert” and Duct Tape.

Zoom in on the bookshelf above the yellow flower.

  • Collect the Paperclip and Botanic Dictionary.
  • You may also collect the Allison Wood biography to get an additional Journal entry.
  • Close the zoom if it is still open.

Collect the file from the topmost shelf. In the file, you will find the Picture Part.

Go back to the sheriff’s office.

 

Location: Sheriff’s office

Zoom in on the computer case and click on the power button. The monitor cable just burned out!

Zoom in on the monitor cable.

  • Collect the Small Key tangled in the spider web.
  • Click on the monitor cable. It seems that the computer jack on the cable is still functional.
  • Close the zoom.

Zoom in on the medicine cabinet.

  • Use the Small Key on the lock.
  • Click on the key to open the cabinet.
  • Collect the Wire Cutters.

Zoom in on the coffee maker.

  • Use the Wire Cutters on the cable to cut it off. You get the power Cable.

Zoom in on the monitor cable.

  • Use the Wire Cutters to cut off the burned cable part.
  • Connect the Cable from your inventory with the wall plug.
  • Use the Duct Tape to connect the two cable parts. The monitor should work now.

Zoom in on the computer case and click on the power button.

  • Albert’s CD is placed and the monitor shows the password screen with some Latin plant names. You don’t have enough information to break this password.

Go back to the library entrance.

 

Location: Library Entrance

Use the Botanic Dictionary on the plant here. You get the Journal entry with the plant’s Latin name.

Enter the library.

 

Location: Library

Use the Botanic Dictionary on both plants here. You get the Journal entries with plants’ Latin names.

Go back to sheriff’s office.

 

Location: Sheriff’s Office

Now you know the Latin names of all three of Albert’s plants and can break the password. Click on the monitor to start the puzzle.

Puzzle solution:

The hardest part of this puzzle was to find a way to figure out the Latin names of the plants Albert uses as passwords.

Just click on the arrow buttons until you get all three Latin names marked in red. Then hit the OK button.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

After you finish or skip the puzzle, Albert’s hut location is added to the map.

You need to go to the forest now. Exit the sheriff’s office and go right.

 

Location: Turmville – Library

Follow the path to the forest next to the blue truck.

 

Location: Forest Path

Collect the Mattock.

Zoom in on the tree hole. Something shiny is in there, but there is also an animal lurking in the hole. You need to get rid of the animal if you want that shiny thing.

Close the zoom screen.

Go further down the path.

 

Location: Forest Hut

Click on the stone next to the hut door. It seems it is intentionally put there. You need some leverage to move it.

Use the Mattock with this rock. The rock will be moved.

Click on the hole that was hidden by the rock. A puzzle starts.

Puzzle solution:

You need to drag the stones and fully reveal the trap door underneath.

This is the start state:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

The end state should look like this:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • After you finish or skip the puzzle, a zoom screen will open.
  • There is a small trap door. Click on it. The door opens.
  • Collect the Hut Key.

Zoom in on the hut door.

  • Use the Hut Key to open the door.

Get inside the hut.

 

Location: Albert’s Hut

Click on the deer head to gain the hidden achievement “Poor Deer”.

Collect the Old Umbrella from Albert’s bed.

Zoom in on the old oven.

  • Click on the oven grate to open it.
  • Use the Walnut Pie with the oven to gain the hidden achievement “Baker”.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Click on Albert’s calendar on the wall. Something is missing here. Some of the days don’t have markings.

Zoom in on Albert’s desk.

  • Collect the Pencil.
  • Click on the open book to get an additional Journal entry.
  • Use the Paperclip on the Jewelry box to pick the lock. The box will open.
  • Collect Allison’s Bracelet.

Go back to Allison’s statue in front of the library.

 

Location: Turmville – Library

Zoom in on Allison’s statue.

  • Zoom in on the hand holding the flower.
  • Use Allison’s Bracelet on the hand.
  • The hand will open and you get the Bronze Flower.

Go back to the hut.

 

Location: Albert’s Hut

Zoom in on the cabinet drawer.

  • There is one flower slot; place the Bronze Flower on it.
  • The drawer will open.
  • Collect the Shed Key and the Forest Map.
  • Take back the Bronze Flower. You will need it later.

Use the Forest Map on Albert’s wall calendar.

A puzzle starts.

Puzzle solution:

Each row and column can have only one of the signs. Click and drag the blues signs into the correct empty locations on the calendar.

Start position:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

End position:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

After you finish or skip this puzzle, Albert’s current position in the forest will be marked on the map.

Exit the hut and go down the forest path left of the hut entrance.

 

Location: Forest

You meet Albert. He’s quite a character… After the dialogue he will give you a second Bronze Flower.

Go back to the hut.

 

Location: Albert’s Hut

Zoom in on the top showcase on the cabinet.

  • Place the two Bronze Flowers into the slots.
  • A puzzle starts.

Puzzle solution:

Click and drag the flowers into the correct places. There are four black, one red, and one green flower.

Start position:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

End position:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • After you finish or skip this puzzle, the showcase will open.
  • Collect the Framed Turris flower. There is something written underneath the flower. You will need to open the frame without breaking it.

Exit the hut.

Location: Forest Hut

Zoom in on the shed.

  • Zoom in on the padlock.
  • Use the Shed Key on the padlock to open the shed.
  • Collect the Axe and the small Petrol Can.

Zoom in on the wooden stump.

  • Collect the Wooden Log.
  • Place the Wooden Log on the stump.
  • Use the Axe on the Wooden Log to get the Logs.

Enter Albert’s hut.

 

Location: Albert’s Hut

Zoom in on the old oven.

  • Place the Logs into the oven.
  • Close the zoom screen and go to the forest path.

 

Location: Forest Path

Place the Walnut Pie on the rock next to the tree with the hole in it.

A squirrel comes out and eats the pie.

Zoom in on the hole in the tree.

  • Use the Old Umbrella to get the shiny item from the hole.
  • You get the Empty Lighter.

In your inventory, combine the Empty lighter and the small Petrol Can.

You get the filled Lighter.

Go back to Albert’s hut.

 

Location: Albert’s Hut

Zoom in on the old oven.

  • Use the Lighter on the logs inside.
  • The fire is now lit.
  • Place the Framed Turris next to the fire to melt the wax holding the frame and back paper.

You get Allison’s Paper, but only her signature can be seen.  The pencil markings are long faded.

You need to use an old detective trick to find out what has been marked on this paper.

In your inventory, use the Pencil with Allison’s Paper.

You discover Allison’s map!

Go to Albert.

 

Location: Forest

Talk to Albert. He will take Allison’s Map and will give you the Library Garden Key.

Albert has gone, but he left his bag.

Zoom in on the bag.

  • Collect the Shears.

Zoom in on the bushes above the small pond. Something is hidden behind the thick vegetation.

  • Use the Shears on it.
  • It reveals a hidden grave. But something is missing here.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Get back to the library.

 

Location: Library

Zoom in on the library garden door.

  • Use the Library Garden Key to open the door.

Enter the library garden.

 

Location: Library Garden

Click on the closet. It is blocking the archive room door. You will need some leverage to move it from the door.

Zoom in on the file next to the well.

  • Click on the file. In the file you will find the second Picture Part.

Zoom in on the well mechanism.

  • Use the Wrench with the bolt to take it off.
  • Collect the well Wheel with Handle.

In your inventory, use the Wrench on the Wheel with Handle to separate the two.

Now you have both the Wheel and the Handle.

Go back to the forest path.

 

Location: Forest Path

Zoom in on the old wheelbarrow tangled with the vine.

  • Use the Shears to remove the vine.
  • The wheelbarrow is missing the wheel. Use the Wheel on it.
  • Collect the Wheelbarrow.

Go back to the library garden.

 

Location: Library Garden

Use the Wheelbarrow with the closet to move it. The door is now accessible.

Click on the door to open it.

Enter the archive room.

 

Location: Archive Room

It is dark in here.

Zoom in on the wall switch.

  • Click on the switch. Nothing happens.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Zoom in on the box lying on the floor.

  • The box is closed.
  • Use the Small Knife to open the box.
  • The box will open.
  • Collect the Electric Fuses.

Return to the library garden.

Location: Library Garden

On the wall to the right of the door there is a fuse box.

Zoom in on the fuse box. Fuses are missing.

  • Use the Electric Fuses on the fuse box.
  • A puzzle starts.

Puzzle solution:

Click on the light bulb marked with “1”.

Click on the light bulb marked with “2”.

Click on the light bulb marked with “3”.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

All light bulbs are lit:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

After you finish or skip the puzzle. go back into the archive room.

 

Location: Archive Room

It is dark in here.

Zoom in on the wall switch.

  • Click on the switch.

The light is turned on and it reveals scattered file cabinets without labels on them. You need to somehow figure out which one contains the newspapers you need.

Collect the file from the shelf to the left of the scattered cabinets. In the file you will find the third Picture Part.

Zoom in on the cabinet door above the shelf where you found the file.

  • The handle is missing.
  • Use the Handle on cabinet door.
  • Click on the door to open it.
  • Collect the Metal Plate.
  • Use all three Picture Parts on the cabinet door with the fourth picture part already on it.
  • Collect the Archive Room Picture.

Use the Archive Room Picture on the scattered file cabinets.

  • Zoom in on the file drawer.
  • Click on the file drawer to open it.
  • Click on the newspapers inside the drawer.

You have now found out about the old murder the deputy was talking about. Alicia needs to talk with sheriff to see if there are any living relatives of the murdered woman.

But first, you can solve another mystery. Go to the forest.

 

Location: Forest Path

Zoom in on the unmarked grave.

  • Use the Metal Plate on the wooden grave mark.
  • The plate fits, and you are awarded with the hidden achievement “Unmarked Grave”.

Go to the sheriff’s office.

 

Location: Sheriff’s Office

Talk with Sheriff Williams. He will inform Alicia about Eugene Schultz, son of the long-murdered Marie Schultz. Eugene lives in the mansion. The Sheriff points Alicia to the location.

 

Chapter 3: Mansion

Alicia needs to find out more about the Schultz family and the murder that took place here long ago.

 

Location: Mansion

Zoom in on the mansion door.

  • The door is locked.
  • Close the zoom.

Zoom in on the door bell.

  • Click on it.
  • The bell doesn’t work.
  • Close the zoom.

Zoom in on the left window.

  • Collect the Metal Hook.
  • Close the zoom.

Zoom in on the coal chute underneath the left window.

  • The hatch is stuck via a fallen branch, and part of it is broken.
  • Collect the Wooden Peg (“1”) that was part of the hatch.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • Close the zoom.

Zoom in on the flower pot to the right of the mansion door.

  • Collect the String from the dried flower.
  • You can also move the flower pot. There was once a key here.
  • Close the zoom.

Exit the scene to the right.

 

Location: Garden Gate

Zoom in on the toolbox left of the gates.

  • Collect the Chisel.
  • Inspect the Hammer. It is broken; the hammer head is loose.
  • Use the Wooden Peg on the hammer to repair it.
  • Collect the Hammer.

Collect the Working Gloves from the box to the right of the gates.

On the left gate door there is a partly bent metal beam (“1”).

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

Use the Hammer on it.

Now you have the Metal Beam.

Return to the Mansion entrance.

 

Location: Mansion

Zoom in on the coal chute underneath the left window.

  • Use the Metal Beam on the tree branch.
  • The branch will move.
  • Click on the hatch to open it.
  • It is too dark to see inside.
  • Close the zoom.

Zoom in on the left window.

  • Take the note from the window.
  • There are also broken pot parts here. A key was placed underneath it, and has apparently fallen into coal chute when the tree branch hit the window.
  • Collect the Coin.

Zoom in on the lamp to the left of the door.

  • It is screwed tightly.
  • Use Coin on the three screws to unscrew them.
  • Remove the lamp cover.
  • Collect the Light Bulb.
  • Close the zoom.

Zoom in on the door bell.

  • Use the Chisel on it.
  • Hit the chisel with the Hammer.
  • The door bell is now open.
  • Take the Wires.

Zoom in on the lamp to the left of the door.

  • Connect the Wires to the lamp socket.

Attach the Light Bulb to the hanging wires.

Click on the light bulb to move it into the chute.

Zoom in on the coal chute.

  • You can see the key now, but you can’t reach it.
  • In your inventory, connect the String and Metal Hook.
  • You now have the Hook on a String.
  • Use the Hook on a String to get the Mansion Key.

Zoom in on the mansion door.

  • Use the Mansion Key on the lock.

The door will open.

You can now enter the mansion.

 

Location: Main Hall

Enter the room to the left.

 

Location: Study

You meet Eugene Schultz. He is sitting in his chair next to the fireplace and holds a book tightly. You try to talk to Eugene, but he is not making much sense. Besides; he thinks you are his servant, and wants some mint tea. Maybe he’ll be more willing to talk if you make him some tea.

Zoom in on the table next to Eugene.

  • Collect the Small Scissors.
  • Collect the Empty Teapot.
  • Collect the Used Gum stuck to the bowl on the left.
  • Close the zoom.

Zoom in on the cabinet.

  • Click on the handle to open it.
  • Click on the cat statue. The cat’s head is missing.
  • Collect the metallic plate. It is some kind of Food Calendar.
  • Close the zoom.

Exit the room.

 

Location: Main Hall

Zoom in on the basement door.

  • Use the Food Calendar on the round slot.
  • Click on it to start a puzzle.

Puzzle solution:

By clicking on a food symbol, it will switch places with the sign above it. You need to match the signs with the note on the right. On the note, the first (bottom) sign is missing. It is the pig.

Start position:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

End position:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

After you finish or skip this puzzle, the basement door will open.

Enter the basement.

 

Location: Basement

The basement looks older than the house. You should investigate it.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

Zoom in on the paint on the wall (“5”).

  • Old, thick paint is covering something beneath.
  • Close the zoom.

Collect the Spatula (“1”) and can of Dry Tar (“2”) from the boxes under the shelves.

Zoom in on the water pipe.

  • Use the Empty Teapot on the pipe (“3”) to fill it with water.
  • You now have the Teapot with Water.

Zoom in on the tied bag on the floor to the right (“6”).

  • Collect the Thin Stick.
  • Use the Small Scissors on the rope to open the bag.
  • Collect the Green Marble.

Zoom in on the topmost shelf (“4”).

  • Yuck! There is a rat on it. But there is also a can of mint tea. You need to get rid of the rat to take the tea.
  • Close the zoom.

Exit the basement.

 

Location: Main Hall

Zoom in on the cabinet on the first floor.

  • The cabinet door is stuck and can’t be opened.
  • Use the Chisel on the door to force it open.
  • Collect the Sleeping Pills.
  • There is also an old plush cat here, but it’s falling apart. You will only need it’s head, though.
  • Use the Small Scissors to get the Cat’s Head.

Go to the study.

 

Location: Study

Zoom in on the fireplace.

  • Put the can of Dry Tar into it.
  • Soon, the tar has melted. Use the Working Gloves to take the can of Molten Tar.
  • Close the zoom.

Zoom in on the cabinet with the broken cat statue.

  • Use the Molten Tar on it.
  • Now stick the Cat’s Head onto it.
  • The cat is still missing one eye.
  • Place the Used Gum on the cat’s head.
  • Now stick the Green Marble onto it.
  • Collect the Cat Statue. Hopefully it is convincing enough to scare the rat off.

Go back to the basement.

 

Location: Basement

Zoom in on the shelf with the rat on it.

  • Place the Cat Statue on the shelf.
  • Hooray, the rat ran off!
  • Now you can collect the Mint Tea from the can.

Return to the study to make the tea for Eugene.

 

Location: Study

Zoom in on the fireplace.

  • Put the Teapot with Water on it.
  • Soon, the water will be boiling.
  • Use the Working Gloves to collect the teapot with Hot Water.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Zoom in on the small desk.

  • Pour the Hot Water into the teacup.
  • Then place the Mint Tea into the teacup.
  • The tea is ready!
  • Close the zoom screen.

Talk to Eugene. He takes the tea and sends Alicia out of the room! This didn’t help.

 

Location: Main Hall

Go back to the study.

 

Location: Study

Zoom in on the small table.

  • Put the Sleeping Pills into the teacup.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Talk to Eugene again. Again, he sends Alicia out of the room.

 

Location: Main hall

Go back to the study. Eugene is now asleep.

Zoom in on the book Eugene is holding.

  • The book is locked.
  • Take Eugene’s Ring from his hand.
  • Furthermore, collect Eugene’s Brooch with the family crest on it.
  • Use Eugene’s Ring on the book.
  • A puzzle starts.

Puzzle solution:

Click once on the arrow button marked with “1”.

Click once on the arrow button marked with “2”.

Click twice on the arrow button marked with “1”.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

End position:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • When you finish or skip the puzzle, the book will open. It’s a Schultz family album.

Click on the open family album. You will learn about the Schultz family.

  • Collect Eugene’s Key that was inside the album.
  • Close the zoom.

Exit the study.

 

Location: Main Hall

Zoom in on the door on the first floor.

  • Use Eugene’s Key to open the door.

The bedroom door will open.

Enter the bedroom

 

Location: Bedroom

It’s the bedroom of Eugene’s parents. No one has been here in a long time.

Click on the small painting to the left of the stone head. You will gain the achievement “Art Critic”.

Zoom in on the picture behind the bed.

  • It’s a picture of Eugene’s parents.
  • Click on the picture side to turn it around.
  • There is a slot on the picture back.
  • Use Eugene’s Brooch on the slot.
  • A puzzle starts.

Puzzle solution:

Click on it to rotate the center piece and click on side pieces to fit them on center piece.

Start position:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

End position:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • After you finish or skip the puzzle, you will find the Grave Plate of Marie Schultz was hidden behind the slot.

Zoom in on the area under the bed.

  • Take the Wire Brush.
  • Click on the small chest to drag it closer.
  • The chest is closed, but something is missing on the hatch.
  • Close the zoom.

Zoom in on the pedestal with the stone head.

  • Collect the Strange Coin.
  • Use the Thin Stick on the small hole.
  • Click on the stick. A stone head pops out.
  • Collect the Head Statue.

Go to the garden gate.

 

Location: Garden Gate

Zoom in on the stone pillar without a stone head.

  • Place the Head Statue on the pillar.
  • A coin pops out.
  • Take the Strange Coin.

Now go to the basement.

 

Location: Basement

Zoom in on the paint on the wall.

  • Use the Wire Brush on the wall.
  • Paint is removed and a metal plate with two slots revealed.
  • Place the Strange Coins into the slots.
  • Click on the plate to start a puzzle.

Puzzle solution:

Use the two big buttons to slide the tracks with sign halves. When the tracks are aligned, and signs on them match the signs in the list below, click the middle button. The sign on the list below will turn blue. Do this for all the signs in the list, and do this in the right order (from left to right).

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

After you finish or skip the puzzle, the hidden entrance will open.

Go through the entrance.

 

Location: Dungeon

It looks like this place is an old dungeon where ritual murders took place.

Zoom in on the boxes and rope in the left corner of the room.

  • Collect the Strange Artifact with four skulls.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Return to the garden gate.

 

Location: Garden Gate

Zoom in on the garden gate lock.

  • Place the Strange Artifact into the slot there.
  • Click on the lock mechanism to start the puzzle.

Puzzle solution:

Drag the skulls so all four of them have glowing eyes.

Drag the skull marked with “2” to the right.

Drag the skull marked with “4” to the right.

Drag the skull marked with “2” to the right.

Drag the skull marked with “4” to the right.

Drag the skull marked with “3” to the left.

Drag the skull marked with “2” to the right.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

End position:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

After you finish or skip the puzzle, the garden gate will open.

Go through the open gate.

 

Location: Crypt Garden

There is a crypt and few unmarked graves here.

Collect the unlit Oil Lamp hanging on a tree branch.

Zoom in on the closest grave to the right of the crypt.

  • Collect the Chain Cutters.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Zoom in on the crypt door.

  • The crypt is locked. It needs two keys in order to open.
  • A New Task is added to the Journal.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Enter the small shed.

 

Location: Garden Shed

  • Zoom in on the chained pickaxe.
  • Use the Chain Cutters to break the chain.
  • Collect the Pickaxe.

Click on the numbers carved on the boxes to the left. You will get the hidden achievement “Mathematician”.

Zoom in on the pulley hanging close to the roof.

  • Use the Pickaxe to get the Pulley.

Go back to the crypt garden.

 

Location: Crypt Garden

To find out more about the Marie Shultz murder, you should locate her grave by trying to fit the grave name plate on the right grave.

Zoom in on the right grave located under the tree.

  • Use the Grave Plate on the tombstone. It fits; this is Marie Schultz’ grave.

Zoom in on Marie’s grave mound.

  • Use the Spatula to remove the dirt.
  • Use the Pickaxe to break the coffin.
  • Collect the Ritual Dagger. It is the same one as from the lake house.
  • Collect Marie’s Medallion.

Go to the bedroom.

 

Location: Bedroom

Zoom in on the small chest.

  • Use Marie’s Medallion on the chest slot.
  • Click on the hatch to open the chest.
  • Collect the Crypt Key.

Now go to the dungeon.

 

Location: Dungeon

Zoom in on the big rock plate on the floor. The rock is loose.

  • Use the Pickaxe to remove the rock plate.
  • Collect another Ritual Dagger.

Zoom in on the golden plate located on the right side of the far wall.

  • There are two narrow holes on the plate.
  • Place both Ritual Daggers into the narrow holes.
  • Click on the plate to start the puzzle.

Puzzle solution:

Click once on the arrow button marked with “1”.

Click once on the arrow button marked with “2”.

Click once on the arrow button marked with “3”.

Click twice on the arrow button marked with “4”.

Click once on the arrow button marked with “5”.

Click once on the arrow button marked with “3”.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

End position:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • After the puzzle is finished or skipped, a small niche in the wall will open.
  • Collect the second Crypt Key.

Zoom in on the boxes and rope in the left corner of the room.

  • Use the Wire Cutters to get the Bloody Rope.

Now go to the crypt garden.

 

Location: Crypt Garden

Zoom in on the crypt doors.

  • Place both Crypt Keys into the keyholes.
  • Click on the keys to start the puzzle.

Puzzle solution:

Align the pins as shown on the picture below:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

After the puzzle is finished or skipped, the crypt doors will open.

Enter the crypt.

 

Location: Crypt

You should try to remove sarcophagus cover.

Use the Pulley on the hook on the wall to the left of the sarcophagus.

Now place the Bloody Rope on the pulley.

Pull the rope.

The sarcophagus cover will move.

Zoom in on the open sarcophagus.

  • It is dark and the hole looks deep. There is also a small hook near the sarcophagus top.

Go back to the study room in the mansion.

 

Location: Study

Zoom in on the fireplace.

  • Place the Oil Lamp close to the fireplace.
  • You now have the Lighten Lamp.

Return to the crypt.

 

Location: Crypt

Zoom in on the open sarcophagus.

  • Place the Lighten lamp on the hook.
  • The hole is now lit and it seems as if it isn’t as deep as it looked.
  • Enter the hole.

 

Location: Hidden Entrance

There is an opening that goes down deeper. You need to find a way to get down there.

Collect the Metal Insignia from the skeleton.

Go back to the small shed in the crypt.

 

Location: Garden Shed

Zoom in on an old helmet.

  • Place the Metal Insignia on it.
  • The cross on the top of the helmet will pop out.
  • Collect the Metal Cross.

Return to the crypt.

 

Location: Crypt

Zoom in on the altar behind the sarcophagus.

  • Place the Metal Cross in the slot on the small chest.
  • Click on the chest to open it.
  • The chest will open.
  • Collect the Crypt Artifact.

Zoom in on the pillar to the left of the altar.

  • Click on the markings on this pillar to get a Journal entry. It could help you later.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Go into the sarcophagus hole.

 

Location: Hidden Entrance

Zoom in on the plate on the left wall.

  • Place the Crypt Artifact into the slot.
  • The mechanism will move.
  • Click on the plate to start the puzzle.

Puzzle solution:

Click on the buttons marked as “1” and “2” in this order:

1-2-2-1-2-2-1-1

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

End position:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • After you finish or skip this puzzle, the niche in the wall will open.
  • Collect the Ritual Hammer.

Go to the garden shed.

 

Location: Garden Shed

Zoom in on the big chest.

  • Use the Ritual Hammer on the padlock to break it.
  • Click on it to open the chest.
  • Collect the Metal Ladder.

Exit the shed.

 

Location: Crypt Garden

  • Zoom in on the grave placed between the crypt and the shed.
  • On each side of the tombstone there is a Metal Pin. Collect both pins.

Go back into the sarcophagus hole via hidden entrance.

 

Location: Hidden Entrance

Zoom in on the back wall.

  • Place both Metal Pins into the two metal holes in the wall.
  • Use the Ritual Hammer on both pins to nail them into the holes.

Place the Metal Ladder on the pins.

Go down the ladder.

 

Chapter 4: Underground Temple

Alicia goes down into a dark cave. The entrance collapses behind her. She needs to find a new way out, but also the person responsible for the ritual killings.

 

Location: Cave

Zoom in on the metal cage on the left cave wall.

  • Take the Crystal.
  • Close the zoom.

Exit the cave.

 

Location: Ancient Graveyard

There is an old graveyard here. The deceased are placed on wooden bunks above the ground.

 

Collect the Y Stick placed next to the right grave bunk and wall.

Collect the Water Sign Urn on the path.

Collect the Pale Fungus located on the left wall next to the skeleton.

Zoom in on the skeleton.

  • Click on the hand to move it.
  • Open the book.
  • Read about Professor Wright and his research.
  • You will acquire an important Journal entry with guidelines. This will be important later.
  • Collect the Stone Disc from the slot in the book.
  • Close the zoom.

Zoom in on the closest grave bunk next to the path.

  • Take the Spear.
  • Take the Feather.
  • Click on the part of the leather cover on the skeleton’s chest to remove it.
  • Collect the Necklace Half.

Zoom in on the further grave bunk next to the path.

  • Take the Bow.
  • Take the Necklace Half.

In your inventory, combine both Necklace Halves to get the Necklace Key.

 

Go further down the path.

 

Location: Old Temple

Zoom in on the stone mechanism to the left.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • Place the Crystal (“1”) into the topmost hole.
  • Place the Necklace Key (“2”) into the small hole underneath the crystal hole.
  • Click on the necklace key.
  • The puzzle will start.

Puzzle solution:

Click on the lenses to align the light beam as shown in the picture:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • After you finish or skip this puzzle, the crystal will be lit.
  • Collect the Lit Crystal.
  • Close the zoom.

Zoom in on the right statue next to the main temple gate.

  • There is a small six-sided slot in the statue’s arm. Use the Stone Disc on it.
  • Click on the stone disk. The statue’s arm will move.
  • Collect the Pot with Holds.

In your inventory, combine the Pot with Holds with the Y Stick to get the Pot on a Stick.

Go back to the ancient graveyard.

 

Location: Ancient Graveyard

On the left top part of the cave wall there are some stalactites with green acid on them.

Use the Pot on a Stick on those stalactites to fill the pot with acid.

You now have the Pot of Acid.

Go back to the cave.

 

Location: Cave

Zoom in on the metal cage on the left cave wall.

  • Place the Lit Crystal in the cage.

The cave is now lit.

Collect the Pale Fungus from the left wall.

Collect the Stone Weight from the floor next to the wooden door on the right.

Zoom in on the wooden door lock.

  • The lock is rusty.
  • Use the Pot of Acid on the lock to remove the rust.
  • Click on the lock to open the door.

Go through the newly opened door.

 

Location: Cave Room

Zoom in on the stone desk to the left.

  • It looks like some kind of primitive machine.
  • Collect the Ancient Axe.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Zoom in on the skeleton.

  • Take the Guardian Necklace.

Zoom in on the wall plate on the far wall in the lit area of the room.

  • Use the Spear to remove the plate.
  • Collect the Saw and box with Statue Elements.

Zoom in again on the stone desk to the left.

Place the Statue elements (“1”) in the big hole under the desk top.

  • In your inventory, combine the Saw and Spear to get the Two Sticks.
  • Place the Two Sticks into the two horizontal slots (“2”) on the desk top.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • Close the zoom screen.

Inspect the signs on the plate located on the right, underneath the stone weight.

You will unlock the hidden achievement “Explorer”, and an additional Journal entry which could help you later in the game.

Go back to the ancient graveyard.

 

Location: Ancient Graveyard

Zoom in on the skeleton of Professor Wright.

  • Use the Ancient Axe to break the small chest lock.
  • Click on the chest to open it.
  • Collect the Chieftain Statue.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Return to the cave room.

 

Location: Cave Room

Zoom in on the stone desk to the left.

  • Place the Chieftain Statue into the big slot at the desk top.
  • Click on the handles to start the puzzle.

Puzzle solution:

Click once on the arrow button marked with “2”.

Click three times on the arrow button marked with “1”.

Click once on the button marked with “3”.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

End state:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • After you finish or skip this puzzle, you will get the second Chieftain Statue.
  • Take the first Chieftain Statue from the desk. You will need both of these statues.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Go to the temple entrance.

 

Location: Old Temple

Place both Chieftain Statues into the main gate slots.

The main gates will open.

Go inside the temple.

 

Location: Temple Hall

Zoom in on the area with the stone weights located next to the doors on the left wall (“1”).

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • Take the Handle on the right.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Go further down the hall.

 

Location: Throne Room Doors

Zoom in on the skeleton underneath the left statue.

  • Collect the Broken Arrow Stick and the Guardian Necklace.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Go to the temple entrance.

 

Location: Old Temple

Zoom in on the closed gates to the right.

  • Place both Guardian Necklaces into the slots.
  • The puzzle will start. A Journal entry will be gained, together with the hidden achievement “Explorer”, which could help you in solving this puzzle.

Puzzle solution:

For each sign in the upper part of the screen, click its counterpart in the bottom part of the screen.

If sign Fire is lit (“1red”) click on the button Water (“4yellow”).

If sign Soil is lit (“2red”) click on the button Tree (“3yellow”).

If sign Tree is lit (“3red”) click on the button Metal (“5yellow”).

If sign Water is lit (“4red”) click on the button Soil (“2yellow”).

If sign Metal is lit (“5red”) click on the button Fire (“1yellow”).

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

After you finish or skip this puzzle, the gates will open.

Enter the new room.

 

Location: Chieftains Crypt

Zoom on the right chieftain’s skeleton.

  • Take the Chieftain Sign.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Zoom on the center chieftain’s skeleton.

  • Take the Chieftain Sign.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Zoom on the left chieftain’s skeleton.

  • The chieftain sign is missing here.
  • Close the zoom screen.

Zoom in on the pedestal located between the left and center chieftain skeletons.

  • Take the Sacred Scroll. The scroll seems to be empty.

Zoom in on the pedestal located between the right and center chieftain skeletons.

From Professor Wright’s notes, you learn about the chieftains and the great energy they possessed… and may still possess.

Again zoom in on the pedestal located between the right and center chieftain skeletons.

  • Take the Scepter Rod.

Go to the cave room.

 

Location: Cave Room

Place the Handle into the hole on the wall close to the stone weight.

Click on the handle.

The stone weight is now lowered onto the floor.

Use the Ancient Axe to cut the rope.

Take the Stone Weight and the Handle you placed here.

Now go to the temple hall.

 

Location: Temple Hall

Zoom in on the area with the stone weights located next to the doors on the left wall.

  • Place both Stone Weights into the two locations where weights are missing.
  • Place the Handle back into the hole from where you first took it.
  • Click on the handle to start the puzzle.

Puzzle solution:

Move the weight marked with “5” down.

Move the weight marked with “1” up.

Move the weight marked with “3” down.

Move the weight marked with “1” up.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

End position:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

After you finish or skip this puzzle, the gates left of the stone weights mechanism will open.

Enter the newly accessible room.

 

Location: Armory

Take the Blacksmith Tongs from underneath the work bench on the left.

Collect the box of Ancient Elements located between the work bench to the left and the grinder to the right.

Go back to the ancient graveyard.

 

Location: Ancient Graveyard

Zoom in on the skeleton of Professor Wright.

  • Use the Blacksmith Tongs to get the Arrow Tip stuck in the skeleton’s chest.

Go to the cave room.

 

Location: Cave Room

Zoom in on the stone desk to the left.

  • Place the Ancient Elements into the large hole under the desk top.
  • Place the Chieftain Sign into the big slot at the top of the desk.
  • Click on the handles to start the puzzle.

Puzzle solution:

Click once on the arrow button marked with “2”.

Click two times on the arrow button marked with “1”.

Click once on the button marked with “3”.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

End state:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • After you finish or skip this puzzle you will get the second Chieftain Sign.
  • Take the Chieftain Statue from the desk.

Go back to armory.

 

Location: Armory

Zoom in on the work bench to the left.

  • Place the Arrow Tip, the Feather, and the Broken Arrow Tip into the slots.
  • You will get the Arrow.

Go to the throne room doors.

 

Location: Throne Room Doors

Zoom in on the doors.

  • Place the three Chieftain Signs into the slots.
  • The puzzle will start.

Puzzle solution:

Click once on the arrow button marked with “1”.

Click once on the arrow button marked with “2”.

Click once on the arrow button marked with “3”.

Click once on the arrow button marked with “4”.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

End position:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

After you finish or skip this puzzle, the doors to the throne room will open.

Enter the throne room.

 

Location: Throne Room

You enter the room and find Herman Schultz there. He was the one behind the murder, but also other murders. He is now weak due to absorbing energy from a new victim, which is quite painful. However he is still very dangerous, and you can’t get past him.

 

Zoom in on the pedestal to the left of Herman.

  • Collect the round Metal Cage.
  • Close the zoom.

Zoom in on the pedestal next to Herman.

  • Collect the Ancient Dagger.
  • Close the zoom.

Take the Wind Sign Urn from the right pit.

Click on the right pit to get the hidden achievement “Bone Finder”.

Zoom in on the niche in the pillar to the right.

  • There is a statue in it. You can’t move it.
  • Use the Blacksmith Tong to remove the gold crown from the statue.
  • You now have the Scepter Top.
  • Now the statue can be moved. Take the Sun God Statue.

Zoom in on the plate on the left pillar.

  • The plate has some strange signs. You will need something to decode it.
  • Close the zoom.

Go back to the temple hall.

 

Location: Temple Hall

Zoom in on the small pedestal next to the doors on the right.

  • Use the Ancient Dagger to get the metal Water Sign.

Zoom in on the right doors.

  • In your inventory, combine the Scepter Rod and Scepter Top to get the Sun Scepter.
  • Place the Sun Scepter into the scepter slot.

The doors will open.

Enter the newly open room.

 

Location: Sacred Chamber

Take the Fire Sign Urn from the small pedestal to the left.

Zoom in on the center pedestal.

  • Place the Sacred Scroll on it.
  • Close the zoom.

Zoom in on the pedestal to the right.

  • Hinges are holding the metal cage on the well.
  • Use the Ancient Axe on the two hinges to break them.
  • The metal cage is removed and the well is opened.
  • Take the metal Cage Part.
  • Use the Water Sign Urn on the well to fill it with water.
  • You now have the Full Water Urn.

Go to the temple entrance.

 

Location: Old Temple

Zoom in on the crystal charging mechanism to the left.

  • Place the Sun God Statue into the statue slot.
  • Above it, a round plate with the sun symbol pops out.
  • Take the Sun Symbol.

Go to the chieftains’ crypt.

 

Location: Chieftains’ Crypt

In your inventory, combine the Bow and Arrow to get the combined item Bow and Arrow (well, you need them together to work!).

Use the Bow and Arrow on the pale fungus located on the right statue head.

A fungus chunk will fall down onto the floor.

Collect the Pale Fungus.

Place the Metal Cage on the hook above the right dead chieftain.

Place the Cage Part on the cage part above left dead chieftain.

Place the Full Water Urn under the right chieftain’s body.

Zoom in on the right chieftain’s body.

  • Place the Water Sign into the chieftain’s necklace.
  • Close the zoom.

Now go to the armory.

 

Location: Armory

Zoom in on the small wall plate between the workbench and grinder.

  • Use the Ancient Dagger to get the metal Fire Sign.

Zoom in on the grinding machine to the right.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • Place the Pale Fungus on it (“1”).
  • Click on the handle (“2”).
  • Grind the fungus into green glowing dust using the grinder.
  • Collect the Fungus Powder.
  • Do the same for all fungus items.

Go to the secret chamber.

 

Location: Sacred Chamber

Zoom in on the wall slot behind the central pedestal.

  • Place the Sun Sign into it.
  • A puzzle will start.

Puzzle solution:

Click once on the arrow button marked with “1”.

Click once on the arrow button marked with “3”.

Click once on the arrow button marked with “2”.

Click once on the arrow button marked with “1”.

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

End position:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

After you finish or skip this puzzle, the light from the ceiling will hit the central pedestal.

Zoom in on the center pedestal.

  • The light beam has made hidden signs on the scroll visible.
  • Take the Sacred Text.

Go to the throne room entrance.

 

Location: Throne Room Doors

Zoom in on the dead guardian skeleton.

  • Use the Ancient Dagger on the belt to cut it.
  • You now have the Leather Belt.

Enter the throne room.

 

Location: Throne Room

Zoom in on the plate on the right pillar.

  • Use the Sacred Text on the plate with signs.
  • You have decoded the signs.
  • Click on the plate to start the puzzle.

Puzzle solution:

Move the signs so they correspond to the end picture shown below.

Start position:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

End position:

Alicia Griffith - Lakeside Murder Walkthrough

  • After you finish or skip this puzzle, the plate will be removed.
  • Use the Ancient Dagger on the small metal plate to take it.
  • You now have the metal Wind Sign.

Zoom in on the lava pit to the left.

  • In your inventory, combine the Leather Belt with the Fire Sign Urn.
  • You now have the Fire Urn on a Belt.
  • Use it on the lava to get the Full Fire Urn.

Go to the chieftains’ crypt.

 

Location: Chieftains’ Crypt

Zoom in on the central stone head.

  • There is a wind sign in the statue’s mouth. Wind is heard from inside.
  • Break it with the Ancient Axe.
  • Use the Wind Sign Urn on the statue’s mouth.
  • You now have the Full Wind Urn.

Everything is ready for extracting the energy from the dead chieftains, as shown on the instructions found in Professor Wright’s book.

Place the Full Fire Urn under the left chieftain’s body.

Place the Full Wind Urn under the central chieftain’s body.

Zoom in on the left chieftain’s body.

  • Place the Fire Sign into the chieftain’s necklace.
  • Sprinkle the Fungus Dust onto the necklace.
  • Energy goes out of chieftain’s’ body through the necklace sign and gets trapped in the metal cage above the body.

Take the cage with the Fire Energy.

Zoom in on the central chieftain’s body.

  • Place the Wind Sign into the chieftain’s necklace.
  • Sprinkle the Fungus Dust onto the necklace.
  • Energy goes out of chieftain’s’ body through the necklace sign and gets trapped in the metal cage above the body.

Take the cage with the Wind Energy.

Zoom in on the central chieftain’s body.

  • Sprinkle the Fungus Dust onto the necklace (you placed the sign into the necklace before).
  • Energy goes out of chieftain’s’ body through the necklace sign and gets trapped in the metal cage above the body.

Take the cage with the Water Energy.

Now you can go to the throne room and confront Herman.

 

Location: Throne Room

Place the cage with the Wind Energy on the central pedestal with the wind sign.

Zoom in on the left pedestal with the fire sign.

  • Place the cage with the Fire Energy on it.

Zoom in on the right pedestal with the water sign.

  • Place the cage with the Water Energy on it.

 

The three forms of energy build up, destroying Herman’s energy field.  Alicia manages to run pass him and save herself before the temple collapses. It is over…

But wait. Someone is watching from the forest… a soldier. It seems that this case involving Alicia was not a coincidence after all. What does that mean?

We all hope there will be a sequel…

 

Thanks for playing Alicia Griffith – Lakeside Murder!

 

This walkthrough was provided by Agrostemma Games and published by GameHouse. The Alicia Griffith – Lakeside Murder walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

The post Alicia Griffith – Lakeside Murder Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol Official Walkthrough

$
0
0

Welcome to the Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol Official Walkthrough! Emily and the family are all gathered for what promises to be one of the most magical holiday seasons yet. This is the official walkthrough and contains in-depth strategies and tips and tricks for all levels and challenges. Or, if you’re looking for a guide to mice locations, trophies, or even tracking down those illusive secrets, you’ve come to the right place! Select one of the topics from the Contents below to get started!

Contents

General Tips & Tricks

Whether you’re just getting started or need a little nudge in the right direction, this section is dedicated to introducing you to the game, as well as a few extra tips and tricks!

 

How to Play

Upon starting the game, click “Play” to get started! You will be taken to the level select screen. Click and hold to navigate between level screens, or use the directional arrows in the lower left and right corners to navigate.

 

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol is a time management game. The goal is to serve all customers that enter the restaurant before the day ends. The happier the customer, the higher the score!

 

In order to serve a customer, select the products the customer orders. These products will be placed on the tray in the lower left corner of your screen. Take the products to the customers in a timely manner, then check them out at the cash register to receive a score. If a customer was sitting at a table, a “!” bubble will appear indicating the table needs to be cleaned. Click on the table to clean it so a new set of customers can come in and sit down.

 

Scoring and Hearts

Happy customers mean high scores! Customers will have between 1 and 5 hearts while inside the restaurant. 1 heart means a customer is extremely unhappy, while 5 hearts mean a customer is positively ecstatic. Bringing correct orders and serving customers quickly will cause their hearts to increase. If a customer loses all their hearts, they will leave the restaurant without paying.

 

Earn additional score bonuses by upgrading your menu or purchasing items in the shop. Locating each level’s hidden mouse and completing a level’s bonus challenge will also increase your score. Shoot for the stars and try to get 3 stars for levels, and 1 star for challenges!

 

Mice Locations

There’s a mouse hidden in each of the story levels (Levels 1 – 61). Listen for squeaks and keep an eye out for little grey mice wearing festive red Santa hats. Locating a mouse will not only increase your score, but count toward the special trophy “Eleven Mice Gathering”. Mice are not hidden in challenge levels, and challenge levels containing mice will not count toward your achievement progress. To view a complete list of mice in the game and how to find them, visit the Mouse Locations section of our walkthrough. You can also click on “Mouse Location” under each level to be taken straight to a screenshot of the mouse’s location!

 

Upgrades

With each level you complete, you will earn coins which can be used to purchase restaurant upgrades. You can unlock two different types of upgrades: Shop and Menu.

  • Shop – The Shop will automatically be opened any time you select Levels 1 – 60. Here you can purchase upgrades to increase customer patience, tips, service speed, and even a few secret items! As soon as you’ve unlocked all upgrades for a chapter/restaurant, the Shop screen will automatically be skipped when selecting a level.
  • Menu – After clicking “Play” in the lower left corner of the Shop screen, you will be taken to a screen that allows you to customize your menu. Click on a product to customize your menu. You can also view any locked products and how to unlock them.

 

Additional Tips and Tricks

  • The Diamond Standard! Complete level challenges to earn Diamonds. Use these Diamonds to send invitations and invite people to Paige’s school play! You can send invitations and view the number of Diamonds you’ve earned by clicking on the Diamond icon in the upper right corner of the Map screen.
  • Stack your tasks! Don’t be afraid to click on multiple products and stack Emily’s tasks when playing. Doing this is a great way to continue to move quickly and serve customers in a timely manner.
  • Always restock! The very beginning of the day is always a great time to restock. Items with numbers next to them indicate they’re available in limited quantity. Be sure to keep these items stocked throughout the day, otherwise you may end up falling behind.
  • The cash register is your checkpoint! You don’t have to wait by a table while a customer is eating or ordering. Instead, click on the cash register to navigate the restaurant faster.
  • Check out multiple customers at once! Serve and check out multiple customers back-to-back for extra bonuses to increase your score.
  • Serve full orders! Unless otherwise noted, try to always serve customers their entire order at once. You will receive a score bonus every time you do this.
  • Keep the tables clean! A “!” bubble will appear over a table when it needs to be cleaned. Click on the table to clear it so more customers can come in and eat.
  • Who doesn’t love an entertainer? Entertainers are a great way to keep table customers extra happy while waiting on their orders. Entertainers can be purchased in the Shop at the start of each level.
  • Customize that menu! As you play, you’ll unlock new and exciting products to use. Customize your menu to improve customer tips, product quantity, restocking rate – you can even unlock upgrades that will prevent items from burning or spilling!

 

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol Walkthrough

Welcome to the official Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol Walkthrough! This is the complete official guide, containing everything from levels, challenges, mice, trophies, tips, tricks, strategies – and even secrets. Choose a section from the Contents above, or continue scrolling to dive right into the game. For visual help, refer to the Video Walkthrough at the bottom of our guide.

 

Chapter 1 – Emily’s Garden

The snow is freshly fallen and the holidays are in full swing. Relatives are arriving, and Paige eagerly awaits the arrival of Santa and the school Christmas play.

 

Level 1

Diamond Goal: Keep every customer happy (or better)!

Mouse Location: In the middle of the snowy clearing, to the left of the snowman.

 

Today’s your first day, so let’s familiarize you with the basics. When a customer orders an item, click on the item to add it to your tray, then click on the customer to hand it over to them. Once you’ve given the customer all the items they’ve requested, click on the register to check them out. If customers are sitting at a table, you’ll have to wait for one of them to move to the counter before you can check them out. If a customer orders a cake, it will require extra assembly. Click on 1) the green napkin, followed by 2) the cake itself, and finally 3) the red present toppings to complete the festive desert.

 

Level 2

Diamond Goal: Walk 400 yards.

Mouse Location: Behind the upper right side of the snowy awning above the pretzel.

 

The same tactics used on Level 1 apply to today, but today’s goal requires you to take the extra step, in a manner of speaking. Emily will need to walk 400 yards before the restaurant closes for the day. The easiest way to accomplish this is to click on any of the empty tables, followed by the register. Recycle this action whenever you’re not serving a customer: 1) click on an empty table, 2) click on the register, 3) click on an empty table, 4) click on a customer, etc. This will keep Emily moving back and forth whenever you have a free moment, allowing you to complete today’s objective with ease.

 

Level 3

Diamond Goal: Throw snowballs with Paige.

Mouse Location: In the cup slot of the hot chocolate machine next to Patrick.

 

Francois is standing next to Patrick and the hot chocolate machine. Throughout the day, a “!” bubble will appear over this head. When this happens, click on Francois to have him throw snowballs with Paige. Do this 5 times before the end of the day to earn yourself a diamond.

 

New to the restaurant today is ham, which is cooked by the fire in the lower right corner. Whenever a customer orders baked ham, click on the ham in the basket on the lower right. This will place the ham on one of the skewers next to the fire. The ham will blink once it’s done cooking, at which point you can click on it to add it to your tray. Take the delicious Christmas treat to the customer who ordered it once finished!

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 3

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 3

Level 4

Diamond Goal: Never let the fire burn out!

Mouse Location: Behind the top of the birdhouse above the cash register.

 

Don’t let the fire burn out today! Click on the wood log next to the cash register, or the fire itself to fuel the flames. You can do this as many times as you like, as often as you like, and it takes very little time. The best tactic to use in order to complete today’s objective is to throw a log into the fire whenever you’re not serving a customer. Do it again once you’ve finished serving a customer. Actually, why not do it twice? Do it as many times as you like, just make sure the fire doesn’t go out before the restaurant closes!

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 4

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 4

Level 5

Diamond Goal: Never spill your chocolate milk.

Mouse Location: On the tree branch above Patrick’s head.

 

Hot chocolate milk is a hot ticket item today, and customers can’t get enough of it! Click on the machine to the left of Patrick to start filling a glass with the chocolate drink. A meter will appear showing how close to finished it is. When the needle lands in the green zone, click on the hot chocolate to finish filling the glass and add it to your tray. Now hand it over to the thirsty customer who ordered it – it’s that simple!

 

Delicious soup has also been added to today’s menu. Click on the pot in the lower left corner to restock your bowls of soup. You can have a maximum of 3 at any one time.

 

Level 6

Diamond Goal: Help Paige with her costume.

Mouse Location: On the left side of the roof at the top of the screen, next to the vent.

 

Paige will wander into the restaurant from time to time today, looking for help with her costume. Whenever she stops next to the snowman and a “!” bubble appears over her head, this means you can now help her adjust it. Click on Paige to help her with her costume. You will need to do this 4 times before the end of today to complete today’s goal.

 

Tip! Emily will drop everything to help Paige, so make sure you’ve picked up any food items cooking by the fire, or served impatient customers before helping her!

 

Mmm, what’s that smell? Fresh waffles have been added to today’s menu! Click on a waffle in the hut by the snowman, followed by the bowl of syrup to top it off, creating a delectable winter treat for any customer who orders one.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 6

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 6

Level 7

Diamond Goal: Build a snowman with Paige!

Mouse Location: Above the table in the upper left corner, behind the right side of the Christmas tree.

 

Little Paige will come running up to the snowman a handful of times throughout your shift. When she stops next to the snowman and the “!” bubble appears over her head, click on her to have Patrick help her build the snowman. You will need to help Paige 5 times before the end of the day to complete the diamond goal for this level.

 

Tip! Chestnuts roasting on an open fire have passed from song into menu today! This new menu item can be found in the basket in the lower right corner.

 

Tip! Since Patrick is helping Paige build the snowman today, you won’t have help cleaning tables. Whenever a “!” bubble pops up over a table, Emily will need to clean it herself. Try to clean tables when customers at the counter are still thinking about what to order, or after you’ve checked them out at the register.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 7

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 7

Level 8

Diamond Goal: Earn the first star in the first half of the day.

Mouse Location: At the bottom of the Christmas tree in the upper left corner of the screen.

 

Completing today’s goal is all about balance. Focus on serving customers in a timely manner. Serve them back-to-back whenever you’re able, but don’t get too caught up in making combos! In order to make today’s goal, it can be easier to check out each customer as soon as they’re ready instead of waiting for big groups to check out all at once. If you wait too long by the time the first half of the day is done, you’ll have to retry the level to complete the goal. Keep an eye on the clock in the upper left corner!

 

Level 9

Diamond Goal: Make all products & variations.

Mouse Location: Behind the snowman’s hat.

 

Today’s goal requires you to make every product and combination possible on your menu. There are a total of 13 possible products and combinations. They’re listed here:

  1. Soup
  2. Pretzel
  3. Christmas Bread
  4. Scarf
  5. Hat
  6. Mitten
  7. Cake with candle and jello topping.
  8. Cake with cone candle and jello topping.
  9. Cake with jello topping only.
  10. Baked Ham (menu alternative: Baked Bread)
  11. Chestnut (menu alternative: Baked Banana)
  12. Waffles (Tip! Type of topping does not apply to goal)
  13. Hot Chocolate

 

Level 10

Diamond Goal: Help Evelyn repack by finding her stuff!

Mouse Location: Hiding behind the board above the soups and below the awning.

 

Evelyn’s suitcase has burst open, creating a huge mess! Locate all 10 items that belong in her luggage before the day ends. Their locations are shown in the screenshot below.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 10

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 10

Chapter 2 – George’s Train Station

The clock may be running, but not all trains run on the same schedule. Will Emily’s family vacation be derailed?

 

Level 11

Diamond Goal: Serve 2 ecstatic customers of each customer type.

Mouse Location: In the center of the counter in the upper right corner.

 

Today’s goal is straight-forward: serve 2 ecstatic customers of each customer type. An ecstatic customer will have 5 hearts above their head when you check them out at the register. The three types of customers are young adults (blue and pink sports coats), middle-aged adults (puffy orange jackets), and seniors (grey or white hair). Each one you serve with 5 hearts will count toward your goal. Plenty of each type will show up today, so focus on serving customers as per normal, and the rest should be smooth-sailing.

 

Tip! Tables only count as a single customer. There is no differentiation in customer gender – only customer age/type.

 

Level 12

Diamond Goal: Look at the trains with Paige.

Mouse Location: Behind the left pillar, between the stairs and the Christmas present.

 

Paige will be waiting by the station doors. Every time a train is about to come in, a “!” bubble will appear over her head. Click on Paige to have Emily go look at trains with her. Be mindful that Emily will drop everything she’s doing to go look at trains with Paige, so make sure you’re done picking up or prepping any items for customers first! Also, keep in mind that Emily is responsible for cleaning tables today as well. View trains with Paige a total of 4 times before the end of the day to complete the diamond goal.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 12

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 12

Level 13

Diamond Goal: Get 6 quick bonuses.

Mouse Location: Behind the right pillar, beside the rightmost table.

 

More children will come in today, and children are the most impatient customers of all. Try keeping one or two items prepped on your tray in advance before customers order. This will reduce the amount of time needed to gather items, and increase the chances of getting a quick bonus. Serve a customer a complete order quickly to obtain a quick bonus. It’s highly recommended you hold onto 1 package of candy and 1 cup of coffee – since these are very commonly ordered items today, and both take a little longer to prepare. Serve 6 customers with successful quick bonuses before the end of the day to earn today’s diamond.

 

Level 14

Diamond Goal: Use only 2 slots on your tray.

Mouse Location: Hanging down from the top of the window on the left, outside the restaurant.

 

To earn today’s diamond, you can only use 2 slots on your tray at any given time. This is simple until the tables start ordering. Only take 2 items at a time to tables, then make a second trip to gather any remaining items. Purchase the Carol Singer upgrade to entertain tables as needed in order to increase their patience. Or, purchase the Red Deer Energy Drink to make Emily move faster – making the extra trips will take time!

 

Tip! While a transparent outline will appear on your tray, making pancakes, restocking soda, and restocking magazines does not count toward your 2-slot limit. Only items that remain on your tray that can be taken to customers count.

 

Level 15

Diamond Goal: Don’t ever run out of stock of an item.

Mouse Location: Hanging down from the central doorway, beneath the clock.

 

If you have any menu upgrades that allow you to keep extra stock of an item, now is an excellent day to use them. You will need to keep the soda and the magazines in stock specifically. Restock the sodas by clicking on the trio of soda bottles, followed by the opener. Restock the magazines by clicking on the magazine stack beneath the cash register. Keep an eye on the number next to both. Try and restock every spare moment you have, and never let it drop below 1!

 

Level 16

Diamond Goal: Don’t wake up the sleeping man!

Mouse Location: Just behind the Christmas gift sitting beside the bench with the sleeping man.

 

Those young boys are a nuisance! They will appear in the station a total of 6 times today, trying to wake the sleeping gentleman on the bench. A “!” will appear over the sleeping man near the station doors when the boys go to wake him. Click on him quickly to have Emily shoo the boys away.

 

Tip! Keep an eye on the station doors. The boys will only appear when they’re coming in to wake the older gentleman. When you see them approaching, you’ll know the “!” bubble is about to appear. Stop what you’re doing and run them off quickly before they disturb the man’s slumber.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 16

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 16

Level 17

Diamond Goal: Serve customers within 23 seconds of each other.

Mouse Location: Just outside the right door, behind the luggage cart.

 

Serve customers within 23 seconds of each other today. This is generally easy, until you need to start restocking items or buttering the pans. The best tactic to use is to try and continue to serve customers and check them out with 5 hearts, but try and drag it out as long as possible, without disturbing your rhythm. For example – a 4-heart customer may be at the counter, and you have their order in-hand. However, instead of serving them immediately, wait a moment. Let the bar in the upper right deplete and don’t serve the customer until a couple seconds later, or when their heart starts to blink. As long as the green on the upper right isn’t depleted, you’ll be buying yourself time for between customer waves. Slower table customers can also take a while, so try to stretch time out in this manner as much as possible. The goal will not be completed until the last customer leaves.

 

Tip! The countdown will continue after all customers have been served and will only stop when the last customer is checked out at the register. Checking out customers does not count toward the countdown.

 

Level 18

Diamond Goal: Let the blinds completely close 3 times.

Mouse Location: On the far right side of the screen, beneath the candy rack.

 

There is a set of blinds in the upper right corner. They will gradually lower throughout the day. As soon as the blinds have lowered completely, click on them to have Emily open them again. The blinds cover the newspapers that customers may order. However, customers do not order newspapers often, so don’t worry about keeping the blinds open all the time. As soon as they’re closed, though, go and open them! You will need to do this a total of 3 times before the end of the day.

 

Level 19

Diamond Goal: Get the supplies on the train.

Mouse Location: To the left of the serving counter with all the cookie platters.

 

A delivery man will show up near the steps on the left with packages. A package icon above his head signifies you can collect the package from him. Click on the delivery man to have Emily collect the package, and subsequently take it to the train for packing. You will need to do this a total of 6 times before the end of the day to complete your goal.

 

Tip! Serve impatient customers before collecting the packages. Emily will be busy for approximately 6 seconds every time she goes to collect a package.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 19

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 19

Level 20

Diamond Goal: Get the suitcases on the train.

Mouse Location: Behind the left pillar, just above the right railing of the landing on the upper left.

 

You will need to take 7 loads of suitcases to the train before the day is through to earn today’s diamond. A “!” bubble will appear over the pile of suitcases next to the door indicating when you can take another piece of luggage to the train. It takes approximately 8 seconds for Emily to go to the luggage cart, then place the suitcase on the train. Clicking on a suitcase will put all other actions on hold, even if you’re partway through, so make sure you’re finished with prepping items and serving them to customers before helping load luggage.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 20

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 20

Chapter 3 – The Miracle Express

All are aboard and settled in. This may be the Miracle Express, but it will take a miracle not to be late!

 

Level 21

Diamond Goal: Don’t serve anyone for 30 seconds.

Mouse Location: On top of the second suitcase on the lower right.

 

Go through today as per normal, acquainting yourself with the new setting of the train car restaurant. Ignore today’s objective until you’ve reached the very last customer of the day. After serving the last customer, wait at the cash register for 30 seconds to earn today’s diamond, then check out the customer. The meter in the upper right corner will keep track of your progress. Completing the day this way will prevent you from falling behind with other customers.

 

Level 22

Diamond Goal: Don’t serve drinks to kids.

Mouse Location: Behind the upper right corner at the top of the green coffee machine.

 

Nice try, kid! Wine is for adults only. Children will attempt to order wine throughout the day. When a child shows up at the counter and orders wine, don’t serve them! Instead, ignore the child until they become angry enough that they leave on your own. Continue to serve other customers as per normal, and that diamond is good as yours.

 

Tip! All children who attempt to order wine will show up at the counter, and won’t sit at a table. Wine is the only item they will order, so feel free to ignore them entirely.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 22

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 22

Level 23

Diamond Goal: Get rid of the suitcases and bags.

Mouse Location: Behind the pile of suitcases on the left seat of the upper left booth.

 

There are 4 piles of suitcases you will need to clear off the seats. A “!” will pop up indicating that a suitcase can be moved. When this happens, click on the suitcase to have Emily get rid of it. Clicking on a suitcase will interrupt any actions Emily is currently working on, so don’t click on them until you’ve completed any current prep or serving first.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 23

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 23

Level 24

Diamond Goal: Take the machinist their breakfast.

Mouse Location: On the floor right next to the cash register.

 

Paige is quite the little helper, and today is no exception. Throughout the day she will show up on the right side of your screen, requesting a specific food item. Prepare this item and give it to Paige, so she in turn can give it to the machinist. You will need to deliver a total of 8 items to Paige throughout the day.

 

Tip! Paige does not count toward customer combos, so when serving her and other customers at the same time, always make sure she’s either first or last, otherwise your combo chain will be broken.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 24

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 24

Level 25

Diamond Goal: Count the reindeer!

Mouse Location: Behind the left side of the silverware cart.

 

Paige will be sitting in the upper left booth today. Every time she sees a reindeer, a “!” bubble will pop up over her head. Click on the bubble to have Paige count the reindeer. You will need to do this a total of 8 times before the end of the day to earn your diamond.

 

Tip! Clicking on Paige doesn’t interfere with Emily’s tasks, so always click on her the moment you notice the “!” bubble appear.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 25

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 25

Level 26

Diamond Goal: Pick up everything that fell.

Mouse Location: Outside the rightmost window, toward the upper left corner.

 

A total of 10 items have fallen and scattered around the train car. Find them all before the end of the day to complete your diamond objective. The item locations are pictured here:

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 26

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 26

Level 27

Diamond Goal: Serve customers within 20 seconds of each other.

Mouse Location: On the upper counter between the candy canes and the desserts.

 

Similar to Level 17, you will need to serve customers within 20 seconds of each other. Utilize the same tactics as before, waiting before serving customers to stretch out the amount of time you have available. This will prove especially useful when you encounter slower table customers who may need extra time. To see this strategy in action, refer to the Video Walkthrough section below.

 

Level 28

Diamond Goal: Clean 3 tables in a row 1 time.

Mouse Location: On the far right, at the top of the red carpet.

 

By now cleaning tables should feel pretty automatic, especially with the help of Francois. However, after the first table customer leaves, allow other customers to sit at the other tables, until at least 3 have the “!” bubbles above them, indicating they need to be cleaned. When this happens, click on all 3 tables consecutively to have Francois clean them, earning you yet another diamond.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 28

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 28

Level 29

Diamond Goal: Serve full orders only.

Mouse Location: At the lower left corner of the silverware cart on the left.

 

You can only serve complete orders today, otherwise you’ll fail today’s diamond objective. Make sure you serve customers all the items they’ve asked for, the first time. Keep in mind that you have 6 slots to work with. Use them wisely!

 

Level 30

Diamond Goal: Have every product fully stocked.

Mouse Location: Behind the top step of the step stool used to restock the wine and candies.

 

There are 3 items you should worry about today: wine, soup, and candy. A number will appear next to each indicating how many are in stock. However, today’s goal is much simpler than you might think. Simply fully stock all 3 items – at any point during the day – to earn your final diamond for this chapter.

 

Tip! If you have menu upgrades for any of these products that give them extra stock, make sure you take this into consideration with today’s objective!

 

Chapter 4 – Holly’s Reindeer Farm

You know Dasher and Dancer, Prancer and Vixen, Comet and Cupid, Donner and Blitzen. Filled with holiday charm, it’s time to visit Holly’s Reindeer Farm.

 

Level 31

Diamond Goal: Keep the reindeer away from Evelyn.

Mouse Location: On the ground between the second and third stable doors.

 

The reindeer are very interested in Evelyn, but she wants nothing to do with them. Whenever you see Evelyn run around the restaurant, a reindeer is sure to follow. Click on the reindeer with the “!” bubble over its head to have Emily shoo it away from her mother. Do this successfully 6 times before the end of the day to complete your goal.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 31

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 31

Level 32

Diamond Goal: Get 25 combos and bonuses.

Mouse Location: Behind the top of the fence, above the green water pump.

 

Get 25 combos and bonuses before the last customer leaves. There are several ways you can earn combos that count toward today’s total:

  • Full Orders – Give a customer all the items they’ve asked for the first time.
  • Quick! – Serve customers quickly after they’ve made their order.
  • Serve In-A-Row – Serve 2 customers their full orders back-to-back, without any preparation or checking out in between. You only have 3 tray slots today, so you will only be able to do this with customers who order 2 items, and a reindeer who’s ordered either hay or water.
  • Combo – Check out 2 or more customers at a time at the cash register.

Tip! You can check out a maximum of 3 customers at a time at the cash register.

 

Level 33

Diamond Goal: Take care of Rudy.

Mouse Location: Popping out of the top of the juicer on the right.

 

It’s Paige’s job to look after Rudy today, but she’ll need a little help! Paige will wander over to Rudy’s stall, and a bubble will pop up over her head asking for hay. Pick up the item Paige needs and give it to her so she can help Rudy. Do this a total of 5 times before the end of the day to earn the diamond.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 33

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 33

Level 34

Diamond Goal: Don’t make the same product twice in a row.

Mouse Location: Next to the stone supports of the rightmost counter, beside the fruit used for pies.

 

Today’s goal requires you to avoid making the same product twice in a row. The best way to avoid this when confronted with double orders of the same item is to use your empty tray slots to your advantage. For example: If a customer 1 orders an apple pie, and customer 2 also orders an apple pie, do not make 2 apple pies back-to-back! Instead, make 1 apple pie, pick up 1 container of honey, and then make the 2nd apple pie. Remove the extra container of honey from your tray and serve the 2 apple pies. You can serve the same items back-to-back, you just can’t make them back-to-back! To see this strategy in action, refer to Level 34 of our Video Walkthrough playlist below.

 

Level 35

Diamond Goal: Serve 5 customers within a minute.

Mouse Location: Behind the bush with the berries for drinks, at Patrick’s feet.

 

Serve 5 customers within a minute before the end of the day. You should be able to play through the day normally and achieve this goal with little trouble. However, if you find yourself struggling, remember to keep the water bucket filled by clicking on the green pump, and prepare any hard-to-make products (such as fruit drinks or pies) in advance.

 

Level 36

Diamond Goal: Defrost the watering bucket!

Mouse Location: In the lower left corner of the screen, below the basket with the scoop.

 

All this cold weather is making the reindeer thirsty! They’ll be requesting lots of water today – only instead of keeping the water bucket full, you’ll also need to defrost it! The water bucket tends to freeze over very quickly, so only click on the bucket to defrost it if you have time between customers, or when a reindeer needs it. A meter will appear over the water bucket indicating how far along the defrosting is. Defrost the water bucket enough times for the meter in the upper right corner to fill up completely. Once the meter is filled, the water will no longer freeze for the rest of the level, and the diamond is as good as yours!

 

Tip! Keep a close eye on the water bucket! There’s no “!” bubble today indicating when it’s frozen over.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 36

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 36

Level 37

Diamond Goal: Fill your tray with spices, twice.

Mouse Location: Behind the pillar between the first and second reindeer stalls.

 

There’s 2 simple ways to go about today’s goal. Either fill your tray with spices (located underneath the counter) as soon as the day starts until the tray is full, or wait until enough customers have ordered spices for the tray to be full. Do this twice in total to earn today’s diamond. The first tactic is easiest, though spices will be a very popular menu item today, leaving you with options on how to complete the objective.

 

Tip! Any combination of spices counts toward today’s goal.

 

Level 38

Diamond Goal: Console Paige.

Mouse Location: To the left of the green water pump, behind the caroler.

 

Paige is having a difficult day, and there’s nothing more comforting than the warmth of a mother’s embrace. Paige is standing next to Rudy’s stall. A meter will appear over her head throughout the day, indicating how much time you have left to console her (Note: a second meter is in the upper right corner of your screen). You will need to click on Paige and have Emily comfort her in order to refill this meter. The meter will continue running down, up until the point the last customer leaves. Try to console Paige by the time the meter reaches the halfway point to stay on top of things. Comforting Paige between customer orders and servings is also a good idea.

 

Tip! If you see Paige’s meter blinking, don’t panic! Click on her right away to have the meter run-down stop. Emily will tend to her as soon as all current tasks are complete.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 38

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 38

Level 39

Diamond Goal: Don’t ever run out of stock of an item.

Mouse Location: Hanging down from the stable roof, above the topmost customer table.

 

There are only 2 items you need to worry about today: berries and walnuts. If you have at least 1 left of each before the end of the day, the diamond is yours! However, it’s best to keep on top of things. Click on the berry bush above the juicer to restock berries between customers. Keep an eye on the squirrel scampering about to locate walnuts on the ground. Both juice and walnuts are popular menu items today. It’s recommended you pick up walnuts before and after serving customers as soon as you spot them on the ground.

 

Tip! Don’t worry if the squirrel is standing in the way of a walnut. Click on the squirrel to shoo them away, then click on the walnut to collect it.

 

Level 40

Diamond Goal: Get 500 in tips.

Mouse Location: Hanging down from beneath the counter on the far right, below the bow for the fruit pitchers.

 

Today’s objective is all about your menu. Customize your menu before clicking the Play button to start the day. Choose items with the “$” sign, indicating they will give you bonus Choice Tips when served to customers. Fill your menu with as many of these as possible. Be mindful if you’re changing out already upgraded menu items – such as spill-proof juice and burn-proof pie! Earn a total of 500 in tips by the time your last customer leaves to earn today’s diamond.

 

Chapter 5 – Mary’s Toy Shop

There’s no misfits to be found in this toy shop. Well, except for perhaps one spoiled boy…

 

Level 41

Diamond Goal: Serve 3 kids in a row.

Mouse Location: In the bottom left shelf, toward the upper left corner of the screen.

 

Serve 3 kids in a row before the end of the day. This may seem simple, but it’s quite tricky. The goal is to wait for the perfect moment, otherwise impatient customers will leave angry. The ideal moment will most likely show up around the day’s halfway point. If you see 3 groups of children, now’s your chance! But be careful of any adults queueing at the counter that might interrupt your combo. Only serving children counts, not checking them out.

 

Tip! Groups of children sitting at a table count as 1 toward your goal.

 

Level 42

Diamond Goal: Make a nutcracker with Paige.

Mouse Location: Popping out of the top of the pink gift box toward the upper right.

 

Paige will wander into the lower right corner of the shop, asking for a specific item. Locate the item she’s asking for, then hand it to her so she can make the nutcracker. You will need to do this a total of 7 times before the end of the day. All nutcracker pieces are shown in the screenshot below.

 

Tip! When you pick up a piece of the nutcracker, it will be set on your tray. If you accidentally pick up the wrong piece, or don’t have enough room on your tray, click on one of the pieces on your tray to have it put back in the same place you found it in the shop.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 42

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 42

Level 43

Diamond Goal: Never check out just one person at a time.

Mouse Location: Behind the blue gift box at the bottom of the screen, toward the lower left corner.

 

Never check out just one person at a time! Instead, make sure you always check out customers in groups of 2 or 3. Purchasing the Roller Skates upgrade can help Mary move faster, and the Pole Poles upgrade will help customers at the counter be more patient. Both are very useful for today.

 

Level 44

Diamond Goal: Get 6 quick bonuses.

Mouse Location: Popping out of the left side of the rightmost staircase, above the train tracks.

 

Serve customers quickly after they’ve ordered to earn a Quick Bonus. The Roller Skates and Sweet Letters From Kids upgrades can help Mary move faster, making this goal more obtainable. Keep items in stock. Take note of which items are popular today, and try keeping 1 or 2 on your tray so you can serve an upcoming customer faster. Earn 6 of these bonuses before the end of the day to complete your objective.

 

Tip! Try keeping Paint handy on your tray. Quick Bonuses are most likely to be earned from customers who order Paint, Dolls, or Sports Balls, since they require no extra assembly.

 

Level 45

Diamond Goal: Recharge all the toys.

Mouse Location: Behind the center portion of the guard rail above the train tracks.

 

Bradley needs help recharging his many toys. Throughout the day, a “!” bubble will appear over his head, indicating he needs help recharging toys. Click on him to have Mary help him. You will need to do this a total of 8 times before the end of the day to earn the diamond objective.

 

Tip! Clicking on Bradley will cancel all other actions, so make sure to only click on him before or after you’ve served a customer, and not during product assembly or checkout.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 45

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 45

Level 46

Diamond Goal: Complete the chores.

Mouse Location: On the floor between the left staircase and the paint dispenser.

 

Click on the small messes scattered throughout the shop today. Paige is quite the helper, and will clean them up for you, so you don’t have to worry about them slowing down Emily. For all mess locations, refer to the screenshot below.

 

Tip! Wait for Paige to finish cleaning a mess before clicking on the next one, or else she might forget to clean the whole thing!

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 46

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 46

Level 47

Diamond Goal: Fix the train when it gets stuck.

Mouse Location: Between the right corner of the bottom counter and the green gift box with the plushes.

 

The train carrying the restockable toys will break down several times today. When this happens, the train will stop, and a “!” bubble will appear over the engine. Click on the engine to have Mary repair it. A meter will appear over the engine showing how close the repair is to completion. Do this 6 times before the end of the day to complete your objective.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 47

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 47

Level 48

Diamond Goal: Create 30 wooden toy animals.

Mouse Location: Behind the elf head to the right of the entry door to the shop.

 

Today you will need to make a total of 30 wooden toy animals before the end of the day. Create wooden toys every spare moment you have when you’re not serving customers. It’s best to focus on a simpler toy, such as polar bear + wooden cart (right) + red wheels. Remove any spare toys from your tray by clicking on them. Wooden toys are very popular today, however, so if you focus on making toys every chance you get, you should be able to complete the goal comfortably by the time the day is halfway through.

 

Level 49

Diamond Goal: Tag only children without a ball.

Mouse Location: On the far right, between the guard rail and the pink gift box below Emily.

 

The children are especially playful today. Between bouts of tag, the girl wearing the tan coat and red hat will stop and wave her arms. When this happens, click on her right away to tag her! She tends to show up in 2 locations, shown in the screenshot below. Missing her even once will cause you to fail today’s goal, so keep a sharp eye out!

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 49

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 49

Level 50

Diamond Goal: Serve 2 full trays of items.

Mouse Location: On the far left, near the bottom corner of the bottom left shelf, behind the guard rail.

 

Serve 2 full trays of items before the end of the day. Only tables with orders of 4 items count toward today’s goal. You do not need to serve them back-to-back. Just make sure that when a table of 4 comes in, you serve a full order, and you’ll be golden.

 

Tip! Serving 2 orders of 2 items at the same time at the counter does not count toward today’s goal.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 50

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 50

Chapter 6 – Santa’s Home

The warmth of the holiday season culminates in a welcoming fire, a brightly-decorated Christmas tree, and freshly baked cookies.

 

Level 51

Diamond Goal: Walk 1,000 yards.

Mouse Location: Next to the gift boxes on the left, in front of the pink box.

 

Today’s goal is to walk 1,000 yards before the restaurant closes. Alternate clicking on the cash register and the small table in front of the couch on the right whenever you’re not serving customers or preparing items to achieve your goal.

 

Level 52

Diamond Goal: Serve 12 ecstatic customers.

Mouse Location: Beneath the lower right corner of the Christmas tree.

 

Serve 12 ecstatic customers before the final customer checks out for the day. An ecstatic customer is one with 5 hearts upon being checked out at the register. Serve customers quick, full orders in order to make them happiest. You may want to keep a hot cider on your tray to save a trip today.

 

Level 53

Diamond Goal: Give Francois everything he needs.

Mouse Location: Behind the right doorway curtain in the upper right corner of the room.

 

Francois will appear in the bottom right corner throughout the day, requesting items. Collect the items Francois requests, then give him these items. You will need to do this 8 times before the end of the day in order to complete your goal.

 

Tip! Giving items to Francois alongside customers does not count as a bonus! Make sure you serve him either before or after other customers.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 53

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 53

Level 54

Diamond Goal: Never have 2 of the same items on your tray.

Mouse Location: On the floor between the central counter and the oven.

 

The trickiest part of today’s goal comes when customers order 2 of the same item. When this happens, collect the 1st item and serve that to the customer, then go back and grab the 2nd. It is necessary to split orders in this way to complete today’s diamond goal. Use upgrades as necessary to keep customers patient. It’s even more important to serve full orders to other customers to increase your score today. To see today’s strategy in action, refer to Level 54 of our Video Walkthrough.

 

Level 55

Diamond Goal: Find the magic sprinkles.

Mouse Location: Behind the far left railing on the left side of the room.

 

In addition to Emily running the restaurant, Patrick will be on the hunt for missing magic sprinkles. Click on the “!” that appears over Patrick’s head to have him search. He will need to search 4 locations before the end of the day. Patrick’s searching does not affect Emily’s work, so click on him as soon as the “!” appears without hesitation.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 55

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 55

Level 56

Diamond Goal: Keep every customer happy (or better).

Mouse Location: Behind the upper left side of the Christmas tree, in front of the carolers.

 

Today is all about keeping customers happy. All customers will need to be checked out with a minimum of 4 hearts in order for you to earn today’s diamond. This is an excellent time to invest in any and all upgrades you can afford that increase customers’ patience. The Christmas Vinyl upgrade will also help Emily move faster as needed. If you’ve unlocked the spill-proof Chocolate Milk, now is the perfect time to add it to your menu. Focus on serving customers, preferably full orders, as quickly as possible. Don’t worry too much about combos – instead, focus on speed. Counter customers are more important than table customers, who can be cheered up with the Carol Singers upgrade.

 

Level 57

Diamond Goal: Let food burn at least 10 times.

Mouse Location: Outside, at the top of the window to the left of the door.

 

Specifically, burn 10 hams (or ducks, if you have the menu upgrade). You can cook a total of 2 at a time. Click on the meat beneath the front counter to throw it in the oven. Once there, leave it, even after it’s fully cooked. The meat will burn and disappear after a few seconds have passed. Do this a total of 10 times before the end of the day in order to achieve your goal.

 

Tip! Don’t forget to restock meat for meals, too! Meats are very popular today. Don’t become so busy burning that you forget to restock when low.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 57

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 57

Level 58

Diamond Goal: Make all products and variations twice.

Mouse Location: Poking out from behind the right side of the pillar to the right of the stove.

 

Today requires a lot of concentration. Start by making the more complicated menu items, even before customers have ordered. You will need to add an item to your tray for it to count as being made. Customers’ orders count, but making things back-to-back in advance is simplest. Don’t forget, you’ll need to make each twice, so try to add 2 at a time to your tray so you don’t accidentally forget something! The following is a list of all products and combinations:

  1. Drink (Iced Tea/Chocolate Milk) x2
  2. Socks (Candy Cane + Christmas Stocking) x2
  3. Tree Topper x2
  4. Bell Ornament x2
  5. Ball Ornament (including Star Ornament) x2
  6. Cookie Ornament x2
  7. Hot Tea x2
  8. Both variations of Desserts, x2
  9. Candle Wreath with no wreath ring, x2
  10. Candle Wreath with no berries/acorn, x2
  11. Candle Wreath (complete) x2
  12. Ham with greens and gravy, no potatoes x2
  13. Ham with potatoes and gravy, no greens x2
  14. Ham with greens, potatoes, and gravy x2
  15. 1st gift box (set of 3) x2
  16. 2nd gift box (set of 3) x2
  17. 3rd gift box (set of 3) x2
  18. 3 gift combination (all types) x2

 

Tip! It’s recommended you use Ham instead of Duck as today’s meat to keep things simpler.

 

Level 59

Diamond Goal: Entertain at least 7 customers.

Mouse Location: In the lower left corner of the screen, near the candle.

 

Purchase the Carol Singers upgrade in the Upgrade menu if you haven’t already. Every time a new group of customers sits at a table, click on the Carol Singers and send them to that table to entertain them. Do this a total of 7 times for sets of customers to complete today’s goal.

 

Tip! Sending the Carol Singers to the same customer group at a table more than once doesn’t count!

 

Level 60

Diamond Goal: Help pack the presents for the sleigh.

Mouse Location: On the floor at the bottom left corner of the landing on the upper right.

 

Patrick will show up in front of the fireplace throughout the day, gift in hand. A “!” bubble will appear over his head when he’s ready for you to collect the present he holds. Click on him to have Emily collect the present and take it to the sleigh outside. Doing this will cancel or postpone all other actions Emily is currently doing, though, so only click on Patrick before or after serving customers. It will take Emily a handful of seconds to complete the task. Do this a total of 6 times to finish the level with the diamond standard.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 60

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 60

 

Chapter 7 – The Christmas Musical!

–Not a creature was stirring, not even a mouse – Wait! There’s one more!

 

Level 61

Diamond Goal: Help the kids put on their ice skates.

Mouse Location: Inside the back of the bird feeder, above the cash register.

 

We knew that ice skate upgrade would come in handy! Today is an extremely busy day, and you will want all upgrades and menu upgrades you’ve got to stay on top of things. Paige and the other children throughout the game will wait patiently by the frozen pond for help putting on their ice skates. A “!” bubble above their heads will indicate when they’re ready for Emily. Click on the child to have Emily help them put on their ice skates. A meter will appear showing your progress. Help all the children onto the ice before the end of the day to complete the last diamond goal.

 

Tip! Prepare a Hot Chocolate drink at the machine and keep it on your tray. This will help speed things along when customers order one. As soon as that pre-made drink has been ordered, make another to keep handy on your tray for quick service. Don’t forget – if you have the Mint Hot Chocolate on your menu, click on the machine again after you collect the drink to have another ready-made one waiting for you later.

 

Tip! Customize today’s menu by revisiting Levels 2-10 (don’t pick Level 1 unless you want to rewatch the intro). Once you’ve customized your menu to be the best it can possibly be, click on the Options icon in the upper left corner and select Map to return to Level 61 on the far right.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Level 61

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Level 61

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol! Have you earned all the Diamonds and completed all the Challenges yet? Is there still a mouse eluding you? Keep scrolling for more tips and tricks on how to reach 100% completion.

 

Challenges

There are 30 Challenge levels – 5 per restaurant. This section of our guide covers each individual challenge and includes tips, tricks, and strategies on how to complete each one.

 

Chapter 1 – Emily’s Garden

 

Challenge 1

Keep Moving – Don’t stand still for more than 8 seconds.

 

When not serving customers, alternate clicking on the counter/cash register, and one of the empty tables. This will keep Emily moving between the two locations. Continue doing this up until the point the last customer is checked out at the register to complete your goal.

 

Challenge 2

Gimme a Break(ing tray) – Work with a slowly breaking tray.

 

The tray in the lower left corner will slowly break throughout the day. You will start with 4 slots, eventually ending up with only 1. The tray will lose a slot every clock quarter. Try to make larger combos at the start of the day. As soon as you lose your first slot, it’s best to focus on single full orders (2-3 items). Be ready to move quickly during the last quarter of the day, since you will need to make one trip per item ordered. If you have the chocolate upgrade, save this until the last quarter of the day to speed up Emily and keep customers happy.

 

Challenge 3

Snow Tables – Clear the snow from the tables, otherwise people can’t sit down!

 

The tables will start out clear. Once a customer has finished eating, a “!” will appear indicating the table needs to be cleaned. As soon as you clean the table, that’s when the snow will fall. Click on the table with the “!” notification again to start clearing it of snow. A meter will appear above the table showing how far along the clearing process is. Customers cannot eat at a table again until it’s cleared, so make sure not to leave these for too long!

 

Tip! If you’re having trouble clearing a table of snow, or Emily isn’t responding, try clicking on the nearby log to stoke the fire. Then, click on the table again to have Emily start clearing it.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Challenge 3

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Challenge 3

Challenge 4

Carl’s Party – Carl’s family is here. Can you find them all?

 

Mice, mice everywhere! Carl the mouse’s family will pop up all over the restaurant throughout the day. Listen for the tell-tale squeak indicating one of these rodents has appeared. Mice appear very often, so if you get bogged down with orders, don’t panic! It’s better to take care of your customers, then focus on catching the mice. Mice tend to show up in the same locations. Refer to the Mouse Locations section for more details.

 

Challenge 5

Order Memory – Remember each customer’s order, because they will slowly disappear.

 

About 6 seconds after a customer or table has ordered, their order will disappear, and a “?” mark will take its place. Focus on serving customers as soon as they reveal their order, and try to serve full (complete) orders as much as possible. In the event you can’t remember a customer’s order, click on the customer to have Emily go to them, temporarily revealing what items you’re still missing.

 

Tip! Try to keep a milkshake on hand or ready-made. These orders will slow you down, so try to be prepared ahead of time.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Challenge 5

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Challenge 5

Chapter 2 – George’s Train Station

 

Challenge 6

The Mondays – Customers enter in a bad mood.

 

Customers entering the station today will all start with 3 hearts. Purchasing the Carol Singer upgrade before starting the day will help you immensely.  Using this strategy, serve all counter customers as quickly as possible – don’t worry about combos. As soon as a table customer sits down, have the Caroler go to them and sing to improve their mood. Do this twice, or once with a quickly-served order, in order to check out 5-heart customers at the register when they’re ready to leave.

 

Challenge 7

Tipping Point – Only tips count towards your score.

 

Only tips count toward your score today. Tips include Quick orders (+10), Full Orders (+5), and Choice Tip. Serve a customer quickly after they’ve ordered to receive a Quick order bonus. Full Order bonuses are the most important tip you’ll be receiving today. Make sure you serve complete orders to all customers. Use the Caroler as necessary to keep customers patient, though it’s better to serve them quickly. When choosing your Menu at the start of the day, choose items that give bonus tips, aka Choice Tips. Serving these items will automatically give you bonus tips, regardless of the customers or how happy they are.

 

Tip! Look for the “$” icon next to Menu items before starting the day to choose menu items with a Choice Tip.

 

Challenge 8

Tiny Order – Serve Carl, the mouse.

 

Carl the mouse will pop up in the upper right corner, next to the magazines. He will pop up a total of 6 times requesting different menu items. Serve Carl 6 times while keeping all other customers happy to complete today’s diamond challenge.

 

Tip! Don’t forget to keep the skillets buttered and the magazines and sodas in full stock!

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Challenge 8

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Challenge 8

Challenge 9

I’ll Do It Myself – The cleaner is sick.

 

It’s a very busy day, and the cleaner is sick. This means you’ll be responsible for cleaning all the tables yourself. Keep an eye out for the “!” icon over a table, indicating it needs to be cleaned. Serve counter customers first, but try to clean tables quickly, or else new customers won’t have a place to sit.

 

Challenge 10

Red Deer gives you wings! – Infinite red deer energy drinks, use them! Tip: Check the shop.

 

To complete today’s challenge, you will first need to purchase the Red Deer Energy Drink upgrade in the shop for 250 coins. The energy drink will appear next to the pack of soda bottles at the bottom of your screen. Click on an energy drink to use it. Do this all throughout the day while serving customers to complete today’s challenge. It’s that simple!

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Challenge 10

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Challenge 10

Chapter 3 – The Miracle Express

 

Challenge 11

Customer Combo – Only customers paying in pairs give points.

 

Check customers out in 2’s at the cash register. If a single customer at the counter is growing impatient, don’t rush it! Checking out a single impatient customer won’t give you any score. But if you wait for a second customer, you will receive points toward your score.

 

Tip! You can also check out customers in groups of 3 to receive full points.

 

Tip! Tips will automatically be added to your score, regardless of whether or not a customer was checked out as a pair.

 

Challenge 12

Stop and Drop – If the train bumps, things will fall off your tray.

 

The tracks are rough today, and the train will shake about once every 20 seconds. When the train shakes, Emily will stop, and the last item she put on her tray will fall off. If you have nothing on your tray, you have nothing to worry about. The best trick to use today is to try and serve customers as quickly as possible in short spurts. If the train shakes and shudders, that’s the best time to gather a large number of items to give to customers to complete their orders. However, if it’s been a while, be careful – you may end up losing an item. Therefore, it’s important to try and stick to single orders when the going is smooth.

 

Tip! Use the Star Anise Tea upgrade to help Emily move faster and deliver large orders before the train shakes.

 

Challenge 13

Perfect Player – Play perfectly, without removing any items from your tray.

 

The key to today is not to make any mistakes. Don’t rush it! Look at customers’ orders carefully, ensuring you don’t accidentally pick up the wrong item. Try to be especially careful when serving dinner plates. These can vary, so look carefully at each customer’s order before you rush into making it. It’s better to take your time and make sure the order is correct, otherwise you’ll fail today’s challenge.

 

Tip! Use the Carol Singer to keep table customers happy if you need extra time to double-check an order.

 

Challenge 14

Party Day – Only children will visit the restaurant today!

 

Only children will show up today. In addition to being impatient, children don’t give high tips. Keeping them happy and serving them quickly is essential to keeping your score high. Use your upgrades and make sure your menu has plenty of Choice Tips. And don’t worry about restocking wine – the children aren’t allowed to drink.

 

Tip! Children love sweets, so cakes and candy will be especially popular items today.

 

Challenge 15

Entertainer Frenzy – Entertaining adds 100 points to your score.

 

If you haven’t already, you will want to purchase the Carol Singer upgrade before starting today. Every time customers sit at a table, send the Caroler over right away. You will receive +100 extra points to your score for each table you entertain. Keep in mind this score bonus only applies once per table*, but you can use the Carol Singer as many times as you need to keep a table happy.

 

*Once per set of customers at a table. As soon as a set of customers leave and another group sits at the table, entertain the newcomers for another +100 to your score.

 

Chapter 4 – Holly’s Reindeer Farm

 

Challenge 16

First Come, First Served – Serve people in the order they come in.

 

Keep a sharp eye on the order in which customers enter the restaurant. A good tactic to use is to try and keep one pitcher of juice ready to go at all times, ensuring you can serve customers quickly. The key to keeping on top of today’s challenge is to serve the incoming customers as quickly as possible. This way, you won’t be confused if the restaurant gets too busy.

 

Tip! Upgrades that increase customer patience can help keep customers happy in the event you need a little extra time.

 

Challenge 17

Carl’s Party II – Back due to popular request, find Carl’s friends.

 

Carl’s friends and family are back and are popping up all over the place. Listen for the squeaks indicating one of these festive rodents are nearby, then click on them. Place priority on order customers, since there’s plenty of time to find mice. Mice tend to pop up in the same locations throughout the area. Refer to the Mouse Locations section for more details.

 

Challenge 18

Reindeer Games – The reindeer are very hungry today.

 

The reindeer are especially hungry today, but today’s challenge lies in the fact they’re also very thirsty! Make sure the water bucket beneath the green pump is filled again the moment the bucket is empty (after giving the full one to a reindeer). Keep this filled, and you shouldn’t fall behind the increase in order volume. If you need extra time to refill the bucket, use the Caroler to help customers wait more happily.

 

Challenge 19

Quick and Clean – Clean tables within 8 seconds.

 

When the “!” mark pops up over a table, you have approximately 8 seconds to clean it. Drop everything you’re doing and address this right away. It takes about 3 seconds to clean a table, and these seconds count! Any actions Emily may currently be doing also eat into this time. The “!” bubble will start to blink when you’ve only got a few seconds left.

 

Challenge 20

Double Order – Table customers will order twice.

 

Today’s challenge lies in keeping items in stock and readily available. Table customers will order twice. Try to choose burn and spill-resistant items for your menu today. Use the entertainer to keep tables happy if you find yourself busy with the number of orders you’re handling. Remember, you can entertain table customers to improve their mood, but customers at the register can’t be cheered up this way. Therefore, place priority on checking out these customers before addressing table customers.

 

Chapter 5 – Mary’s Toy Shop

 

Challenge 21

Mary is Tired – Don’t make Mary walk too much, or she’ll get really slow!

 

All walking Mary does today will show up on the meter in the upper right corner. It takes a moment for the meter to drain again. If the meter fills up completely, Mary will move especially slow for a short period of time. Try to keep movement to a minimum today by serving full orders. Use the restocking train as a nifty stop-over point as needed to help Mary regain her energy. If Mary accidentally walks too much, it won’t affect your goal – only your score. However, it will make it more difficult, so tread carefully.

 

Challenge 22

Sponsored Walk – Don’t stand still for more than 8 seconds.

 

The exact opposite of Challenge 21, this challenge requires Mary to be in a constant state of movement. Alternate clicking on one of the customer tables (either the lower left or upper right tables) and the cash register to have Mary move back and forth. The area in which you’ll need to use the most caution is restocking and building wooden toys. If you take 8 seconds or more doing either, you will fail today’s challenge. Restock often. If you need to move between making orders of toys, click on the table to the immediate right before returning to the toy shelf.

 

Challenge 23

Breaking Appliances – Fix all the appliances that break.

 

The Paint Dispenser is in poor working order today, and needs to be repaired very often. Once repaired, the appliance will break down again approximately 10 seconds later. There is no “!” icon indicating the appliance needs to be repaired. Instead, keep an eye out for when it leans to the right, paint overflowing from the top and onto the floor. Once selected, a meter will appear over the appliance showing how far along the repairs are. Repair the appliance repeatedly as it breaks down, until the meter in the upper right corner is filled completely. Once the meter is filled, the appliance won’t break down again for the rest of the day.

 

Tip! You cannot pick up jars of Paint for your tray unless the appliance is fixed, and any pre-made Paints sitting at the appliance will disappear as soon as it breaks down again. As such, keeping a spare jar of Paint on your tray today is a good idea.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Challenge 23

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Challenge 23

Challenge 24

All Things Equal – Alternate between table and counter customers.

 

Alternate between serving table and counter customers. When you start the day, serve the table customers first, before serving your first counter customer. Once you’ve done this, serve the customer at the counter. Serve the next table that comes in next, followed by the following counter customer. Repeat this back-and-forth throughout the entire day, up until the last customer has left. If there are 2 tables waiting to be served, or 2 counter customers, wait until the alternate customer type (table or counter) arrives and serve them, otherwise you’ll fail the challenge.

 

Tip! Checking customers out at the register doesn’t count toward today’s objective.

 

Challenge 25

Setting An Example – Never make a product only once.

 

This is perhaps the hardest challenge of them all. Before starting, purchase all upgrades available to you, particularly those that increase customer patience and speed up Mary. You will need all your concentration to accomplish today’s goal!

 

Every time a customer orders an item, you will need to make 2 of that item. No exceptions. So, if a customer orders a Santa Doll and a Volleyball, you will need to make 2 Santa Dolls back-to-back, followed by 2 Volleyballs back-to-back. Or, 2 Volleyballs back-to-back, followed by 2 Santa Dolls back-to-back. It doesn’t matter if a customer only orders 1. You need to make 2, back-to-back.

 

If a customer orders, for example – 2 Snow Globes, you can make 2 Snow Globes back-to-back. You do not need to make 4. However, if a customer orders 3 Snow Globes, you will need to make 4 Snow Globes back-to-back.

 

If a customer orders a wooden toy, you will need to make two of the same variation of wooden toy. So, for example – if a customer orders a Polar Bear in a Cart, and an Angel in a Tractor, you will need to make 2 Polar Bears in Carts, and 2 Angels in Tractors.

 

You will inevitably end up with extra items on your tray. You have two options – you can either 1) click on the item to remove it from your tray, or 2) leave it on your tray to serve to a future customer for their future order. For example, if a customer orders 1 Snow Globe, you will need to make 2 Snow Globes. If you chose to leave that extra Snow Globe on your tray, and another customer comes in and orders 1 Snow Globe, you can serve them that Snow Globe, without having to make 2 more.

 

If you’re struggling with this Challenge, it’s highly recommended you refer to our Video Walkthrough below.

 

Tip! Don’t forget to restock items!

 

Tip! Take note of any particularly popular items you seem to be making a lot of. These are the best items to leave on your tray.

 

Tip! Use the Carol Singer to keep tables happy and focus on serving counter customers first. The exception to this rule is if a table customer wants an item on your tray. Give that item to them first, before serving your counter customers (provided no counter customers want that item). You should not be worried about combos today.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Challenge 25

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Challenge 25

Chapter 6 – Santa’s Home

 

Challenge 26

VIP – Serve Santa first!

 

Santa’s a frequent customer today, and when he’s at the counter, you’ll want to serve him first! Don’t worry about Santa while he’s still thinking with the “…” bubble over his head. But, as soon as he orders and the triangular “!” icon appears, make sure Santa is the very next customer you serve. Santa can be checked out with other customers, so you only need to worry about serving him first once he’s made up his mind.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Challenge 26

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Challenge 26

Challenge 27

Superspeed – Everything works superfast.

 

Everything is sped up today! Serve customers as per normal. Other than the speed increase, everything else is the same. Combos can be a little harder to pull off, though, especially if there’s children at the counter. Try to check them out at the register before they check themselves out of the door!

 

Challenge 28

Triple Threat – Table customers order 3 times.

 

It’s closer to Christmas, and with longer hours comes longer dinners. Each table will order a total of 3 times before they’re ready to pay at the register. Make sure you keep all items stocked and all tables well-entertained. Tables are more likely to be full, so be careful balancing your table and counter customers. Counter customers should still come first, though. Extend the patience of your tables with those Carol Singers!

 

Challenge 29

Fresh is the Best! – Deliver items before they go bad.

 

Today presents a unique challenge in that food-items will go bad – and quickly at that! As soon as a food item has been placed on your tray, the meter in the upper right corner will begin to unwind. You have approximately 8 seconds to serve the item to the customer, or else you will fail today’s challenge. The following is a list of perishable items:

  • All Desserts
  • Ham and/or Duck
  • Hot Tea
  • Iced Tea and/or Chocolate Milk

 

Keep In-A-Row combos with multiple customers and food items to a minimum. Always start by preparing non-perishable items – these can remain on your tray indefinitely. However, as soon as the food is picked up, the timer will start. You will need to deliver it to the customer within 8 seconds, and gathering any other food will not refill the timer. If customers order Ham or Duck platters, it’s best to serve these individually. The same goes for Iced Tea and/or Hot Chocolate.

 

Tip! If you’re too short on time, quickly click on the item on your tray to remove it. Removing the perishable item will immediately reset your timer.

 

Challenge 30

Carl’s 3rd Party – Find all the mice!

 

Carl and all his friends have shown up for the final challenge. Locate 30 mice before the end of the day to complete this challenge. Mice will pop up frequently, and often multiple at a time. They also tend to show up in the same locations. Refer to the Mouse Locations section below for an image showing these locations.

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed all Challenges for Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol!

 

Mouse Locations

A total of 61 mice are hidden throughout the game. Mice can be found popping up in Levels 1 – 61 (excluding Challenge levels). The following section lists and reveals every mouse location in the game.

 

Chapter 1 – Emily’s Garden

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Chapter 1 Mice Locations

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Chapter 1 Mice Locations

Level 1: In the middle of the snowy clearing, to the left of the snowman.

Level 2: Behind the upper right side of the snowy awning above the pretzel.

Level 3: In the cup slot of the hot chocolate machine next to Patrick.

Level 4: Behind the top of the birdhouse above the cash register.

Level 5: On the tree branch above Patrick’s head.

Level 6: On the left side of the roof at the top of the screen, next to the vent.

Level 7: Above the table in the upper left corner, behind the right side of the Christmas tree.

Level 8: At the bottom of the Christmas tree in the upper left corner of the screen.

Level 9: Behind the snowman’s hat.

Level 10: Hiding behind the board above the soups and below the awning.

 

Chapter 2 – George’s Train Station

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Chapter 2 Mice Locations

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Chapter 2 Mice Locations

Level 11: In the center of the counter in the upper right corner.

Level 12: Behind the left pillar, between the stairs and the Christmas present.

Level 13: Behind the right pillar, beside the rightmost table.

Level 14: Hanging down from the top of the window on the left, outside the restaurant.

Level 15: Hanging down from the central doorway, beneath the clock.

Level 16: Just behind the Christmas gift sitting beside the bench with the sleeping man.

Level 17: Just outside the right door, behind the luggage cart.

Level 18: On the far right side of the screen, beneath the candy rack.

Level 19: To the left of the serving counter with all the cookie platters.

Level 20: Behind the left pillar, just above the right railing of the landing on the upper left.

 

Chapter 3 – The Miracle Express

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Chapter 3 Mice Locations

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Chapter 3 Mice Locations

Level 21: On top of the second suitcase on the lower right.

Level 22: Behind the upper right corner at the top of the green coffee machine.

Level 23: Behind the pile of suitcases on the left seat of the upper left booth.

Level 24: On the floor right next to the cash register.

Level 25: Behind the left side of the silverware cart.

Level 26: Outside the rightmost window, toward the upper left corner.

Level 27: On the upper counter between the candy canes and the desserts.

Level 28: On the far right, at the top of the red carpet.

Level 29: At the lower left corner of the silverware cart on the left.

Level 30: Behind the top step of the step stool used to restock the wine and candies.

 

Chapter 4 – Holly’s Reindeer Farm

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Chapter 4 Mice Locations

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Chapter 4 Mice Locations

Level 31: On the ground between the second and third stable doors.

Level 32: Behind the top of the fence, above the green water pump.

Level 33: Popping out of the top of the juicer on the right.

Level 34: Next to the stone supports of the rightmost counter, beside the fruit used for pies.

Level 35: Behind the bush with the berries for drinks, at Patrick’s feet.

Level 36: In the lower left corner of the screen, below the basket with the scoop.

Level 37: Behind the pillar between the first and second reindeer stalls.

Level 38: To the left of the green water pump, behind the caroler.

Level 39: Hanging down from the stable roof, above the topmost customer table.

Level 40: Hanging down from beneath the counter on the far right, below the bow for the fruit pitchers.

 

Chapter 5 – Mary’s Toy Shop

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Chapter 5 Mice Locations

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Chapter 5 Mice Locations

Level 41: In the bottom left shelf, toward the upper left corner of the screen.

Level 42: Popping out of the top of the pink gift box toward the upper right.

Level 43: Behind the blue gift box at the bottom of the screen, toward the lower left corner.

Level 44: Popping out of the left side of the rightmost staircase, above the train tracks.

Level 45: Behind the center portion of the guard rail above the train tracks.

Level 46: On the floor between the left staircase and the paint dispenser.

Level 47: Between the right corner of the bottom counter and the green gift box with the plushes.

Level 48: Behind the elf head to the right of the entry door to the shop.

Level 49: On the far right, between the guard rail and the pink gift box below Emily.

Level 50: On the far left, near the bottom corner of the bottom left shelf, behind the guard rail.

 

Chapter 6 – Santa’s Home

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Chapter 6 Mice Locations

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Chapter 6 Mice Locations

Level 51: Next to the gift boxes on the left, in front of the pink box.

Level 52: Beneath the lower right corner of the Christmas tree.

Level 53: Behind the right doorway curtain in the upper right corner of the room.

Level 54: On the floor between the central counter and the oven.

Level 55: Behind the far left railing on the left side of the room.

Level 56: Behind the upper left side of the Christmas tree, in front of the carolers.

Level 57: Outside, at the top of the window to the left of the door.

Level 58: Poking out from behind the right side of the pillar to the right of the stove.

Level 59: In the lower left corner of the screen, near the candle.

Level 60: On the floor at the bottom left corner of the landing on the upper right.

 

Chapter 7 – The Christmas Musical!

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Chapter 7 Mice Locations

Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol – Chapter 7 Mice Locations

Level 61: Inside the back of the bird feeder, above the cash register.

 

 

Trophies

Decorate for the holiday season with your finest trophies! There are 21 unlockable trophies for you to collect. The following section outlines every trophy and how to obtain it.

 

Trophy Name Description How to Unlock
Twenty Pounds of Chocolate Serve 500 chocolate related products. Serve 500 products with chocolate in them. Some of these products will need to be unlocked first. View each restaurant’s menu (before starting a level) to see the requirements. The list of chocolate products that count toward this achievement is as follows:

 

Chapter 1: Emily’s Garden & Chapter 7

·         Chocolate Waffle

·         Hot Chocolate, Malted Hot Chocolate, Mint Hot Chocolate

·         Chocolate Bread

·         Chocolate Banana

·         Chocolate Christmas Bread

·         Dark Chocolate Pretzel

·         Chocolate Soup

Chapter 2: George’s Train Station

·         No Chocolate Products!

Chapter 3: The Miracle Express

·         Chocolate Cake

Chapter 4: Holly’s Reindeer Farm

·         Chocolate Drink

Chapter 5: Mary’s Toy Shop

·         No Chocolate Products!

Chapter 6: Santa’s Home

·         Chocolate Slice

·         Choco Cupcake

·         Chocolate Milk

Nineteen Miles an Hour Squirrel Serve 400 customers quickly. Serve a customer their complete order right away to receive a Quick Bonus. Do this a total of 400 times to unlock this trophy.
Eighteen Nuts Pick up all the nuts the squirrel leaves behind. Unlockable in Chapter 4: Holly’s Reindeer Farm. During Levels 35 – 40, pick up all the nuts the squirrel leaves behind over the course of a single day.
Seventeen Hours of Walking Walk 1,000 miles. During any level, alternate clicking between two tables, or a table and the cash register to keep moving, contributing toward this goal.
Sixteen Boxes Full of Ingredients Restock items 350 times. There are restockable items in every restaurant. Items that can be restocked will have a number displayed next to them.
Fifteen Inches of Snow Finish Santa’s Home. Complete levels 51 – 60.
Fourteen Kegs of Mulled Apple Juice Make 250 combos. Serve and check out multiple customers back-to-back in a row to create combos.
Thirteen Valleys Crossed Finish all events and challenges. Complete all 91 events and challenges.
Twelve Hours Waiting Finish George’s Train Station. Complete levels 11 – 20.
Eleven Mice Gathering Find all mice. Locate all the mice hidden in Levels 1 – 61. Their locations are shown and listed in the Mouse Locations section of this guide.
Ten Fingers Painted Finish Mary’s Toy Shop. Complete levels 41 – 50.
Nine Reindeer Flying Finish The Reindeer Farm. Complete levels 31 – 40.
Eight Items Out of a Catalog Buy all shop items. There is a total of 48 upgrade items across all chapters which can be purchased after selecting a level. Once all shop items have been purchased, the menu will no longer appear when selecting a level. Choose any level per chapter to view shop items available.
Seven Secrets Unlocked Buy all the secret gifts and use them. Find the 7 secrets hidden in the game. If you can’t find them on your own, we have a few magic sprinkles of our own in the Secrets section!
Six Train Wagons Finish the Miracle Express. Complete levels 21 – 30.
Five Trumpets Playing Unlock all product upgrades. There are 80 product upgrades spread across all restaurants. When viewing the menu after selecting a level and prior to pressing the “Play” button, click on any product. This will display any locked or unlocked products of that type. Select locked products to learn how to unlock them.
Four Log Cabins Use every product in every restaurant at least once. After unlocking all product upgrades, customize your menu after selecting a level, and before pressing the “Play” button. Use all product upgrades on your menu in every restaurant to unlock this achievement.
Three Stars Finish every level with 3 stars. Finish Levels 1 – 61 with a 3-star score. This achievement excludes challenges.
Two Turtle Doves Find the two turtle doves in the game and reunite them. The two turtle doves can be found in the following locations:

1.       Level 39 – Sitting on the fence near the snowy road, to the right of Rudy’s stall.

2.       Level 56 – Sitting in the upper right corner of the Christmas tree.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Dove Locations

And A Partridge in a Pine Tree Collect all other achievements. Unlock all 20 other achievements listed above.

 

Secrets

We’ve all been tempted to sneak downstairs on Christmas Eve and catch a glimpse of Santa putting presents under the tree. In this section of our walkthrough, you can catch a glimpse of the secrets carefully hidden in Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol. But be warned! If Santa catches you, you might end up on the naughty list! The following section has been hidden under spoiler tabs. Click on them to reveal hidden secret details at your own risk!

Secret 1

Location: Chapter 1 – Emily’s Garden

Purchase the Ice Skates in the shop for 350 coins at any point while playing through Chapter 1. You never know when they’ll come in handy! Actually, these Ice Skates will come in handy during Level 61, where Emily and Paige can go ice skating.

[collapse]
Secret 2

Location: Chapter 2 – George’s Train Station

Purchase the Blind Decoration upgrade in the shop for 250 coins. Click on the rolling blinds above the counter in the upper right corner any time during Levels 17 – 20 to view a special message. Merry Christmas!

[collapse]
Secret 3

Location: Chapter 3 – The Miracle Express

Buy the Train Cord in the shop for 250 coins after selecting any level of Chapter 3. Click on the chord, now hanging in the upper left corner, to have machinist Amanda blow the train horn. The mouse of the level you’re playing will pop up as soon as the train whistle blows. Choo choo!

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Secret 3

[collapse]
Secret 4

Location: Chapter 4 – Holly’s Reindeer Farm

Buy the Wind Chime upgrade in the shop for 350 coins. Any time during Levels 35 – 40, click on the Wind Chimes hanging above the stables. Emily will ring the chimes, causing the squirrel to drop a walnut at the first location he runs to.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Secret 4

[collapse]
Secret 5

Location: Chapter 5 – Mary’s Toy Shop

Purchase the Amanda Doll in the shop for 350 coins. During any of the levels of Mary’s Toy Shop, click on the locomotive carrying the extra toy stock to make it go faster for a moment.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Secret 5

[collapse]
Secret 6

Location: Chapter 6 – Santa’s Home

Buy the Mistletoe in the shop for 250 coins. When you start any level of Chapter 6, the Mistletoe will now be hanging over the door. Click on the Mistletoe to unlock Secret #6. If a couple enters the shop when the Mistletoe is selected, they just might kiss!

[collapse]
Secret 7

Location: Map

Use the arrows on the left and right sides of the level select Map to scroll to Holly’s Reindeer Farm. Click on the 3 reindeer in their stalls to reveal the final secret and unlock the Reindeer Game! Select any level and enjoy.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Secret 7

Tip! The Reindeer Game applies to any level and will be active for the duration of that level. To play a level with reindeer again, click on the 3 reindeer at any time to reactivate the minigame.

Delicious - Emily's Christmas Carol - Reindeer Hidden Minigame

[collapse]

Video Walkthrough

Welcome to the Video Walkthrough section of the Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol Official Walkthrough! Watch us play through the entirety of the game, Levels 1 – 61, all Challenges included! Learn how to obtain 3 star scores on all levels and find every hidden mouse. Complete every challenge with ease using our video walkthrough as your guide. Click the Play button below to get started, or click on the drop-down options menu in the upper left corner to select a different level!

 

 

 

The Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol Official Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain hacks, serials, or cheats. However, if you’re looking for hidden secrets, you will find them here!

The post Delicious – Emily’s Christmas Carol Official Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion Official Walkthrough

$
0
0

Welcome to the official walkthrough for Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion! Mary is a talented law student and aspiring chef, but her family’s dreams for her don’t reflect her own. Mary will have to choose her own path as she tries to balance her career with her goals. It’s multitasking to the extreme! Thankfully, our official walkthrough is designed to help you with just that. Here you can find in-depth strategies for every level and challenge, as well as mice locations, trophy how-to’s, and even a few secrets along the way. Choose a topic from the Contents below to get started!

Contents

General Tips & Tricks

If you’re just starting out or simply need a few pointers, this section is dedicated to introducing you to the game and its mechanics. Learn how the game works, as well as a few tips and tricks along the way!

 

How to Play

Once you’ve launched Mary le Chef, simply click “Play”! You will be taken to the Map – a level select screen. Move your cursor to the left and right edges of your screen to navigate between level select screens, or use the arrows in the lower left and right corners to move the map.

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion is a time management game. The goal is to serve every customer that enters your restaurant before time runs out at the end of the day. The happier your customer, the higher your score will be!

To serve a customer an order, click on the products they ask for. These items will be placed on your tray in the lower left corner of your screen. Click on the customer, and try to take the products they ask for back to them as quickly as possible. Once a customer is finished eating, they will go to the cash register. Click on the cash register to check them out and receive a score. If a customer has left a table, a “!” bubble will appear, meaning the table needs to be cleaned. Clean a table by clicking on it. This will allow a new set of customers to sit down and enjoy their meal.

 

Scoring and Hearts

A happy customer means a high score! Customers in your restaurant will have between 1 and 5 hearts over their head at any given time. An angry customer will have 1 heart, while a happy customer will have 5. Giving customers the items they ask for in a timely manner will make the number of hearts they have increase. However, doing so slowly, or getting the order wrong, will make them unhappy, causing their hearts to decrease. If a customer loses all of their hearts, they will leave the restaurant – and the check!

You can earn additional score bonuses by improving your menu, or by buying upgrades for your restaurant. You can also earn additional points by finding the mice hidden in each of the game’s 60 main levels. Do your best and try to earn 3 stars for each level, and 1 star for bonus levels!

 

Mice Locations

A mouse is hidden in each level (levels 1 – 60, excluding bonus levels). Listen for tell-take squeaks and keep a sharp eye out. Mice are gray and can appear in a number of places. Finding a mouse increases your score, and also counts toward the trophy “Fresh Milk”. Again, mice are not hidden in bonus levels. Unlike time management games such as Delicious or Fabulous, the mice in Mary le Chef are random. That means they won’t necessarily show up in the same place every level. To see where mice can show up, visit the Mouse Locations section of this walkthrough. You can also click Mouse Location under each level to be taken straight to a screenshot showing where the mouse could be hiding!

 

Upgrades

Completing levels will reward you with coins, which you can use to buy upgrades for your restaurant. There are two kinds of upgrades you can unlock: Store and Menu.

  • Store – The Store is opened automatically when you select a level from the map. You can buy upgrades for your restaurant here. Upgrades can improve customer patience, tips, and even how fast Mary can move and cook! Click on an item to view upgrade options.
  • Menu – Alternatively, the Menu is opened automatically when you select a level from the map. Here you can customize your menu. Click on a menu item to view options. Menu items you unlock often have special bonuses, such as quicker prep times or bonus tips.

Click on the Store and Menu buttons at the bottom of the screen after selecting a level to alternate between restaurant and menu upgrades.

 

Additional Tips and Tricks

  • Diamonds are a girl’s best friend! Complete the diamond challenge for each level to earn Diamonds. Diamonds can be used to purchase gifts. Click on the Diamond button in the upper right corner of the level select map, then click on a present to unlock it.
  • Sure – I can multitask! Click on multiple items to stack Mary’s tasks while playing. Clicking ahead is a good way to keep Mary moving and serving customers quickly.
  • Stock the shelves! The start of a level is a great time to restock on items. Items with numbers beside them mean they’re available in limited numbers. Make sure you keep these stocked, otherwise you may end up falling behind later in the day.
  • Tag, you’re it! The cash register is your go-to checkpoint. In other words, you don’t have to idly stand by a table after serving a customer. Instead, click on the cash register to navigate the restaurant faster.
  • The more, the merrier! Serve and check out multiple customers at the cash register at once when you can. It will help keep things flowing smoothly.
  • Can’t you see my hands are full? Whenever possible, try to serve customers full orders at once. A full order is serving a customer everything they asked for in one trip. Doing this will provide bonuses to your score.
  • I can’t wait to be seated! Keep tables clean by clicking on them when a “!” bubble appears after a customer has left. A customer won’t sit at a dirty table. If you have no clean tables, they’ll simply walk out.
  • Customization is king! You will unlock new, exciting items to put on your menu as you play. Make your menu unique by customizing it. Customizing a menu often goes a long way in improving your overall score. You can even unlock items that can’t be burned or spilled!

 

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion Walkthrough

Welcome to the official walkthrough for Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion! This is the official complete guide, containing everything from levels, bonuses, mice, trophies, tips, tricks, and more! Get started by choosing a section from the list of Contents above, or continue scrolling to dive right into the game. If you prefer visual help, refer to the Video Walkthrough at the bottom of our guide. Without further ado, let’s get cooking!

 

Chapter 1 – Carlos’ Restaurant

Juggling both her law career and her dreams of becoming a chef, Mary works part time at Carlos’ Restaurant.

 

Introduction

Meet Mary – an aspiring chef! Someone special has shown up to introduce herself and show Mary the ropes, including how to catch those pesky mice! Click on the mice to make your way through the introduction and on to the first level.

 

Level 1 – Best of Both Worlds

Diamond Challenge: Make sure every customer is happy.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Today’s goal is very straight-forward: make sure every customer leaves happy. The hearts over a customer’s head indicates how happy they currently are. 1 heart indicates a customer is angry, while 5 hearts indicates a customer is ecstatic. Serve customers in a timely manner, trying to keep them at 4-5 hearts. If a customer’s hearts are depleted entirely, they will storm out. Keep them happy and you’ll earn today’s diamond.

 

Level 2 – A Full Plate

Diamond Challenge: Help Mary find time to study her law book on the side.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Mary’s law book is located to the left of the coffee machine. At the start of the day, a “!” bubble will appear over the book. Click on it to have Mary study. A meter will appear and slowly fill up as she does so. But don’t forget to serve customers! Serve customers as they order, then immediately go back to studying. Finish studying and fill the bar by the end of the day to acquire today’s diamond.

Tip! To keep yourself paced, make sure the study bar is half-full by the time the day is halfway done.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 2

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 2

Level 3 – Double Trouble

Diamond Challenge: Mary has to pick up the items she knocked over.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Some of Mary’s law materials have been scattered on the floor. Pick up all 3 before the end of the day to achieve today’s goal. Their locations are pictured here:

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 3

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 3

Level 4 – Ahead of the Game

Diamond Challenge: Help Mary write down recipes.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

A notepad and paper can be found to the left of the coffee machine. Throughout the day, a “!” bubble will appear over the notepad. Click on it when it appears to have Mary go to it and write down recipes. You will need to do this 5 times before the end of the day to complete today’s goal.

Tip! If you’re mid-order when the “!” notification appears, finish serving the order first. However, don’t start any new orders until you’ve clicked on the “!” bubble.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 4

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 4

Level 5 – A Glass Half Empty

Diamond Challenge: Unpack the decorations for the party and place them around the restaurant.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

There are 3 boxes of decorations waiting to be unpacked. Click on each of the boxes to have Mary unpack them. Unpack all 3 before the end of the day to earn today’s diamond. The box locations are pictured here:

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 5

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 5

Level 6 – Follow Your Heart

Diamond Challenge: Prepare all of the dishes.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Today’s diamond challenge requires you to prepare all of the products and variations possible in the restaurant. There are 11 possible variations you will need to make before the day is done:

  1. Coffee (left variant – most likely Latte)
  2. Coffee (right variant – most likely Expresso)
  3. Soup (left variant – most likely Ajoblanco)
  4. Soup (right variant – most likely Vegetable)
  5. Recipe Magazine
  6. Newspaper
  7. Baked Potato (alternative: Baked Avocado)
  8. Empanada with topping, no jam
  9. Empanada with jam and topping
  10. Paella (Chicken or Shrimp)
  11. Sangria

Tip! Try and make each of these products in the same general order as listed above to help you keep track. Products will be crossed off the list as you make them for customers, however, it can be easy to forget something. Therefore, try and make each of these products as quickly as possible at the start of the day. You can click on any extra items on your tray to remove them and make room for more.

Tip! Today is the perfect day to upgrade the coffee machine if you haven’t already. After selecting the level in the Map, click on the Store button at the bottom of your screen. Click on the coffee machine and upgrade it. This upgrade will allow you to make coffee without it ever spilling, which proves particularly useful today now that you have multiple varieties to offer.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 6

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 6

Level 7 – More Than You Can Chew

Diamond Challenge: Repair the coffee machine before too many people leave dissatisfied.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Oh no, the coffee machine is broken! And no coffee means angry customers. Click on the coffee machine to repair it. A bar will appear over the machine showing how much progress Mary has made. Finish fixing the machine before the end of the day to earn another diamond.

Tip! Work on repairing the coffee machine as often as possible. Check the day’s clock as a comparison of where you should be. For example, if the day is halfway done, you will want Mary to be at least 50% finished with fixing the coffee machine.

Tip! If customers order coffee while the machine is still being fixed, there’s a good chance they will leave angry. Therefore, fix the machine as quickly as possible.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 7

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 7

Level 8 – Spare Some Time?

Diamond Challenge: Just keep moving.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Don’t stand still for longer than 7 seconds at any point during the day. It’s important to keep Mary moving! The easiest way to do this is to alternate between helping customers and preparing orders. When there are no orders, switch between clicking on the peppers in the center island and the cash register to keep her moving.

Tip! If you find yourself running out of time, it’s better to click on an item and then remove it from your tray than to let Mary stand still for too long.

 

Level 9 – Sticky Situation

Diamond Challenge: These aren’t the customers you’re looking for.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Keep your disguise on while serving Topsy, Richard, and Jennifer. The disguise can be found on a pedestal on the right, between the upper right table and the sangria. A meter over the disguise will slowly deplete over time. Click on the disguise to have Mary readjust, and the bar will be refilled. Try to never let the bar deplete below 50%. It’s better to let the customers wait just a little longer and to keep her disguise on throughout the day.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 9

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 9

Level 10 – Silver Lining

Diamond Challenge: Happy critics give better scores.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

There’s a critic in the restaurant today, and he’s taken the upper left table all for himself. Throughout the day, the critic will order single items just as a normal customer would. However, place your priority on serving the critic first and foremost. If you’re busy serving someone else, try to serve the critic at the same time and create a combo. Otherwise, focus on serving the critic immediately. The other customers can wait a little longer. Complete today successfully keeping the critic happy to earn yourself another diamond.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 10

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 10

Chapter 2 – Sophie’s Restaurant

Aunt Sophie owns a charming French patisserie. Things are sure to settle down while Mary works here… right…?

 

Level 11 – Keep Your Chin Up

Diamond Challenge: Just like when I was little.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Auntie Sophie needs a little help from Mary, just like when she was little. A “!” bubble will appear over Sophie’s head when she needs Mary’s help. Click on Sophie to have Mary help her prepare her dish. Help Sophie 3 times before the end of the day to earn a diamond.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 11

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 11

Level 12 – The More the Merrier

Diamond Challenge: It’s all fun and games!
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Peter and Mary are goofing around today. When a “!” bubble pops up over Peter’s head, click on him to have Mary toss popcorn at him. Do this 6 times before day’s end to complete today’s diamond challenge.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 12

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 12

Level 13 – Excitement Abounds

Diamond Challenge: Sophie wants help with the party.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Sophie needs a little help figuring out where party decorations will go. Several “!” bubbles will appear one-by-one throughout the day. When one of these popups appears, click on it to have Mary go there and consider the decorations. Do this successfully with all 5 bubble that appear throughout the day to earn another diamond.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 13

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 13

Level 14 – Love is in the Air

Diamond Challenge: A very useful present.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Mary’s received a very useful present – a mezzaluna for chopping herbs and nuts. With a gift this thoughtful, Mary simply can’t help herself. Use the mezzaluna 6 times over the course of the day. A “!” bubble will appear over the cutting board between the crepes and the cheese and berries. When this happens, click on the bubble to have Mary use the mezzaluna. Completing this challenge by the end of the day will reward you with a diamond.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 14

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 14

Level 15 – It’s Complicated

Diamond Challenge: So many boxes.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

There’s a lot of incoming packages today. Throughout the day, the postman will arrive with packages for the party. A “!” bubble will appear over his head when he’s ready for you to collect a package. Click on him to collect it. Any tasks you may currently be doing will be put on hold while transporting the package. However, try not to wait too long. Collect all 4 packages before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge.

Tip! The postman will stand below the table in the upper right corner near the jukebox.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 15

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 15

Level 16 – Prime of Her Time

Diamond Challenge: The fastest way to a man’s heart is through his stomach.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

A handsome customer, James, will be sitting at the table on the upper left today. He’s quite the hungry gentleman, and will make several orders throughout the day. Your challenge is to bring the items he orders to him quickly to keep him happy. Serving James is just like serving any other customer. However, his hearts don’t reset. Try to serve him as quickly as possible and not keep him waiting too long. If you serve him 6 items he asks for without him becoming upset, you will earn a diamond.

Tip! Try upgrading the table on the upper left before starting the level to increase James’ patience. You can also use the jukebox to improve his mood.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 16

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 16

Level 17 – Stir Crazy

Diamond Challenge: The party is just around the corner.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

The party’s nearly here, and there’s a lot of decorations to put up. Click on the packages scattered throughout the restaurant to open them and put up the decorations. Successfully open and put up the contents of all 4 packages before the end of the day to complete today’s goal. Their locations are pictured here:

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 17

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 17

Level 18 – Bastille Day Party

Diamond Challenge: Somebody has to be the referee…
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Peter’s in a bad mood, but there are more important things than fighting – there’s customers to serve! Every time Peter becomes angry, a “!” bubble will appear over his head. Click on him quickly to have Mary run interference and prevent him from getting too upset. Do this successfully 5 times before the end of the day to earn yourself a diamond.

Tip! Peter’s face will turn red and he’ll start to look angry shortly before the “!” bubble appears.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 18

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 18

Level 19 – Past Regrets

Diamond Challenge: Turn Sophie’s frown upside down with some sweets.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Sophie’s having a hard time, and what better way to cheer her up than with some treats? Throughout the day, Sophie will order sweet treats. Prepare these just as you would an item for any other customer, then bring it to her quickly. Sophie doesn’t have much patience, so try to serve her quickly and before other customers. Bring her all 6 items she orders without her hearts running out to earn a diamond.

Tip! You may also upgrade the table on the upper right to improve her patience, as well as use the jukebox.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 19

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 19

Level 20 – Moving On

Diamond Challenge: Keep the decorations where they belong.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

The decorations in the window are sliding down! Fix both posters before the end of the day to earn yourself another diamond. Their locations are pictured here:

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 20

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 20

 

Chapter 3 – Luigi’s Restaurant

Time to trade French cuisine for Italian. This is Luigi’s turf, which Mary is quick to learn!

 

Level 21 – Saved by the Bell

Diamond Challenge: Show him what you’re made of.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Throughout the day, Luigi will order items from the menu. When Luigi orders, simply serve him as you would any normal customer. Do this successfully 3 times before the end of the day to achieve your goal.

 

Level 22 – Not the Usual

Diamond Challenge: Help Luigi gather the elements of a great new dish.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Luigi is making a special dish today, and he needs your help! Luigi is standing in the lower right corner, and will ask for components necessary to make his dish throughout the day. Find all 4 components and give them to him before the end of the day to achieve your goal. Their locations are pictured here:

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 22

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 22

Level 23 – The Tables Turn

Diamond Challenge: Keeping the lovebirds happy!
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Jennifer and Tony are dining at the restaurant today. They will continue to order dishes throughout the day up until closing. Fulfill their orders as quickly as possible while serving other customers. You will need to keep them happy to earn today’s diamond. Try to serve them before any other customers and keep them at 4-5 hearts. Relax, you can do it!

 

Level 24 – Pave Your Way

Diamond Challenge: Luigi is troubled – help him come up with a menu for the party.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Luigi’s having a tough time today. You can find him on the right side of the restaurant today. Whenever he needs encouragement, a “!” bubble will appear over his head. Click on Luigi to reassure him. Do this 4 times before the end of today to earn another diamond.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 24

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 24

Level 25 – Looking Up

Diamond Challenge: Out of sight doesn’t mean out of mind – the cellar needs to be cleaned either way.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

The cellar is a mess! A “!” bubble can be seen over the entrance on the right. Click on the cellar to have Mary start to clean it. A bar will appear over the cellar showing Mary’s cleaning progress. Fill the bar completely and finish cleaning the cellar before the end of the day to earn today’s diamond.

Tip! Clean between waves of customers. By the time the day is halfway done, you’ll want the bar to be halfway full.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 25

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 25

Level 26 – Where There’s a Will…

Diamond Challenge: Cupcakes don’t belong on the floor.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Yikes! A platter of cupcakes has been spilled all over the floor. Pick up all 4 cupcakes before the end of the day to earn today’s diamond. Their locations are pictured here:

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 26

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 26

Level 27 – Point of No Return

Diamond Challenge: Keeping good care of your inventory is a sign of a great chef!
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Fully stock all products so that all are fully stocked at the same time at least once during the day. The following items will need to be fully stocked at the same time:

  1. Tomato (x6). Restock by clicking on the tomato plant near the door. Tomatoes need time to grow.
  2. Octopus (x6). Restock by clicking on the raw octopus on the lower right and cooking it. Once cooked, click on it to add it to the stock.
  3. Red Wine (x6). Restock by clicking on the phone on the side of the wine shelf and collecting the package from the mailman.
  4. White Wine (x6). Restock by clicking on the phone on the side of the wine shelf and collecting the package from the mailman.
Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 27

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 27

Level 28 – Say It With a Song

Diamond Challenge: Variety is your friend.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Don’t make the same product twice in a row. Keep careful track of customers’ orders and don’t make two of the same item back-to-back. Instead, if you are faced with two of the same item during orders, alternate with another item. Do this successfully until closing to earn a diamond.

For example: If a customer orders 2 bottles of Red Wine and 1 bottle of White Wine, pick up 1 Red Wine, then 1 White Wine, then 1 Red Wine.

Alternatively, if multiple of the same item are ordered, you can pick up another item the customer didn’t order to make sure that those items aren’t made back-to-back.

For example: If a customer orders 2 Pastas, make 1 Pasta and pick it up, then pick up 1 bottle of Red Wine, then make 1 more Pasta for the order.

Tip! You can always click an item on your tray to remove it after making it if you choose the second strategy.

 

Level 29 – Courage to Love

Diamond Challenge: Try to turn Jenny’s frown upside down.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Jennifer is feeling low today. Throughout the day, she will stand near the door. When she needs comforting, a “!” bubble will appear over her head. Click on her when this bubble appears to comfort her. Do this successfully 4 times before the end of the day to earn another diamond.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 29

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 29

Level 30 – Wind of Change

Diamond Challenge: Deliver Luigi’s new food to the customers for gustation.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Customers are clamoring to try Luigi’s new dish! Throughout the day, customers will order special dishes. These dishes are indicated by a silver dome plate cover. When these are ordered, Luigi will appear from the cellar with a dish to serve. A “!” bubble will appear over his head. Click on Luigi to collect the dish, then take it to the customers who ordered it. Continue this process until closing to complete today’s diamond challenge.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 30

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 30

Chapter 4 – Farmer’s Market

There’s no fresher produce in all of Snuggford than that found at the Farmer’s Market. But Mary’s in for a surprise – the owner is Luigi’s own brother!

 

Level 31 – Fresh Start

Diamond Challenge: The mouse will try to eat the cheese – keep the mouse away until it gives up.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

There’s a mouse that keeps showing up, and he will stop at nothing to get the cheese he craves so badly! The mouse will show up in the upper left corner of the screen near the fruit stand. Each time he will show up with a squeaking sound. Click on the mouse before he disappears. If you do this, when he reappears, he will be in the same general location. However, fail to click on him before he disappears, and he will reappear even closer to the cheese. Prevent the mouse from getting the cheese by day’s end and you’ll earn a diamond for your troubles. Refer to the screenshot below to see where today’s mouse can pop up while looking for the cheese.

Tip! Don’t confuse the mouse that’s trying to get the cheese for today’s hidden mouse! The mouse trying to get the cheese is brown and will only pop his head up out of the ground. Today’s hidden mouse is gray and will pop up both head and shoulders.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 31

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 31

Level 32 – Family Relations

Diamond Challenge: Keep an eye out for the delivery guy.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Sometime during the day, the delivery man will show up with a package. When he does, a “!” bubble will appear over his head. Click on him quickly to instantly complete today’s diamond challenge. If you fail to click on the delivery man the first time, don’t worry – he will return throughout the day.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 32

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 32

Level 33 – Always Room for Dessert

Diamond Challenge: Richard left the books on the table, and now customers refuse to sit there.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Clear the books from the top of the center table. There are 3 books total. Clear all of them off before the end of the day to earn today’s diamond. It’s a very easy task, so try to clear them all off right away before the first customer shows up. Set them on top of the barrel in the lower left corner of the screen next to Morey when finished. Their locations are shown below:

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 33

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 33

Level 34 – Safe With the Law

Diamond Challenge: They’re everywhere.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Collect the scattered fruit. There are 8 pieces scattered all throughout the restaurant. Pick up all 8 pieces before day’s end to complete today’s diamond challenge. Their locations are pictured here:

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 34

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 34

Level 35 – Priorities

Diamond Challenge: And you are his sous-chef.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Luigi’s brother needs a helping hand around his market today. Help him prepare a special dish! Throughout the day, he will ask you for specific components and ingredients. Find all 4 items he asks for and deliver them to him before the end of the day to complete today’s goal. The item locations can be found here:

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 35

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 35

Level 36 – A Turbulent Road

Diamond Challenge: I just can’t say no to that cute face.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Give the chicken what she wants. No, not the chicken that wanders around and lays eggs – the chicken standing near the tree! Throughout the day, the chicken will request items. Collect the chicken’s order and click on the chicken to deliver it to her in a timely manner. The chicken has hearts like any other customer, so you’ll need to be quick! Fulfill all 6 of the chicken’s orders by the end of the day to earn a diamond.

Tip! The chicken loves fruits and vegetables! When you see the chicken start to think about their order, make your way over to the produce stand.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 36

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 36

Level 37 – Lawyer and Order

Diamond Challenge: Make sure your dad has a great time.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Dad’s come to visit at the market today, and Mary’s serving him lunch! He will sit at the center table for the full day, ordering items all throughout. Serve him the items he asks for in a timely manner just as you would any other customer. Do this successfully 5 times before the restaurant closes to earn yourself a diamond, and his approval.

 

Level 38 – Focused Work

Diamond Challenge: It tastes funny!
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Today’s challenge is to help Morey come up with jokes. Challenging, indeed! Morey will stand in front of the table on the left. When a “!” bubble appears over his head, it’s time to help him with his material. Click on Morey to help him with his jokes. Do this 5 times before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge.

Tip! Morey practicing his jokes means there’s no one to help clean your tables today! Make sure to clean those tables as soon as your table customers check out at the register. If all tables are dirty when new customers come in, they will leave immediately without waiting.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 38

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 38

Level 39 – Ready or Not…

Diamond Challenge: Don’t kindle the fireplace.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Start the day as per normal, serving customers. But as soon as the fireplace on the left goes out and the chili goes cold is when today’s challenge kicks in. Do not click on the pile of wood next to the tree to rekindle the fire until the meter in the upper right corner of the screen is completely filled and you complete today’s goal. It will take several seconds. Customers who have ordered chili in the meantime will just have to wait, sorry!

Tip! If you want to play things safe, keep an extra bowl of chili with a sausage and sour dough, as well as a bowl of chili with just sour dough on your tray. That way you can continue to serve customers who may want chili, even while the fireplace is out.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 39

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 39

Level 40 – Trouble in Paradise

Diamond Challenge: Let’s party no matter what happens.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Decorate the restaurant! There are 3 boxes of decorations which need to be unpacked. Click on each of the 3 boxes and unpack their contents fully before the end of the day to earn today’s diamond. Their locations are shown below:

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 40

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 40

Chapter 5 – Steve’s Restaurant

It’s time to cook the life of the rich and famous and work for Steve – a celebrity chef with an attitude. How long will Sophie last under the pressure?

 

Level 41 – Crumbling Down

Diamond Challenge: A worrywart gets no work done.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Mary is terribly worried about her results, and can’t stop checking her phone! Mary’s phone is located in the lower right corner. Throughout the day, it will start to ring. When this happens, a “!” bubble will appear over it. Drop everything you’re doing and quickly click on the phone to have Mary answer it. Do this without missing a call 8 times by restaurant’s close to complete today’s diamond challenge.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 41

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 41

Level 42 – Walking Away

Diamond Challenge: Sweetness and lightning. Bake your best cake for Steve.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Today’s challenge is to bake a cake in addition to serving your customers. The cake platter is located in the lower right corner, in the same location as the cell phone from the previous challenge. Click on the platter marked with a “!” bubble to have Mary work on the cake. But don’t forget your customers! Place priority on serving them, followed by immediately working on the cake. Complete all 5 steps necessary to complete the cake before the end of the day to earn yourself another diamond.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 42

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 42

Level 43 – Shot at a Hot Shot

Diamond Challenge: A messy workplace is the sign of a messy worker. Make sure the garden is tip-top.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

The garden is a bit of a mess with all the overgrown ivy. It’s up to Mary to sort it out! Each overgrown location is marked with a “!” bubble. Click on the ivy beneath the bubble to have Mary trim it away. Successfully trim all 3 areas before the end of the day to complete today’s goal.

Tip! The ivy above the piano is a little difficult to click. Make sure you click on the ivy and not the piano, or Morey will simply play his tunes. Don’t be discouraged if it takes a few tries.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 43

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 43

Level 44 – All In

Diamond Challenge: He’s an excellent chef, but messy with his tools. Help him finish his dish.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Make sure Steve has what he needs to finish his dish. Throughout the day, Steve will ask for various components necessary to complete the dish he’s making. A bubble will appear over his head showing which item he needs. Steve is a messy guy, so the items are scattered all over the restaurant. Refer to their locations below, and give all of them to him before the end of the day to earn a diamond.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 44

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 44

Level 45 – Heartache

Diamond Challenge: Morey’s Music Masterpiece! But first, the piano needs some work.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Morey needs a little help with the piano today. As he plays, he will occasionally stop and a “!” bubble will appear over his head. When this happens, click on him to have Mary go to the piano and help tune it correctly. Help Morey all 6 times he asks by the end of the day to earn a diamond.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 45

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 45

Level 46 – Life Opportunity

Diamond Challenge: Time to put that education to good use and help my parents as much as I can.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Mary’s got the extra task of sorting through paperwork today. The papers are located on the lower left. Click on them to have Mary read through them. A bar will appear indicating her progress. Finish reading through all the papers before the end of the day to complete today’s diamond challenge.

Tip! Study those papers every spare chance you get. Between waves of customers is perfect.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 46

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 46

Level 47 – Ups and Downs

Diamond Challenge: The path to a frozen item is with an ice pick.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

The bar in the lower left corner has gone a bit icy! Quickly have Mary chip away the ice over each of the lower shelves as quickly as possible. Customers will start ordering chilled items right away, so there’s not a moment to spare! A meter will pop up over Mary’s head indicating her progress. Clear away all the ice before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge.

Tip! It’s very likely your first customer(s) will order items from the bar. If you can’t get them to them in time and they leave angry, that’s ok! It’s better to clear the ice for the next customers and keep them happy than to serve more than one angry customer.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 47

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 47

Level 48 – Change of Heart

Diamond Challenge: It’s less of a hassle with a drink by the handle.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Serve sitting customers their drinks before their food. When a sitting customer orders a drink, make sure you serve them the drink, then prepare their food and give it to them on a separate trip. The extra wait can make other customers cranky, so use Morey’s musical talent at the piano to keep them happy. Remember this only applies to customers sitting at tables. Do this successfully by restaurant close to complete today’s challenge.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 48

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 48

Level 49 – Judgement Day

Diamond Challenge: The results arrive today – don’t lose your head about it.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Keep an eye out for the postman today! The postman will arrive on the right side of the restaurant very quickly after restaurant opening. When he does, a “!” bubble will appear over his head. Click on him quickly to immediately complete today’s challenge. If you miss him, don’t worry! He’ll be back and attempt to redeliver the results throughout the day.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 49

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 49

Level 50 – Facing Friends and Family

Diamond Challenge: Let’s see how much we’ve grown.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Get the first star before half the day is over. Serve customers as per normal, but try to serve them quickly and check them out in larger groups where possible. Keep a sharp eye on the clock at the bottom of the screen and make sure you’ve checked out and served as many people as possible before the clock hand points straight down. Do this successfully and you’ll earn the final diamond for this restaurant.

Tip! Make sure you’ve purchased any and all restaurant upgrades you can afford to increase customer patience and tips. You can purchase upgrades after clicking Play in the Map, and before clicking Play in the level preview. You will also want to upgrade to any menu items that increase tips, and thus your score.

 

Chapter 6 – Steve’s Backyard

There’s nothing quite so luxurious as Steve’s own backyard. Finally, some time off! Well… sort of, anyway.

 

Level 51 – Rise to the Occasion

Diamond Challenge: Finally, a stressless day.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Keep serving your family and friends throughout the day. The tables are filled with your family and friends, which means standing room only for today’s customers! Serve your friends and family as you would any normal customer. Be sure to keep them happy by serving them in a timely manner, and with full orders on your tray. Play as you would normally, and you should have no trouble at all earning today’s diamond.

 

Level 52 – Finding Our Way

Diamond Challenge: Being on the phone drains a lot of battery. They sure don’t make them like they used to…
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Help Steve with his phone while he sunbathes. Throughout the day, Steve’s phone will ring. It’s located on the counter in the lower right corner. When this happens, click on the phone and take it to Steve. Once he’s done talking, a bubble will pop up over his head, indicating you will need to click on him and take the phone back to the charger on the lower right. Repeat this process 4 times over the course of the day to complete today’s diamond challenge.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 52

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 52

Level 53 – Sizzle City

Diamond Challenge: Time to see the lazy young genius show off his kitchen magic.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Steve’s cooking may be unparalleled, but so is his laziness! Help Steve pull off a little kitchen magic by collecting the components he needs to create his recipe. A bubble will pop up over his head showing which item he needs. You will then need to locate that item, click on it, and bring it back to him. Find all 4 items and bring them back to him when he asks today to earn yourself a diamond. The item locations are pictured below:

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 53

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 53

Level 54 – True Passion

Diamond Challenge: Well beyond the 5 seconds rule.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Pick up the burger parts you knocked out of Morey’s hands. There are 5 pieces total scattered throughout the yard. Pick up all 5 before the end of the day to complete your goal. Their locations are pictured here:

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 54

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 54

Level 55 – Hot Stuff

Diamond Challenge: Let’s see if the groom-to-be can handle the spice.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Serve Tony everything he asks for. He will be sitting at the rightmost table with Jennifer today. Treat him as you would any other customer, only try to place priority on serving him first when possible. You’ll want to keep him happy today. Use the DJ as needed to improve customers’ moods. Serve Tony everything he asks for and you’ll receive a diamond at the end of the day.

Tip! Purchasing upgrades in the Store and upgrading your menu are excellent ways to increase Tony’s patience and keep him happy.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 55

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 55

Level 56 – Coming Together

Diamond Challenge: Laziness is the mother of all bad habits.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Make sure Steve sticks to his schedule. In typical fashion, he’s lounging in one of the chairs near the yard entrance. Whenever a “!” bubble pops up over his head, click on him to have Mary confront him about his planning. Do this 5 times before the end of the day to complete your goal.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 56

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 56

Level 57 – Biggest Fan

Diamond Challenge: Bring the food and the games.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Have Morey try to entertain the customers, success not guaranteed. Click on Morey, then click on one of the customers sitting at a table to have him go to them and attempt to make them laugh with a joke. If it works, it will count toward today’s goal. If it doesn’t, click on Morey once he’s returned to the DJ booth, then click on a table customer to have him try again. If Morey can tell jokes successfully 5 times, you will earn today’s diamond.

Tip! Morey can try to tell jokes to the same customer over and over again. There is no limit to a customer, only that they must be sitting, so go wild!

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 57

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 57

Level 58 – Keeping It Together

Diamond Challenge: James is looking for investors, but losing hope.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

James is having a difficult time pitching his business ideas today. Whenever he loses hope, he’ll walk over to the area near the DJ booth and sulk. A “!” bubble will appear over his head when this happens. When you see this, click on James to have Mary walk over and encourage him. Do this 5 times before restaurant closing to complete today’s challenge.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 58

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 58

Level 59 – Can’t Keep Up

Diamond Challenge: With Steve, every day is a mystery.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Watch out for the delivery. Another important package is set to arrive today. Keep an eye out for the postman, who will show up near the DJ booth. When he stops, a “!” bubble will appear over his head. Click on the deliveryman as soon as this shows up to pick up the package and complete today’s goal.

Tip! Did you miss the postman? Not to worry! He will attempt to deliver your package throughout the day, giving you another chance to catch him if you missed him the first time.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 59

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 59

Level 60 – Make It Work

Diamond Challenge: Won’t be much of a party without good tunes.
Mouse Location: Click here to view mouse locations for this restaurant.

Give the DJ what he asks for. During the day, the DJ will take breaks from working the turntables. When this happens, he’ll briefly walk away from the booth and wave at you. A bubble with an item will appear over his head. When this happens, quickly pick up the item he orders, then bring it to him. Do this successfully 3 times before day’s end to complete the final diamond challenge.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Level 60

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Level 60

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion!

 

Bonus Levels

There are a total of 30 Bonus levels in the game, 5 per restaurant, all of which can be found in the level select map. This section outlines every bonus challenge – what it is, how to beat it, and tips and tricks along the way.

 

Bonus 1 – Impatience is No Virtue!

Diamond Challenge: Everybody’s in a rush! Customers get impatient really fast!

Customers are less patient today. That means you’ll have to manage your time more carefully. Serve full orders and try to chain orders together. You have 5 slots on your tray today, so don’t hesitate to use each and every one of them!

 

Bonus 2 – Combo Fiesta

Diamond Challenge: Only by completing multiple orders together can you earn points.

Points can only be earned via combos today. Serve a minimum of 2 customers at once. Full orders are a must today. The same goes for checking customers out at the register – try to make sure there are at least 2 people at the register when you click on it.

Tip! Bonus points earned from upgrades and menu items with bonus tips will still count toward your score, regardless of whether or not you serve multiple customers back-to-back. Serving customers quickly will also count toward your score regardless.

 

Bonus 3 – Think Fast!

Diamond Challenge: Something’s off – everything seems to be happening faster!

Keep up with the fast pace! Everything is happening faster today. Treat today like you would any other day, only try not to get too flustered! If you find things are happening too quickly, try focusing on one customer at a time instead of large groups. The plus side of everything being faster is that before you know it, the day will be done!

 

Bonus 4 – Flyers Away!

Diamond Challenge: The party’s just around the corner – make sure no customers leave the restaurant without a flyer.

Give every customer a party flyer before they leave. The party flyers are located on the right, just below the upper right booth. Click on a flyer to add it to your tray. The best way to give a customer at the counter a flyer is to give it to them with their order. For example – if a customer orders coffee: pick up the flyer, then the coffee, and serve both to them at once while they’re at the register.

Table customers are an exception. Bring the table their order as per normal. When a customer from that table goes to the register to check out, pick up a flyer, then give that flyer to them before clicking on the register, just as you would any of the walk-in customers.

Tip! A “!” bubble will appear over the stack of flyers on the right when you’ve forgotten to give a flyer to someone at the register and they’ve already received their order. Quickly pick up a flyer and click on customers to figure out who it is. A customer who has already received a flyer won’t take another one.

Tip! Keep an extra flyer on your tray today, just in case!

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Bonus Level 4

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Bonus Level 4

Bonus 5 – A Snail’s Pace

Diamond Challenge: Mary is tired and overworked, but still pushing on to do a good job.

Mary will work slower today. As a result, it’s very easy for orders to back up. To prevent this, make sure to invest in the coffee machine upgrade prior to playing this level. This will allow you to prepare cups of coffee in advance, without them spilling over. Try to bundle orders in such a way that you’re picking up items in the same sections of the restaurant. For example: If two customers order newspapers, pick up the newspapers for both orders at the same time.

Tip! Use the cash register as a sort of checkpoint. If Mary’s not moving, click on the cash register to have her wait there for the next order.

 

Bonus 6 – A Change of Mind

Diamond Challenge: People these days just don’t know what they want!

Watch out for customers who change their minds! Keep an eye out for the order bubbles over a customer’s head. If the item they had asked for disappears and a “…” takes its place, it means that customer is about to change their order. Stop whatever order you were preparing for them and wait for them to decide on their new order.

Tip! If you end up with the wrong item on your tray when a customer changes their order, click on the item to remove it from your tray.

 

Bonus 7 – The Mouse Trap

Diamond Challenge: Catch all the mice!

Catch the mice quickly! Mice will pop up all over the restaurant today. Catch 15 of them before the restaurant closes to complete today’s goal. You will hear a squeaking sound every time a mouse appears. Mice can pop up in any of the locations pictured here:

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Bonus Level 7

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Bonus Level 7

Bonus 8 – Crowd Control

Diamond Challenge: It’s one of those days – either it’s empty, or it’s filled to the brim!

Manage the large groups of people. Customers will come in waves today. Between waves, the restaurant will be quiet, but when a wave arrives, it’ll be at full capacity in no time. Serve complete orders to keep customers happy and make sure you keep your crepes fully stocked. If you need an extra boost, use the jukebox to keep customers happy while they wait.

Tip! Investing in restaurant upgrades that increase patience is an excellent idea today, as well as any menu items you’ve unlocked that do the same.

 

Bonus 9 – Expiration Date

Diamond Challenge: Today is not your day. All of the food seems to be going bad rather quickly…

Deliver everything before it goes bad. All the products today are fresh and have very short shelf lives. To keep products from going bad, focus on serving only 1 customer or table at a time. Trying to serve customers in combos risks your food going bad, so it’s better to play it safe. As soon as you’ve picked up an item for a customer, make sure you pick up any and all remaining items for their order and deliver it to them right away! Once a customer has received their order, it will no longer risk going bad. So if you’d still like to chain customer check-outs at the register, feel free.

 

Bonus 10 – Forgive and Forget

Diamond Challenge: Some customers will not be able to pay. Succeed despite this!

Not everyone will be able to pay for their orders today. That means the key to obtaining high scores is to try and perform as many combos as possible. You can do this by serving orders quickly, serving full orders, serving customers back-to-back, and checking out customers in groups. You can also custom tailor your menu to have items that will provide you with bonus tips. Utilize these tips and tricks, and you should have no problem completing today’s challenge.

 

Bonus 11 – Child’s Play

Diamond Challenge: Bumping into kids makes you drop the items on your tray!

There are 2 children running around the center table today. If you run into them while carrying items on your tray, you’ll end up dropping them. Watch for the gap when they run by whenever you need to get over to the other side or serve a nearby customer.

Tip! Don’t worry about the children if you have nothing on your tray. If there’s nothing on your tray, you can cross paths with them without having to worry about them slowing Mary down.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Bonus Level 11

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Bonus Level 11

Bonus 12 – The Customer is King

Diamond Challenge: Some customers will be unhappy with what they’re served – make it right with a new dish!

Customers will request new orders, but they’ll only pay for one. This is most likely to happen with a table full of customers. After serving their full order, they’ll almost immediately order another. A customer’s hearts will not be filled with the first order, so you’ll need to be quick to fulfill the second. Place priority on serving these customers as quickly as possible. Customers at the register are a lower priority today.

 

Bonus 13 – A Clean Slate

Diamond Challenge: Word is the Health Inspector is in town. Keep the restaurant extra clean!

Clean tables within 8 seconds of customers leaving. Morey isn’t around to help, so it’s entirely up to you! As soon as a table is ready for cleaning, a “!” bubble will appear over it. Quickly click on the table and clean it, before checking out the customer that goes to the register. The time needed to clean a table counts toward the 8 seconds, so wait no longer than 4 seconds to click on a table and start cleaning it once the “!” has appeared.

 

Bonus 14 – Space Control

Diamond Challenge: You picked the broken tray, but there’s no time to change it. Make the best out of it.

Your tray is slowing breaking – stick with it! You’ll start the day with 6 spots on your tray. However, the tray will start breaking almost right away. Whenever the tray breaks, 1 spot will be removed. You’ll have warning when this is about to happen – the tray will start blinking red.

Serve customers as per normal, but take the broken tray into account. By the time the day is halfway done, you’ll only have 3 spots left on your tray. Before you reach the final quarter, only 1 slot will remain. You will need to make multiple trips to fulfill orders, so try to make sure everything is fully stocked and ready to go before this happens in order to manage your time.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Bonus Level 14

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Bonus Level 14

Bonus 15 – First Come, First Serve

Diamond Challenge: Serve the customers as they come in, no cutting in line.

Serve the customers in the same order as they enter the restaurant. Keep an eye on customers coming in and serve them as quickly as possible to prevent any customer back-up. Remember to restock all your items at the start of the day so you don’t lose track of customers while restocking.

Tip! Keep your cursor hovered over the next customer you’re serving. This will help you keep track of the order they need to be served when you’re not busy bringing them their meals.

 

Bonus 16 – Waste Not, Want Not

Diamond Challenge: Have no extra items on your tray that have to be removed.

Don’t throw away food or leave extra food on your tray. Make food only as customers order. If you feel the need to play things safe, serve 1 customer at a time.

 

Bonus 17 – Order Up!

Diamond Challenge: Serve only complete orders to your customers.

Serve a customer their entire order at once. You will have 4 slots on your tray today. As such, don’t combine customers’ orders unless they’re at the counter. If a table is ordering, focus on serving them alone.

 

Bonus 18 – Please Don’t Stand Up

Diamond Challenge: Morey is trying his hand at stand up – you’ll have to run the market on your own!

Keep the market running without Morey’s help. This means there won’t be anyone to help you clean tables today. Focus on serving customers as per normal, but every chance you get, clean the tables. The priority is to serve customers before cleaning tables. However, if all the tables are occupied and/or dirty, make sure you stop serving customers for a moment and keep at least 1 table clean. Otherwise, if a new table of customers walks in, they will immediately leave.

 

Bonus 19 – Chicken Eggony

Diamond Challenge: Delicate eggs break easily; gather them before they do.

There are 2 chickens running around the market today. Both will lay eggs on the grass at random, and they will do this frequently. Make sure to click on the eggs quickly! If you don’t click on an egg within a few seconds, it will crack and count as a strike against you. If 5 eggs break before day’s end, you will fail today’s challenge. Serve customers quickly, but eggs are your priority. Be aware that eggs can be laid behind customers’ order pop-ups, so keep a close eye on those chickens! A screenshot showing common egg-laying locations is pictured below.

Tip! As soon as you see an egg, click on it! Even if Mary is busy serving a customer or rekindling the fire, as long as an egg has been clicked, it won’t crack, even if it takes several seconds for Mary to catch up on the task. You can tell if an egg has been clicked if it’s blinking.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Bonus Level 19

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Bonus Level 19

Bonus 20 – Ka-Ka-Ka-CHING!

Diamond Challenge: The cash register keeps jamming!

Unjam the cash register to charge customers. The cash register will jam every handful of seconds. Your best strategy for this level is to only unjam it if you’ve got nothing else to do, or if you’re about to check out a customer at the register. If you interrupt the task of unjamming the register, it will almost immediately fully jam again. Don’t worry too much if you see the “!” appear – only when you’re actually checking out a customer.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Bonus Level 20

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Bonus Level 20

Bonus 21 – Oh Happy Day

Diamond Challenge: What’s the point of cooking if your customers aren’t happy when they leave? Show them the best service.

Make sure every customer leaves happy. Serve customers quick, full orders to keep them happiest. Your goal is to have every customer leave with 4-5 hearts over their head.

Tip! If a customer stands next to the piano, they will order only one thing – the binoculars. You can click on the binoculars to pick them up and wait by them a moment if you see a customer with the “…” bubble here. They are guaranteed to ask for them within a few seconds.

Tip! Try to have at least 1-2 fully prepped portions of meat on your tray and ready to go. This is the only item today that requires preparation, so stay ahead of the game and you won’t ever have to worry about customers waiting long!

 

Bonus 22 – ANOTHER!

Diamond Challenge: Table customers can’t get enough of the food, and just keep ordering more.

The table customers will order more than once. Just keep serving! Keep the meat on the left restocked by clicking on the large leg. Use the binoculars trick mentioned in the bonus level above, and prep meals as per normal. Morey can also help keep customers patient with the piano. Using these tricks, you shouldn’t have too much trouble finishing service today with flying colors.

 

Bonus 23 – Fast Food

Diamond Challenge: Working in a top notch restaurant requires top notch service! Serve your customers their whole orders quickly!

Serve a Quick and Full Order at least 3 times. To serve a quick order, give a customer their complete order within the first few seconds of them ordering. Full Orders are made by delivering all the items a customer ordered in a single trip. It’s possible to achieve both these things at the same time. Whenever you’re not busy serving customers, restock your items to help you more easily achieve today’s goal.

 

Bonus 24 – Shooting for the Stars

Diamond Challenge: Steve wants perfect magazine pictures by the end of the day. Better bring out those photography skills of yours.

Shoot the photos at the perfect moments. A “!” bubble will appear in various locations around the restaurant today. When these appear, click on the bubble to have Mary go there and shoot the perfect picture! Mary does not have to do this immediately, but you’ll want to do it quickly nonetheless. You will need to take 7 photos before the restaurant closes in order to complete today’s challenge.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Bonus Level 24

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Bonus Level 24

Bonus 25 – You Better Watch Out!

Diamond Challenge: Keep aware of your surroundings.

Food takes longer to cook, but overcooks quicker, and drinks spill over more frequently. Make items that can burn or spill made-to-order only. This will help minimize accidents. Furthermore, purchase any final upgrades for the restaurant you may not have already. This will help Mary move faster and customers to be more patient.

 

Bonus 26 – Critic-al!

Diamond Challenge: Food critics are in the house tonight. Keep them happy, or get booted by Steve… again.

Make sure the food critics get their orders complete and on time. The critics are sitting at the rightmost table. Serve everything they order to them in a single trip to serve them a full order. They will order multiple times today. Use the DJ on the upper right to help keep them patient. Otherwise, focus on serving the critics when they order before any other customers.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Bonus Level 26

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Bonus Level 26

Bonus 27 – Marywatch

Diamond Challenge: Don’t let the kids get too close to the pool.

There’s a red-haired girl with a blue bow who’s fascinated with the pool. She will start out near the rightmost table. As soon as she starts to move, it will be directly to the pool on the left. As soon as she moves to the pool and a “!” bubble pops up over her head, drop everything and click on her right away. You will only have a few seconds to respond when she reaches the pool, so keep a sharp eye out! She will continue to go back to the pool repeatedly throughout the day. Prevent her from getting too close for too long by the time the restaurant closes, and you’ll earn today’s diamond.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Bonus Level 27

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Bonus Level 27

Bonus 28 – Long Overdue

Diamond Challenge: Table customers will not leave unless prompted.

Table customers are taking their time today. When a table has finished eating, one member of the group will go to the cash register to pay. Once you’ve checked them out, that same customer will go back to the table and sit down. A “!” bubble will appear. Click on the table to have Morey clean it. Once Morey is done cleaning, click on the table again to have Mary go to the table and ask the customers to leave. If you’re not careful, customers not leaving will prevent new customers from sitting down. However, if you stay on top of things, you will have no trouble completing today’s task.

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Bonus Level 28

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Bonus Level 28

Bonus 29 – Burn Baby Burn!

Diamond Challenge: Don’t burn any food, and don’t let any drinks spill over!

Cook everything to perfection, no exceptions! Be very careful as you multi-task today. If you need, take a moment whenever you’re cooking something that can burn or when filling a pitcher than can spill. It’s better to be safe than sorry. Use the DJ to help keep customers happy as you focus on delivering absolute perfection.

 

Bonus 30 – Up Your Game

Diamond Challenge: Don’t burn food, spill drinks, give incomplete orders, waste food, or let your customers be dissatisfied.

Play perfectly with no upgrades! Today’s bonus level is the ultimate challenge. There’s no upgrades, either restaurant or menu, to help you, and that includes Morey and the DJ! This means in addition to all the cooking, you’ll be doing all the cleaning. You will need to serve everything a customer orders in a single trip, without making any mistakes or removing any food from your tray. Keep your items stocked every spare chance you get. Good luck! Here’s a few tricks to help you conquer the ultimate challenge:

  1. If a customer is waiting by the pool, they will be waiting for scuba gear. Click on the scuba gear to have it ready for them before they’re done thinking.
  2. Make food made-or-order only. Do not keep any spare items on your tray.
  3. All burgers require the side of sauce. Don’t forget it!
  4. Make sure there is always at least 1 table clean. If a group of customers leave, you will fail today’s challenge.
  5. Keep the buns stocked by clicking on the basket beneath the left side of the counter. You can keep the towels stocked by clicking on the pile beneath the cash register.
  6. Customers do not need 4-5 hearts today. They only need to not leave angry without paying. If the customers start to become upset, don’t panic! You can still accomplish today’s challenge, even with unhappy customers.

 

Mouse Locations

There are a total of 60 mice which can be found throughout levels 1 – 60, excluding Bonus levels. Unlike mice in Delicious, mice in Mary le Chef are random per day, and can pop up in a number of locations. The following section shows every possible place a mouse can pop up in any given restaurant on any given day.

 

Chapter 1 – Carlos’ Restaurant

Mice are randomized and can pop up in any of these locations during levels 1 – 10:

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Mouse Locations - Carlos' Restaurant

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Mouse Locations – Carlos’ Restaurant

Chapter 2 – Sophie’s Restaurant

Mice are randomized and can pop up in any of these locations during levels 11 – 20:

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Mouse Locations - Sophie's Restaurant

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Mouse Locations – Sophie’s Restaurant

Chapter 3 – Luigi’s Restaurant

Mice are randomized and can pop up in any of these locations during levels 21 – 30:

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Mouse Locations - Luigi's Restaurant

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Mouse Locations – Luigi’s Restaurant

Chapter 4 – Farmer’s Market

Mice are randomized and can pop up in any of these locations during levels 31 – 40:

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Mouse Locations - Farmer's Market

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Mouse Locations – Farmer’s Market

Chapter 5 – Steve’s Restaurant

Mice are randomized and can pop up in any of these locations during levels 41 – 50:

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Mouse Locations - Steve's Restaurant

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Mouse Locations – Steve’s Restaurant

Chapter 6 – Steve’s Backyard

Mice are randomized and can pop up in any of these locations during levels 51 – 60:

Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion - Mouse Locations - Steve's Backyard

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion – Mouse Locations – Steve’s Backyard

 

Trophies

Go for the gold with 21 unlockable trophies for your kitchen cabinet. This section names every trophy, as well as how to unlock each one.

 

Trophy Name Description How to Unlock
Coffee Grinder Finish chapter Carlos’ Restaurant. Complete levels 1 – 10.
Wooden Spoons Finish chapter Sophie’s Restaurant. Complete levels 11 – 20.
Frying Pan Finish chapter Luigi’s Restaurant. Complete levels 21 – 30.
Aromatic Oil Finish chapter Farmer’s Market. Complete levels 31 – 40.
Knife Holder Finish chapter Steve’s Restaurant. Complete levels 41 – 50.
Spice Jar Finish chapter Steve’s Backyard. Complete levels 51 – 60.
Tea Box Serve 400 customers quickly. Serve customers their items immediately within a handful of seconds of ordering. Checking customers out quickly also counts toward speed bonuses.
Grandma’s Plates Finish all tasks and bonus levels. Complete every level in the game and all bonus level challenges. See walkthrough above for more information on how to complete each challenge.
Viola Flowers Use every product and ingredient in every restaurant at least once. Unlock new products by serving customers. You can check which products are on your menu after clicking Play in the Map, but before clicking Play in the preview screen per level. Unlock all products and serve all variations for each restaurant to unlock this trophy.
Strawberry Jam Earn 200 bonus tips. Earn bonus tips by serving customers quickly and by serving full orders. You can also earn additional tips through menu items marked with a green “!” in the Choose Your Menu screen prior to each level.
Mint Plant Have 500 customers leave your restaurant happy. Serve customers quickly and with full orders to increase their hearts. A 5-heart customer is a happy customer, and serving 500 of them will award you with this trophy.
Fresh Milk Find all 60 mice. Locate the mice hidden in all 60 levels of the game. See the Mouse Locations section of the walkthrough above for more information.
Power Mixer Walk 1,000 meters/yards. Walk a total of 1,000 meters while playing the game. Playing through the game normally should unlock this trophy without issue.
British Tea Kettle Win the last level of every restaurant with only downgraded products. Complete levels 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, and 60 each with the default menu items for each restaurant.
Fancy Pot Achieve 3 stars on each level. Achieve 3 stars on levels 1 – 60 to unlock this trophy. Excludes bonus levels. See the Video Walkthrough section for any pointers you may need.
Rolling Pin Trophy Unlock everything and complete all levels with all stars. Achieve 3 stars on levels 1 – 60 and 1 star on Bonus levels 1 – 30. Unlock all menu items by serving customers in each restaurant. Menu items are unlocked per restaurant. Refer to the walkthrough for more information per level, or scroll down to view the Video Walkthrough.
Kitchen Scale Have 3 variations of one product on your tray. This is most easily done during levels 33 – 40. Click on each variation of produce x3 (example – apple x3, lemon x3, and broccoli x3), followed by the combination of the three above (example – apple, lemon, and broccoli together). The trophy will unlock.
Chicken Timer Find the golden egg. Located in level 39. To get the golden egg:
1. Click on the 3 available chicken eggs to add them to your tray2. Click on the chicken to have it lay more eggs. There will be 6 new eggs in the nest.3. Add 3 more eggs to your tray so that it’s full. After adding the third, the golden egg will appear.4. Click on the golden egg to unlock the achievement.
Mary le Chef - Cooking Passion Golden Egg

Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion Golden Egg

Deluxe Blender Unlock all menus. Unlock every item on every restaurant menu. Unlock items by serving customers and replaying levels as necessary.
Hanging Garden Spend all diamonds on gifts. While in the level select Map, click on the Diamond icon in the upper right corner. After completing all diamond objectives on all levels and bonus levels, use the diamonds to unlock all of the presents in this room to complete the achievement.
Balsam Flowers Buy all upgrades in all restaurants. Buy all upgrades available via the Store menu per each restaurant. You can do this at the beginning of any level.

 

 

Video Walkthrough

Welcome to the Video Walkthrough section of our Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion Official Walkthrough! Join us as we play through the entire game, from Levels 1 – 60, including all Bonus levels. Learn how to achieve the highest scores and find those pesky hidden mice. Finish all the Bonus levels with flying colors using our video walkthrough as reference. Click on the Play button below to get started, or click on the options menu in the upper left corner of the video frame to select a different level.

 

 

Didn’t Find What You Were Looking For?
We Can Help!

Whether you’re looking for additional help or your game isn’t working correctly, our Customer Service team is available to help.

Click here to send a support ticket!

 

The Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion Official Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain hacks, serials, or cheats.

The post Mary le Chef – Cooking Passion Official Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat Official Walkthrough

$
0
0

Welcome to the Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat Official Walkthrough. Allison is back, and things are about to heat up like never before! Lives are on the line in the most intense addition to the series yet. This is the official guide and contains in-depth strategies, tips and tricks for all levels and challenges. Also included are all Oliver the guinea pig locations, trophies, minigames – and even a complete video walkthrough! Select one of the topics from the Contents list to get started.

Contents

General Tips & Tricks

Welcome to the tips and tricks section of Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat. This section covers all the game’s basics, as well as essential tips and how-to’s that will help you earn the highest scores.

 

How to Play

Being a doctor requires patience, in addition to patients! When patients enter the department you’re working in, they’ll start by sitting in one of the waiting chairs. A bubble will pop up over their head indicating where they need to go. When you see the bubble, click on the patient, then click on the station they need to go to for treatment.

 

When a patient is at the treatment station they need, another bubble will appear showing what item they need for treatment. Treatments are different per department. Sometimes these bubbles will be filled with a color when they appear. Each color indicates the type of treatment they will need.

  • GREEN indicates a quick, normal treatment. Clicking on a patient with a green-colored bubble will make Allison treat them immediately. No further action is necessary to complete the treatment.
  • PURPLE requires your personal touch! For example, you may need to tap a button multiple times, or move a slider with your mouse or finger. This kind of treatment will finish once you’ve successfully performed the gesture.
  • BLUE means you’ll need to complete a minigame. All other timers, such as the shift clock and patients’ patience, will temporarily pause while you play the minigame. To view a list of minigames and how to complete them, go to the Minigame Section of our guide.

 

Once a patient has received all the treatments they need, they will go to the checkout monitor. Click on the monitor to check the patient out and send them on their way!

 

Scoring and Customer Happiness

Every patient who enters the clinic will have a number of hearts over their head. The faster you treat a patient, the more hearts you’ll earn. Hearts will be converted into scores once a patient has checked out. Patients who couldn’t be happier will have gold hearts over their head. These gold-hearted patients have infinite patience when waiting at the checkout monitor.

 

One way to earn higher scores is to check patients out in groups. Up to 5 people can wait at the checkout monitor at a time. Gold-hearted patients can wait at the checkout monitor for an infinite period of time without losing happiness, so there’s no need to rush with them! If a patient doesn’t have gold hearts over their head, their hearts will decrease over time the longer they have to wait. Check patients out in groups to add bonus points to your score. If more than 5 people are waiting to check out, as long as Allison is at the checkout monitor, any additional patients will be added to the score chain.

 

Bonus Scores and Treatment Chains

Earn extra bonus points by treating patients quickly. If you treat a patient before the color displayed drains from their bubble, you’ll earn a quick bonus. You can also earn quick bonuses for checking out patients within a couple seconds of their arriving at the register, or assigning them to treatment stations quickly. Treating multiple patients back-to-back will give you a treatment chain. Try earning various chains and combos to improve your score!

 

Upgrades

After selecting a level in the level select map, you’ll have the option to purchase upgrades. Earn coins to buy upgrades by completing levels. The higher your score, the more coins you’ll earn! Upgrades can increase patience, increase speed, and even replenish hearts.

 

Additional Tips and Tricks

  • The Diamond Standard – Complete level challenges to earn diamonds, which can be used to upgrade Allison’s apartment. There’s 150 to earn in total.
  • Oliver Twist – Oliver the guinea pig is hiding in each of the game’s story levels. Listen for the squeak to know when he appears.
  • A Patient Here, a Patient There – Swap patients between stations to increase your efficiency!
  • A Big Heart – The more hearts a patient has when they enter the clinic, the more treatments they’ll need.
  • I Feel Golden – Patients with gold hearts have infinite patience, and can wait an indefinite amount of time at the register. Gold-hearted patients that aren’t at the register but also want to check out will also have an infinite amount of patience while staying at their treatment stations. Just make sure they don’t block the station for any other incoming patients!
Golden Patients, Infinite Patience

Golden Patients, Infinite Patience

 

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat Walkthrough

Welcome to the official walkthrough of Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat! This guide covers every part of the game. Level-by-level strategies, all challenges, hidden Oliver locations, minigames, trophies, and more! Refer to the Contents section above to get started, or keep scrolling to dive right in.

 

Chapter 1 – Pediatrics

There’s nothing childish about pediatrics! Pediatrics features levels 1 – 10.

 

Cutscene: Intro

Once prompted, click on all the children in the department to make them leave. When all of the children have left, another child will appear behind the office chair. Click on him until he leaves, too.

 

Next, when prompted, click and hold the shards of glass, dragging them out of the wounds. Once all of the shards have been removed, a new minigame will start. Click the bandage roll and move it downward into the dotted outline. Repeat this gesture until the arm is completely wrapped. Once the minigame is finished, tap on the button that appears repeatedly until the circle has been filled with the purple color.

 

From the helicopter, click and drag the buttons down in the direction indicated to interact with the door. Click on the spot down on the ground to jump down, then repeat this gesture to jump across the gap. Finally, tap the button that appears repeatedly until the purple color fills the circle. What happens next…?

 

Level 1 – New Beginnings

Earn one star.

Oliver Location: At the foot of the examination table on the bottom right.

 

Today is all about learning the ropes. Connor’s help is optional. Treat patients as they come in. Their needs will be displayed in a bubble over their head. If the bubble contains an image of Allison, click on the patient to have Allison administer treatment. Otherwise, bring the item shown in the bubble. Once you’ve earned a score of 10 or higher, you will have completed today’s goal.

 

Level 2 – Man the Fort

Restock 3 inhalers.

Oliver Location: At the inner corner of the desk with the checkout monitor.

 

Inhalers are a new item in the ward today. Some children who sit in the examination chair will request an inhaler. Click on the inhaler on the table in the lower left corner, then click on the child to bring it to them. The maximum stock of inhalers is 3, displayed in a small circle next to the inhaler on the table. You can restock the inhalers when the number displayed reaches 2 or lower. Click on the bottom section of the tray table containing the thermometer to restock the inhalers. Restock the inhalers a total of 3 times to complete today’s goal.

 

Tip! Restock the inhalers as soon as the number drops below 3. This is your best chance for easily reaching the number of restocks required for today’s goal.

 

Level 3 – Plenty to Think About

Make 3 checkout combos.

Oliver Location: Behind the center tray table with the thermometer.

 

A checkout combo is when you checkout 2 or more patients at the checkout monitor. Checkout patients in groups of 2 today for the best results. If a patient is already waiting at the checkout monitor, don’t worry. The hearts shown above their head indicates how happy they are. Hearts will not begin to deplete until several seconds have passed, allowing you plenty of time to treat other patients and them make their way to the checkout monitor. Make a total of 3 checkout combos to complete today’s goal.

 

Level 4 – Trouble in Paradise

Keep Ryan hydrated.

Oliver Location: In the sink in the upper right corner.

 

New arrival Ryan is sitting in the rightmost waiting chair. A bar will appear over his head that slowly empties over time. Click on Ryan to rehydrate him. Each time you do this, the bar will refill. You can rehydrate Ryan as often as you like. Keep Ryan hydrated until the last patient leaves to complete today’s goal.

 

Tip! Try rehydrating Ryan between treating patients, or click on him once the bar over his head is half-empty for the best results.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 4

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 4

Level 5 – Complications

Get 24 quick time bonuses.

Oliver Location: Behind the right side of the table in the lower left corner.

 

Each time you treat a patient quickly, or within a few seconds of their requesting treatment, you will earn a quick time bonus! Earn a total of 24 bonuses throughout the day. By quickly assigning patients to the correct station, or treating them before the colored indicator drains from the bubble over their head, you will earn a quick bonus. You can also obtain quick checkout bonuses, though it’s still recommended you checkout as many patients together in one group as possible.

 

Level 6 – The Play

Build the décor.

Oliver Location: Behind the upper left corner of the stage building supplies, between the first two waiting chairs.

 

Help Ryan build the décor necessary for the play. At the start of the day, a “!” bubble will appear over the supplies needed. Click on the materials to begin building. Once you start building, a meter will appear showing how far along your progress is. Once the meter has been completely filled, you will complete the challenge. Do your best and focus on building the décor every spare moment you have between treating patients.

 

Tip! Allison can continue working on building the décor while assigning patients. If a patient is moving to a station, use the opportunity to keep building.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 6

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 6

Level 7 – Ryan to the Rescue

Gather all the files.

Oliver Location: Underneath the middle of the checkout desk. *Note: Oliver may be obstructed from view if 3 or more children are waiting at the checkout monitor.

 

Ryan will walk in with the files you need today. Every time a file is ready, Ryan will stop near the checkout monitor, and a “!” bubble will appear over his head. Click on Ryan to collect the file. Do this a total of 5 times before the end of your shift to complete today’s goal.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 7

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 7

Level 8 – Mind Your Step

Clean up all the toys in pediatrics.

Oliver Location: On the chair behind the desk with the checkout monitor.

 

What a mess! There’s toys all over the place in pediatrics today. Clean up the toys scattered throughout the department. You will need to find a total of 8 todays before the end of the day. Their locations are pictured here:

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 8

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 8

Level 9 – Revelations

Earn 16 hearts by measuring kids.

Oliver Location: Behind the top of the checkout monitor.

 

Kids grow like weeds, and there’s a lot of kids to measure today! Children with the blue giraffe icon over their head will need to go to the measuring tape in the upper right corner. Once there, a new bubble will appear indicating they’re ready to be measured. Complete the minigame quickly to earn hearts. Earn a total of 16 hearts by measuring kids before the end of the day to complete your goal.

 

Tip! If you’re having difficulty with the measuring minigame, check out the Minigame Section of this walkthrough.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 9

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 9

Level 10 – It Takes Some Time

Don’t delete anything from the tray.

Oliver Location: Behind the center portion of the upper right examination table.

 

Today requires medical perfection. Don’t remove a single item from your tray today. Click on items only as patients need them, and don’t hesitate to take an extra moment where necessary. If you can get through the day without deleting a single item off your tray, you will earn a diamond for your efforts.

 

Chapter 2 – Pathology

Ah, that new-department smell! Pathology features levels 11 – 20.

 

Level 11 – Under Stress

Make sure Ryan stays in for observation.

Oliver Location: Underneath the desk lamp on the divider of the center pathology station.

 

Ryan will try to sneak off several times over the course of your shift. While trying to sneak out, a “!” bubble will appear over his head. Click on Ryan before he exits Pathology. Successfully prevent his escape 4 times to complete today’s goal.

 

Tip! Prepare a blood sample and petri dish and keep them on your tray. Having one of each will leave you with 1 slot for additional items as needed. By having the samples on your tray ahead of time, you’ll save time when serving customers. As soon as you give the sample from your tray to a patient, immediately start preparation of another of the same sample, then add that to your tray once it’s done preparing.

 

Tip! The center station can handle multiple customers at a time. Use this to your advantage!

 

Tip! You cannot assign patients to stations while Allison is confronting Ryan. Additionally, the color will continue to drain from patients’ bubbles who are waiting for items as long as Allison is in the midst of talking with Ryan. Clicking on Ryan while the “!” bubble is visible while preparing an item for a patient will cause Allison to stop preparing that item. Try to only click on Ryan once Allison’s current task is complete.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 11

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 11

Level 12 – Time to Work!

Run 5 vial tests for Ruth.

Oliver Location: On the tray in the bottom right corner, next to the IV.

 

Ruth needs your help running tests today. Throughout your shift, Ruth will walk in and a bubble over her head will appear displaying the item she needs. Bring Ruth the item she asks for. Do this 5 times to complete today’s goal.

 

Tip! Ruth will ask for blood samples, so try to keep an extra vial of blood on your tray to help move things along faster.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 12

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 12

Level 13 – More Paperwork

Find the files for Victor.

Oliver Location: In the device to the right of the blood centrifuge at the center pathology station.

 

Find the files Victor asked for. The filing cabinet is located in the upper right corner. At the start of the day, a “!” will appear over the cabinet. Click on the cabinet to have Allison search for files. Once Allison starts searching, a meter will appear displaying her progress. Fill the bar completely before the end of the day to complete the task at hand.

 

Tip! Restock your needles at the start of the day, and keep a vial of blood and a petri dish sample on your tray to serve patients faster. You can also minimize clicks by swapping patients between stations.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 13

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 13

Level 14 – No Promises

Check out 10 patients with golden hearts.

Oliver Location: In the bottom right corner of the viewing window on the left.

 

The quicker you help a patient, the more their hearts will grow. If you can bring a patient what they need while the color is still displayed within their request bubble, you will get bonus points. A very happy patient who’s been served within this timeframe can obtain golden hearts. These patients can wait at the register indefinitely without becoming upset! Check out 10 patients with golden hearts today.

 

Tip! The more hearts a patient has over their head, the more opportunities you have to obtain their golden hearts. As long as one of their hearts hasn’t drained while waiting, oftentimes you can still obtain golden hearts, even if you didn’t serve a patient within the quick bonus timeframe.

 

Level 15 – Are We a Match?

Complete all the tests with Ruth.

Oliver Location: On the computer keyboard at the center pathology station.

 

Ruth will be making several stops into the lab today. When Ruth wanders in and the “!” bubble appears over her head, click on her to have Allison complete the necessary tests with her. Do this successfully 4 times to earn today’s diamond.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 15

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 15

Level 16 – Message on Wheels

Collect every message.

Oliver Location: On the left side of the checkout counter, on the floor between the trash can and the monitor.

 

Today’s challenge is to receive all Connor’s messages. A red monster truck will drive across the top of the screen displaying a note. When the “!” bubble appears above it, click on it to have Allison collect the note. Collect 5 notes before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 16

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 16

 

Cutscene: Hallway Escape

This is no simple stroll through the hospital hallway! Follow Allison as she makes her escape. When in need of places to hide:

  • Click the plants to hide! Click the planter on the left side of the lobby.
  • Hide in the closet! Click the double-doored closet against the wall.
  • Hide behind the plants! Click the plant beneath the tiger painting on the upper right.
  • Hide in the broom closet! Click on the green door.

 

Level 17 – Heavy Heavy

Have a maximum of 1 item on your tray at any time.

Oliver Location: On the center table between the two patient chairs in the lower right corner.

 

Today’s challenge requires you to have a maximum of only 1 item on your tray at any time. If multiple patients need items at the same time, you’ll need to serve them one at a time. Prioritize according to their patience. Preparing items does not count as a filling a tray slot – only picking up items.

 

Level 18 – Story Time

Recollect what happened that day.

Oliver Location: Behind the checkout counter, to the right of the photo frame.

 

Run the pathology clinic while Ruth recalls her nostalgia. There is a picture frame sitting on the checkout counter. Occasionally, a “!” bubble will appear over the picture frame. Click on the frame to recall a memory. The memory will float in the middle of the screen where you can view it. Once you’ve had an eyeful, click on the memory to dismiss it. Gameplay will pause while the memory is present. Clicking on the picture frame while the “!” is present will not interrupt any of Ruth’s current tasks.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 18

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 18

Level 19 – Having a Bad Day

Restock 15 items.

Oliver Location: On the floor above the stool of the bottom left station with the microscope.

 

Restock 15 items today – specifically, the IV syringe and the Q-tips cotton swabs. A maximum number of 4 can be stocked at a time per item. You can restock these by clicking on the tray on the right side of the checkout counter. Serving patients normally won’t be enough, however. To complete today’s challenge, you’ll need to add extra IVs or cotton swabs to your tray to deplete the number available. Click on the container to restock, then click on the excess items on your tray you don’t need to remove them.

 

Tip! If you have extra time near the start of the day, use the strategy above. You can complete the goal much earlier in the day this way.

 

Level 20 – Decisions Have to be Made

Get 20 quick checkout bonuses.

Oliver Location: In the bottom left corner of the bulletin board above the checkout monitor.

 

Today’s all about fast checkouts. Obtain checkout bonuses by clicking on the checkout monitor and checking out a patient within a few seconds of their arriving at the counter. You will need to do this quickly, so no group checkouts today! Checkout 20 customers within a few seconds of their arriving at the counter to complete today’s challenge.

 

Tip! The more hearts that are filled over a patient’s head, the closer they are to being ready for checkout. Once the hearts are filled and they get up from their current station, they’ll head straight to the monitor. Click on the checkout monitor while they’re making their way over to guarantee a quick bonus while also saving time!

 

Chapter 3 – Burn-Unit

Don’t get burned by Victor’s scathing remarks! The burn unit features levels 21 – 30.

 

Level 21 – Good Beginnings

Earn a gold star in the first half of your shift.

Oliver Location: Peeking around the right side of the tank on the table between the two chairs, in the center of the room.

 

Earn a gold star by the halfway point of your shift. If you can treat your first 5 patients quickly and check them out at the register at the same time in a combo, you can make the halfway deadline near-perfectly.

 

Tip! Keep a set of bandages from under the checkout counter on your tray. This will minimize the amount of time needed for picking them up while moving back and forth. This strategy is useful for nearly all days you will be spending in the burn unit.

 

Level 22 – Time to Heal

Complete all treatments on Allison and Mathilda.

Oliver Location: Hanging upside-down from the surgical light above the rightmost gurney.

 

Two very important patients are in the burn unit today. Treat Allison and Mathilda throughout the day. They will be located exclusively on the left side of the screen, and a bubble will pop up whenever they need treatment. Click on them to administer the treatment. Complete 10 treatments before the last patient leaves for the day to earn this level’s diamond.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 22

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 22

Level 23 – Worry

Don’t let any patients leave with fewer than 4 hearts.

Oliver Location: Between the first and second waiting chairs in the lower left corner.

 

Today is all about managing your patients. Treat patients as quickly as possible. Quick bonuses will raise the number of hearts a patient receives from treatment. Remember gold-hearted patients will happily wait at the register indefinitely, so focus on patients whose hearts are still red.

 

Tip! Not all patients have the same number of hearts. Put extra priority on treating patients who enter the clinic with fewer total hearts today.

 

Level 24 – A Matter of Opinion

Gather all the boxes of the new cream.

Oliver Location: Peeking around the top-left side of the counter with the skin graft equipment.

 

Shipments of a new cream will be arriving today. Throughout the day, a delivery man will show up carrying boxes of cream. A “!” will pop up over his head whenever he’s ready for you to pick up a shipment. Click on him to pick up the box of cream. You will need to do this 6 times before day’s end to complete today’s challenge.

 

Tip! You can still assign patients to stations while carrying boxes, however you won’t be able to treat them until the box you’re carrying has been set aside.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 24

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 24

Level 25 – Sleep Now

Don’t walk more than 500 steps.

Oliver Location: Peeking around the right side of the island behind the waiting chairs.

 

Don’t walk more than 500 steps today. This is perhaps one of the most difficult levels you will play through. Keeping extra items on your tray is a must to minimize walking. We recommend at least keeping an extra bandage on your tray, though a bandage, pot of cream, and skin graft are ideal. Treat patients in clusters whenever possible to minimize walking, and try to pick up multiple items from the same location as circumstance allows. Remember, it’s better for a patient to lose a heart waiting so you can treat them in a cluster rather than walking extra steps across the clinic.

 

Tip! Only check out patients in groups today. If you need to pick up a cold compress or bandage, feel free to check out patients while you’re at it. Otherwise, only check them out in groups of 5 or more.

 

Level 26 – Crafts

Clean up fabrics and help Allison create 4 animals.

Oliver Location: On the floor between the gurneys.

 

Today’s challenge is a little tricky. A total of 4 pieces necessary to make stuffed animals have been scattered throughout the room. Mathilda will not ask for these materials to start today’s challenge. Instead, as soon as the day begins, click on one of these 4 pieces to have Mathilda pick it up. She will then return to Allison and begin sewing. As soon as the meter that appears over her head is filled and disappears, click on the next piece of stuffing on the floor. Mathilda will pick it up and begin sewing the next animal. Repeat this process until all 4 stuffed animals have been created. Remember Mathilda will not have a “!” notification, so you’ll need to keep an eye on her today.

 

Tip! If your shift has ended and Mathilda is still sewing, there’s a trick you can use to buy yourself extra time. Today’s challenge will not end until the last customer has left. It’s possible for your shift to have already ended and you still have time to complete the challenge. Remember, gold-hearted patients will wait at checkout indefinitely, allowing you to finish the challenge before checking them out. The challenge will only be marked as complete once the last patient leaves.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 26

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 26

Level 27 – The Whole Truth

Check out 18 patients with gold hearts.

Oliver Location: Behind the island in the lower left corner, to the right of the center plant.

 

Check out 18 patients with gold hearts today. Treating patients quickly is essential to increasing their hearts and earning gold hearts. Gold-hearted patients have infinite patience, allowing you to build up strong combos today.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 27

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 27

Level 28 – Mayhem

Treat Allison’s burns 8 times.

Oliver Location: Behind the upper left corner of the bath tub.

 

Treat Allison’s burns. Mathilda will be helping, so you don’t have to worry about treatment pulling you away from other patients. A “!” bubble will appear over Mathilda’s head whenever Allison is ready for another treatment. Click on her to have her apply the cream. Do this a total of 8 times today to complete today’s challenge.

 

Tip! Need extra time? It doesn’t matter if your shift has already ended. As long as you complete Allison’s treatment before the last patient leaves, you will complete today’s challenge.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 28

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 28

Level 29 – No End to Them…

Don’t let the waiting chairs fill up.

Oliver Location: Between the computer and the phone at the checkout counter.

 

Don’t let the waiting chairs fill up today. Patients will be arriving in quick succession, so it’s important to assign them to their treatment stations ASAP. Try to keep at least 2 chairs empty at all times. Keep an extra bandage on your tray and skin graft ready to speed up treatment times. The faster patients move to checkout, the faster new ones can be treated, and the less likely they’ll stack up at the waiting area.

 

Level 30 – Happy Ending?

Treat patients within 15 seconds of each other.

Oliver Location: Poking out from the bottom left side of the wall, between the rightmost gurney and the bath tub.

 

Treat all patients within 15 seconds of each other. This is an easy goal to accomplish as long as you keep an eye on the clock! A meter in the upper right corner will keep track of how long it’s been between treating patients. Do your best to always keep it in the yellow zone.

 

Tip! Minigames do not count. The 15-second countdown will be paused every time you play a minigame.

 

Tip! Checking out customers does not count as treating them. Be careful not to get carried away when checking out multiple customers at once!

 

Cutscene: A Day with Mom

As soon as the car starts to drive away, click repeatedly as fast as you can to run.

 

Chapter 4 – Maternity Ward

Mothers are the ultimate multi-taskers, and the maternity ward requires no less! Featuring levels 31 – 40.

 

Cutscene: Kidney Transplant Operation

The first time the minigame window pops up, don’t panic! Wait a moment for things to settle down. Once things have calmed, the “Stitch!” minigame will begin. Click on the flashing white dot, then drag the stitch to the new flashing white dot directly across from it. You do not need to hold said click to complete the action.

Kidney Transplant Operation - Stitch!

Kidney Transplant Operation – Stitch!

Next, you’ll encounter the minigame “Suck up the liquid!”. Click and hold to activate the nozzle and clean up the liquid puddles. If you move the nozzle back and forth over the liquid, it will be sucked up much faster.

Kidney Transplant Operation - Suck up the liquid!

Kidney Transplant Operation – Suck up the liquid!

Level 31 – The Waiting Game

Complete 15 treatments in under a minute.

Oliver Location: Underneath the counter next to the blue giraffe plushes (not the checkout counter).

 

Complete 15 treatments in under a minute. Each step in treating a patient counts toward this total. So you don’t need to serve 15 customers, only complete 15 treatments. Keep a onesie and pair of socks duo on your tray if you need to save a little extra time. Otherwise, today should be smooth sailing.

 

After the level ends, you will encounter a new minigame: “Hang up all the cards!”. Click and hold a card from the stack, then drag it to a red clip at the top of the screen. Once the card clips onto the string, hang the next one the same way. Repeat this until all the cards have been hung up.

Minigame - Hang up all the cards!

Minigame – Hang up all the cards!

Level 32 – Messes Will Be Made

Clean up the mess from the tea party.

Oliver Location: On the upper side of the topmost examination table on the right.

 

Clean up the mess from the tea party. A total of 10 items are scattered around the clinic. Locate and click on all of them before day’s end to complete today’s challenge. Their locations are shown here:

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 32

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 32

Level 33 – Good News

Walk 600 steps.

Oliver Location: Behind the checkout counter to the left of the checkout monitor.

 

Walk 600 or more steps today. A trick you can use to achieve this goal faster is to click on empty changing and examination tables to move back and forth whenever you’re not helping patients.

 

Level 34 – Peek-a-boo!

Cheer up the sad baby.

Oliver Location: Underneath the bottom of the baby crib.

 

Someone’s in a bad mood! A crib has replaced one of the changing tables today. A “!” bubble will appear over the baby inside whenever it’s upset. Click on the baby to cheer them up. You will need to do this a total of 8 times today. It’s very possible your shift may end before the baby has been cheered up 8 times. If this happens, don’t panic! As long as at least 1 patient is left in the clinic that hasn’t been checked out, you’ll still have time to complete today’s challenge.

 

Tip! One less changing table means you’ll have to help patients at the changing table faster. Keep a warmed bottle of milk on your tray at all times today. To warm a bottle of milk, click on the bottle on the counter to place it in the warmer. Once warmed, the bottle will blink. Click on the bottle to add it to your tray. An extra bottle on your tray means you’ll be able to help several customers at the changing table much faster.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 34

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 34

Level 35 – Missing

Get at least one gold-hearted patient of each type.

Oliver Location: On the floor behind the right side of the counter with the pacifier, bottle, plush, and diapers.

 

There are 6 different types of customers that will come in today, and you’ll need to check out a gold-hearted version of each. Each of the 6 types has a unique appearance, and multiple of each type will come in to the clinic throughout the day. Focus on serving customers quickly, and keep an extra bottle on your tray to help you serve patients faster.

 

After the level ends, a cutscene will take place in Daniel’s office. Click on every stack of paper you can find to sort through it. All paper stacks you’ll need to click on are shown here:

Go through every stack of paper you can find!

Go through every stack of paper you can find!

Level 36 – No Worries

Try not to fall asleep.

Oliver Location: At the top of the small monitor attached to the bottom left examination table.

 

Allison will start to nod off throughout the day. Each time Allison starts to fall asleep, an interactive circle will appear around her. Tap on the button in the center of the circle until it’s filled, waking her up. It’s important to tap as quickly as possible. The faster Allison wakes up, the faster she can get back to her tasks!

 

Tip! If Allison starts to fall asleep, it will cancel all current tasks she has lined up. You will need to click on items and patients again for her to resume her duties.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 36

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 36

Level 37 – Hold the Phone

Make the necessary phone calls.

Oliver Location: Peeking out from the corner of the monitor and examination table in the bottom right corner.

 

Allison will need to make some calls today. Click on the phone at the checkout desk whenever the “!” bubble appears over it. Do this a total of 4 times before day’s end to complete the challenge.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 37

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 37

Level 38 – Motherhood

Earn 15 hearts by changing babies.

Oliver Location: Peeking out from behind the pot of the plant in the upper right corner.

 

Earn 15 hearts by changing babies today. How many hearts you earn is entirely dependent on how well you do in the “Change the diaper!” minigame. You can earn up to 3 hearts per baby. If you find yourself struggling, refer to the Minigame Section of this walkthrough for more in-depth minigame strategies.

 

Level 39 – Look on the Bright Side

Cheer up Sophia.

Oliver Location: On the floor behind the left side of the counter containing the ultrasound lotion and scanning device.

 

Today’s duties include checking up on Sophia periodically. Sophia will be sitting on the examination table at the bottom center of your screen. A meter will be present showing how Sophia is currently doing. Click on Sophia to check up on her and refill the meter. The meter will continually empty throughout the day and can only be refilled by checking on her. The challenge won’t end until the last patient has been checked out. Try to check up on Sophia by the time the meter is half-empty to keep things running smoothly.

 

Tip! Since Sophia is sitting on the examination table, you’ll have one less to work with today. Place priority on serving the pregnant women as quickly as possible so you’ll have examination tables free for incoming women. They’ve been pregnant long enough – don’t keep them waiting!

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 39

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 39

Level 40 – Living a Lie

Make up excuses for the board.

Oliver Location: In the bottom right corner of the upper left picture frame on the wall.

 

There’s a stack of papers on the left side of the checkout desk today. Whenever a “!” bubble appears over them, click on the papers to have Allison review them and make up an excuse. Click on the excuse you’d like Allison to use. Answer carefully! Do this a total of 5 times before day’s end to complete the challenge.

 

Tip! All tasks will pause while Allison is looking over the papers. This includes both the clock and customer patience, allowing you time to put thought into your answers.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 40

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 40

Cutscene: Car Crash Operation

The first minigame you will encounter is “Spray the burns!”. Click on one of the lacerations to spray disinfectant over it. Repeat this process for all the wounds.

Car Crash Operation - Spray the burns!

Car Crash Operation – Spray the burns!

Next, you’ll need to stitch the wounds. Click on the flashing white dot to start the stitch, then drag it to the new flashing white dot. Repeat this process until all wounds have been sewn up.

Car Crash Operation - Stitch!

Car Crash Operation – Stitch!

An hour later (in game-time, don’t worry!), you’ll be asked to repeat the process. Complete the “Spray the burns!” and “Stitch!” minigames again.

 

Next, focus the readout. Click on the sliders beneath the colored lines. Drag the slider left or right until the colored line matches the pattern behind it. Do this for all the lines and sliders until the minigame is complete.

Car Crash Operation - Focus the readout!

Car Crash Operation – Focus the readout!

Now just one more minigame to complete. Hook up the cables by clicking on a cable end on the left, then drag it to the corresponding color and shape on the grid. Once all the cables have been hooked up, the operation will be complete.

Car Crash Operation - Hook up the cables!

Car Crash Operation – Hook up the cables!

Chapter 5 – Intensive Care

Intensive care is full of intensive time management. Featuring levels 41 – 50.

 

Level 41 – Troubled Times

Earn 12 hearts by moving beds.

Oliver Location: Behind the counter beneath the checkout monitor, toward the left and near the phone.

 

Earn 12 hearts by playing the “Put the bed in the correct position!” minigame. You can earn a maximum of 3 hearts per time you play the minigame. Start by adjusting the center panel of the bed, then work on the outer portions. If you need additional help, refer to the Minigame Section below.

 

Level 42 – Silence

Send visitors to the correct chairs within 10 seconds of them arriving.

Oliver Location: On top of the coffee machine.

 

Today’s goal requires you to send visitors to their correct chairs within 10 seconds of them arriving. This only applies to new visitors entering the clinic, not visitors who have already been seated. Keep an eye on incoming visitors at the bottom of the screen and place priority on seating them quickly. If you let things back up too far, you may not be able to seat new visitors right away. In this scenario, try aiding the visitor currently sitting in the chair as quickly as possible so you can seat the new one.

 

Level 43 – Tuckered Out

Don’t tire Allison out any further.

Oliver Location: Behind the center portion of the bottommost counter.

 

Allison is exhausted, so you’ll have to be careful not to tucker her out! A meter in the upper right corner will keep track of Allison’s exhaustion. If this meter fills completely, you will fail today’s challenge. Instead, make sure there’s always one half of the meter empty. Wait a moment if you need. Allison can safely make it from one corner of the clinic to the other in a half meter’s worth of energy. As long as the meter is half-empty, you will be safe completing any task.

 

Level 44 – No Giving Up

Checkout 3 gold-hearted people at once, 5 times.

Oliver Location: Behind the top of the blue chair in the lower left corner.

 

Today you’ll need to check out a total of 5 groups of 3 gold-hearted people. The key for today is: Don’t go too big! Check out groups of 3 golden-hearted customers as soon as they gather at the register. If you wait for 4 or more, you may not get enough for the day to complete your goal.

 

Level 45 – It’s All in the Budget

Deliver the cart to the patient within 10 seconds of them asking for it.

Oliver Location: In the first cubby beneath the counter with the checkout monitor. *Note: Oliver may be obstructed from view if Allison is standing at the checkout monitor.

 

Deliver carts to patients who ask for it within 10 seconds of them asking. When helping patients today, place priority on the cart first and foremost. Whenever a patient asks for it, drop everything and bring it to them as quickly as possible. If multiple patients ask for it at once, serve them in the order they asked so you can make the most of your time.

 

Level 46 – Time to Act

Collect test samples from Mathilda.

Oliver Location: Poking out from the right side of the bottommost counter.

 

Today you’ll need to collect test samples from Mathilda. At the start of the day, a “!” bubble will appear over Mathilda’s bed in the upper right corner. Click on the bed to start collecting samples. A meter will appear showing Allison’s progress. Collect samples throughout the day every spare moment you get. If you can collect all the samples before checking out the final patient, you will complete today’s goal.

 

Tip! Use the shift clock as your reference point. If the day is half done, the meter should be half-full.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 46

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 46

Level 47 – Ruckus

Calm the doctors and staff coming into intensive care.

Oliver Location: Peeking out from the top of the red chair in the upper right corner.

 

Doctors and staff will enter throughout the day with a need to complain. Whenever one of the cast appears with a “!” bubble over their head, click on them to let them vent. You’ll need to do this a total of 7 times during your shift to complete today’s goal.

 

Tip! Clicking on a doctor with a “!” bubble will pull Allison away from any tasks she may currently have lined up.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 47

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 47

Level 48 – Blast From the Past

Don’t stand still for longer than 13 seconds.

Oliver Location: In the window at the top of the screen, on the far right.

 

Don’t stand still for longer than 13 seconds today. The meter in the upper right corner will help you keep track of how long it’s been. If the meter starts to flash red, move! Allison will move when retrieving items for patients, as well as when you interact with other stations. Stay nimble on your feet and you’ll complete today’s challenge with ease.

 

Tip! Click on chairs to move Allison if she’s been standing still for too long.

 

Tip! Be careful not to spend too much time at the register with checkout combos. This is the easiest way to accidentally lose sight of today’s goal since Allison will stand still while checking patients out.

 

Level 49 – Final Hope

Keep applying the medication to Mathilda during the day.

Oliver Location: Peeking out from around the upper left corner of the counter, next to the checkout monitor.

 

A meter will appear over Mathilda’s bed today that slowly empties over time. Click on Mathilda to apply her medication and refill the meter. Your goal today is to make sure the meter never empties completely. Be advised that the challenge will not count as complete until the last customer leaves. Even after your shift has ended, as long as patients are around, the meter will continue to deplete.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 49

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 49

Level 50 – The Time is Now

Prepare Mathilda for surgery.

Oliver Location: At the top of the purple stool in the upper left corner. *Note: Oliver may be obstructed from view if a customer is sitting on this stool.

 

In addition to helping other patients, you’ll need to prep Mathilda for surgery today. Click on Mathilda’s bed to start prepping her for surgery. Keep an eye on the clock and try to keep up! Finish prepping her before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 50

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 50

 

Cutscene: The Grand Finale

Don’t worry, this cutscene isn’t brain surgery. Wait…

 

When prompted, drill away the skull to reveal the brain. Click and hold, dragging along the blue-arrowed line around the skull cap. Once finished, click on the top of the skull to remove it.

Brain Surgery Part 1

Next, apply cream to the top of the brain. Make sure to coat it thoroughly! Once the brain has been thoroughly coated, small sections will begin to light up. Click on these sections to begin the removal process.

Brain Surgery Part 2

A blue line will appear around the section that needs to be removed. Click and hold, following the line and direction of the arrows until the section has been cut away. Then click on the piece and place it in the tray to remove it.

Brain Surgery Part 3

Repeat this process until you reach the final section. The blue arrows will still appear, but the line will be gone. Outline the bright, shiny section of the brain with your scalpel. You can do it!

Brain Surgery Part 4

Finally, apply the cream to the top of the brain. Again, make sure to coat it thoroughly. Then click on the 4 screws in the corners to secure the wire mesh. Lastly, click on each of the staples to secure the scalp back in place.

Brain Surgery Part 5

There! That wasn’t so hard, was it? Now you can add Little Creek’s hottest brain surgeon to your resume!

 

Chapter 6 – Psychiatry

Welcome to the psychiatry department, levels 51 – 60. How does that make you feel?

 

Level 51 – Promoted

Finish all the paperwork.

Oliver Location: In the cubby underneath the stack of papers on the desk.

 

Paperwork is incoming by the droves today. Throughout the day, clinicians will show up with stacks of papers for you. A “!” bubble will appear over their head when you can collect the papers. Successfully gather incoming papers 3 times before the end of the day to complete your goal.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 51

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 51

Level 52 – Feelings

Evaluate Allison.

Oliver Location: On top of the side table to the right of the couch.

 

Allison is in the office, so one of the chaise lounge chairs will be taken up by her during the entire day. This means you’ll need to place priority on helping patients who need the chaise lounge. Whenever a “!” bubble appears over Allison’s head, you can continue your evaluation with her. Successfully complete all 5 steps of Allison’s evaluation to complete today’s goal.

 

Tip! Today’s goal will not be marked as finished until the last patient has checked out. It’s very likely you’ll still need to evaluate Allison one more time even after the day has ended. As long as you wait to check out the final patient(s) until after you’ve finished the evaluation, you’ll complete the challenge and earn your diamond.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 52

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 52

Level 53 – Active Duty

Collect 30 hearts by playing minigames.

Oliver Location: Behind the top of the center waiting chair in the upper left corner. *Note: Oliver may be obstructed from view if a patient is sitting in the center waiting chair.

 

Earn 30 hearts by playing minigames today. This applies to all minigames available. You can earn up to 3 hearts per patient per minigame. Make sure you’re ready when starting each minigame, because today’s challenge leaves little room for error. If you need additional help, refer to the Minigame Section below.

 

Level 54 – New Beginnings

Deliver all the books as quickly as possible.

Oliver Location: Peeking out from the bottom left side of the upper right chaise lounge.

 

Patients asking for books are your top priority today. You must bring the book(s) the patient asks for before the color drains from their bubble, or else you’ll fail today’s challenge. As long as you place absolute priority on grabbing books as soon as they’re asked for, you’ll have nothing to worry about today.

 

Level 55 – Cloud Nine

Get 30 quick checkout bonuses.

Oliver Location: In the left brown chair at the bottom of the screen. *Note: Oliver may be blocked from view if there is a patient at this station.

 

Today’s challenge can be tricky if you’re a fan of group checkouts. Get 30 quick checkout bonuses today. To get a checkout bonus, you will need to check out a patient within a couple seconds of their arriving at the register. The best strategy to use today is to focus on checking out patients ASAP and ignore group combos. As soon as a patient starts walking toward the checkout monitor, click on it to guarantee you meet them there as quickly as possible. You will need to successfully do this with nearly all incoming patients today to complete the challenge.

 

Level 56 – Down to Earth

Keep at least one slot free on the couch at all times.

Oliver Location: Behind the top of the center waiting chair in the upper left corner. Same location as Level 53. *Note: Oliver may be obstructed from view if a patient is sitting in the center waiting chair.

 

The couch can sit up to 3 people at a time, however you’ll need to keep at least 1 of these spots empty at all times today. It doesn’t have to be a specific spot, as long as at least 1 is empty. If more than 2 people are asking to use the couch, they’ll need to wait. Place priority on helping the patients on the couch the fastest today. If you can get by with only using a maximum of 2 spaces at any one time, you’ll complete today’s challenge.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 56

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 56

Level 57 – Co-operation

Finish all the paperwork, again.

Oliver Location: On the yellow chair at the checkout desk.

 

Busy bees! Finish all the paperwork today. Sam will be taking up one of the desks at the bottom of the screen for the entire day, so be careful not to let backlogs happen when assigning patients to the remaining desk. Place your priority on helping patients at the desk as quickly as possible along to their next station. Whenever a “!” bubble appears over Sam, click on her to have her fill out the paperwork. Do this a total of 5 times before day’s end to complete the challenge.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 57

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 57

Level 58 – Moving Day

Walk more than 1,800 steps.

Oliver Location: On the floor on the far right, behind the top of the bottommost yellow chair.

 

Walk more than 1,800 steps today. In order to complete this challenge, you’ll need to keep Sam moving almost constantly throughout the entire day. Every spare moment you have – even if it’s only half a second – make sure you’re clicking on another station and keeping Sam on her toes! A meter in the upper right corner will help you keep track of your progress. The challenge doesn’t end until the last patient has been checked out. So if you need extra time, wait on checking out the final patient and keep Sam moving until you complete the challenge.

 

Level 59 – Check Up

Help Ruth collect all the test samples.

Oliver Location: Hanging from the plant leaves in the upper right corner.

 

Ruth is popping by today, and you’ll need to provide her with samples. Every time Ruth walks in and a “!” bubble appears over her head, click on her to help her collect the samples she needs. Repeat this process 5 times over the course of the day to reach your goal.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Level 59

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Level 59

Level 60 – Finale

Don’t let patients leave with less than 3 hearts.

Oliver Location: Underneath the side table to the left of the couch.

 

The last level. And even though patients are sure to love you by now, make sure they don’t leave with less than 3 hearts today! Different patients will have different numbers of hearts over their head. Be most careful with the patients who only have a handful of hearts and require less treatment. These patients will reach 3 hearts much faster if you’re not careful! Remember that golden-hearted patients can wait indefinite periods of time without losing any of their hearts. If you can get through the day just as loved as before, you’ll complete the challenge with ease.

 

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat!

 

Challenges

In addition to the game’s 60 story levels, there are 30 challenge levels for you to complete. This section lists each challenge and how to complete it with the highest score.

 

Chapter 1 – Pediatrics

 

Challenge 1 – Oliver Extravaganza

Find as many Olivers as you can!

 

It’s a guinea-palooza! Find as many Olivers as you can before the day ends! Each guinea pig you find will add +5 to your score. Find 26 Olivers or more in the short period of time to complete today’s challenge with a 3-diamond score.

 

Tip! Oliver will squeak each time he appears. Turn up that volume and give that little guinea pig a run for his money!

 

Challenge 2 – A Deteriorating Situation

Cure as many patients to keep your score as high as possible.

 

During this challenge, your score will decrease by -1 point per second. Cure as many patients as possible as quickly as possible to keep your score up. Completing minigames quickly and getting quick bonuses will help! The higher your score, the more time you’ll have before your diamond rank potentially drops. Therefore focus on doing your best, and don’t worry about the countdown until the challenge ends.

 

Challenge 3 – Poor Timothy

Poor Timothy needs all your attention today.

 

There’s a special patient in pediatrics today for this challenge. Almost everything is wrong with him! Timothy has way more hearts than the normal patient, so the majority of your score today will be determined by how quickly you help him. Place absolute priority on helping Timothy as quickly as possible at each station. The higher his hearts are, the higher your score will be.

 

Tip! If your score looks low before the end of the day, don’t panic! A huge part of your score won’t be tallied until Timothy checks out.

 

Tip! Keep a charged Gameboy on your tray to reduce the time needed for prep between treatments of kids who ask for games.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Challenge 3

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Challenge 3

Challenge 4 – Minigame Mayhem

Score big by completing as many minigames as possible!

 

Complete as many minigames as you can, as quickly as you can before time’s up! This is a short level whose score is tallied based entirely on how quickly you can complete minigames. The faster you are, the higher the score! If you need help with a specific minigame, refer to the Minigame Section of this walkthrough.

 

Challenge 5 – Emily’s Canteen Challenge

Prepare and serve Delicious meals with Emily.

 

Here’s a fun callback for Delicious fans! Emily is working the canteen today. Customers who walk in will either need to be clicked and moved to a cafeteria tray at the counter, or clicked and moved to a chair at a table. Some customers may order more than once. You will be able to tell which customers these are by the number of hearts over their head. The more hearts, the more they’ll order!

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Challenge 5

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Challenge 5

 

Chapter 2 – Pathology

 

Challenge 6 – Watch Your Step!

Clean up the dangerous mess while helping your patients.

 

There’s dangerous messes all over pathology today, and they’re preventing you from using the tools you need! Refer to the screenshot below for the mess locations. It’s a very good idea to try and clean the messes in a general order:

  1. Clear the mess at the checkout desk. This mess will prevent you from being able to pick up supplies.
  2. Clear the messes at one of the red chairs in the lower right corner. This mess will prevent patients from being able to go to this station.
  3. Clear the mess over the petri dish at the center station. This mess will prevent you from being able to prepare samples.
  4. Clear the mess at one of the stations with the microscope on the left. This mess will prevent patients from being able to sit here.
  5. Clear the mess over the dropper at the bottom of the screen. This mess will prevent you from picking up the dropper for treatments.
  6. Continue clearing any and all remaining messes according to patients’ needs. If a patient needs a specific station, focus on cleaning that first. You’ll want to clear all messes before the day ends.
Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Challenge 6

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Challenge 6

Challenge 7 – Oliver Extravaganza 2

Find as many Olivers as you can!

 

Find as many Olivers as you can in the short amount of time! You’ll need to find at least 28 guinea pigs before time’s up to reach a 3-diamond score. Listen for the squeaks. Each time you hear a squeak, a new guinea pig will appear. Oliver can appear all over, so use a combination of sight and sound to find enough before time’s up!

 

Challenge 8 – A Deteriorating Situation

Cure as many patients to keep your score as high as possible.

 

During this challenge, your score will decrease by -1 point per second. Cure as many patients as possible as quickly as possible to keep your score up. Completing minigames quickly and getting quick bonuses will help! The higher your score, the more time you’ll have before your diamond rank potentially drops. Therefore focus on doing your best, and don’t worry about the countdown until the challenge ends.

 

Challenge 9 – Emily’s Canteen Challenge 2

Today is Emily’s Toast Tornado.

 

Toast is the newest item on the menu today, and is guaranteed to be a customer favorite. Click on the slice of bread in the lower left corner to have Emily throw a slice in the toaster. Once finished, the toast will automatically be added to the plate to the right of the toaster, complete with complementary egg. Try to keep this plate restocked as often as possible to help you with today’s challenge.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Challenge 9

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Challenge 9

Challenge 10 – Minigame Mayhem 2

Score big by completing as many minigames as possible!

 

Complete as many minigames as you can, as quickly as you can before time’s up! This is a short level whose score is tallied based entirely on how quickly you can complete minigames. The faster you are, the higher the score! If you need help with a specific minigame, refer to the Minigame Section of this walkthrough.

 

Chapter 3 – Burn-Unit

 

Challenge 11 – Emergency!

Save as many patients as you can within 3 minutes. Patients will enter with only 2 hearts.

 

It’s non-stop today, and patients will be entering the clinic near-constantly. Your waiting chairs are guaranteed to instantly refill the moment you reassign patients. The best strategy to use for this challenge is to move entire stations at once. For example, assign all waiting chair patients to their stations. Treat all gurney patients, then treat all examination chair patients. Check out patients in large groups at the register. Try to do this was soon as they stack up, though. Patients have very few hearts today, so there’s little room for waiting.

 

Challenge 12 – Emily’s Canteen Challenge 3

As Emily always says, a flan a day keeps the doctor away!

 

Flan has been added to the menu today, but doesn’t require any extra preparation time. Just pick it up and go! Serve customers normally and remember to keep the toast and chips stocked.

 

Challenge 13 – Oliver Extravaganza 3

Find as many Olivers as you can!

 

Find as many Olivers as you can in the short amount of time! You’ll need to find at least 30 guinea pigs before time’s up to reach a 3-diamond score. Listen for the squeaks. Each time you hear a squeak, a new guinea pig will appear. Oliver can appear all over, so use a combination of sight and sound to find enough before time’s up!

 

Challenge 14 – Minigame Mayhem 3

Score big by completing as many minigames as possible!

 

Complete as many minigames as you can, as quickly as you can before time’s up! This is a short level whose score is tallied based entirely on how quickly you can complete minigames. The faster you are, the higher the score! If you need help with a specific minigame, refer to the Minigame Section of this walkthrough.

 

Challenge 15 – Product Blockers

Get rid of the branded products so you can use the original ones.

 

Victor is busy replacing products in the burn unit with branded knock-offs. Products with predominantly blue or green colors are branded. You’ll need to click on them to remove them from their shelves and replace them with the original. Any time Victor enters the clinic, he’s guaranteed to replace a product. Keep an eye on him and he’ll lead you right to the new knock-off.

 

Tip! Branded products will be added to your tray on the lower left. You cannot use them on patients. Instead, you’ll have to click on the product to remove it from your tray. Try to do this as soon as possible, otherwise you may suddenly find yourself lacking much-needed tray space.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Challenge 15

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Challenge 15

 

Chapter 4 – Maternity Ward

 

Challenge 16 – Emily’s Canteen Challenge 4

Watch out Emily, it’s hush hush rush hour.

 

Even more products are available today, and the canteen is busier than ever. Assign customers as quickly as possible when they enter the canteen, and remember to keep your toast and chips stocked!

 

Challenge 17 – Oliver Extravaganza 4

Find as many Olivers as you can!

 

Find as many Olivers as you can in the short amount of time! You’ll need to find at least 52 guinea pigs before time’s up to reach a 3-diamond score. Listen for the squeaks. Each time you hear a squeak, a new guinea pig will appear. Oliver can appear all over, so use a combination of sight and sound to find enough before time’s up!

 

Challenge 18 – Diapers Everywhere

Clean up the mess and help the patients!

 

Dirty diapers are absolutely everywhere, covering nearly all the important stations. Click on a diaper to remove it. They will instantly be removed once clicked, so click on them as quickly as possible! Start with the pile in the upper right corner so patients can access the exercise ball and play mat. Then focus on cleaning the pile on the upper left, so you have access to the bottle, pacifier, giraffe plushes, and diapers. Clear off the checkout desk next, followed by the remaining examination table.

 

Tip! You can click on diapers to remove them even while Allison is moving or busy helping patients. Clear them away every spare moment you get!

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Challenge 18

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Challenge 18

Challenge 19 – Minigame Mayhem 4

Score big by completing as many minigames as possible!

 

Complete as many minigames as you can, as quickly as you can before time’s up! This is a short level whose score is tallied based entirely on how quickly you can complete minigames. The faster you are, the higher the score! If you need help with a specific minigame, refer to the Minigame Section of this walkthrough.

 

Challenge 20 – Baby Boom!

Help as many babies as possible.

 

Nearly the entire room is filled with changing tables today, putting your management skills to the ultimate test. It’s best to assign and care for patients in small waves of 2-4. If you’re feeling brave, you can go all-in and try 8 at a time, though hearts may deplete as a result! Try and keep an extra bottle on your tray if possible, and make sure to keep the pacifiers and giraffe plushes stocked. Combine checking out customers with restocking to save time.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Challenge 20

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Challenge 20

Chapter 5 – Intensive Care

 

Challenge 21 – Emily’s Canteen Challenge 5

Serve steady and don’t panic, Emily!

 

The canteen is hopping, and an extra topping has been added to the cracker sandwiches. Remember to keep products stocked and stay on top of assigning customers to their correct locations – tray or table. It’s best to try and serve multiple customers at a time and do checkout in groups of 5.

 

Challenge 22 – Oliver Extravaganza 5

Find as many Olivers as you can!

 

Find as many Olivers as you can in the short amount of time! You’ll need to find at least 37 guinea pigs before time’s up to reach a 3-diamond score. Listen for the squeaks. Each time you hear a squeak, a new guinea pig will appear. Oliver can appear all over, so use a combination of sight and sound to find enough before time’s up!

 

Challenge 23 – Broken Beds

All the beds are malfunctioning! Stabilize them quickly before treating your patients.

 

The beds are malfunctioning on a massive scale today. Sparks will flash over a bed followed by smoke. Beds that are malfunctioning will move around on their own – a sure sign something is wrong! Click on a moving bed to reposition it correctly. Start with the center (yellow) portion of the bed, then adjust and head and foot as necessary. Beds tend to malfunction in quick succession, so it’s best to try and stabilize them in groups. Remember a patient can’t be treated until the bed malfunction has been addressed.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Challenge 23

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Challenge 23

Challenge 24 – Minigame Mayhem 5

Score big by completing as many minigames as possible!

 

Complete as many minigames as you can, as quickly as you can before time’s up! This is a short level whose score is tallied based entirely on how quickly you can complete minigames. The faster you are, the higher the score! If you need help with a specific minigame, refer to the Minigame Section of this walkthrough.

 

Challenge 25 – Janitor Jokes

The Janitor is joking around with the chairs, so keep a close eye on them!

 

The Janitor is quite the practical joker. Every time the screen goes black, the Janitor will rearrange the visitor chairs at the foot of the patient beds. Pay extra close attention when assigning visitors to the correct seats today.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Challenge 25

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Challenge 25

 

Chapter 6 – Psychiatry

 

Challenge 26 – Super Stressed Selma

Can you help Selma calm down while helping your other patients, too?

 

Selma is quite the complicated patient. She has way more hearts than the normal patient, so the majority of your score today will be determined by how quickly you help her. Place absolute priority on helping Selma as quickly as possible at each station. The higher her hearts are, the higher your score will be.

 

Tip! If your score looks low before the end of the day, don’t panic! A huge part of your score won’t be tallied until Selma checks out.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Challenge 26

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Challenge 26

Challenge 27 – Emily’s Canteen Challenge 6

Emily’s customers are ordering seconds and thirds.

 

The canteen is fully-stocked with all options today. Customers coming in will order multiple times. Try to serve orders in waves of 2-3 at a time when possible. The more hearts a customer has, the more times they’ll order.

 

Challenge 28 – Oliver Extravaganza 6

Find as many Olivers as you can!

 

Find as many Olivers as you can in the short amount of time! You’ll need to find at least 48 guinea pigs before time’s up to reach a 3-diamond score. Listen for the squeaks. Each time you hear a squeak, a new guinea pig will appear. Oliver can appear all over, so use a combination of sight and sound to find enough before time’s up!

 

Challenge 29 – I Know What I Want!

Patients get confused about their requests.

 

Patients today will have difficulty asking for the right items. They may ask for items that aren’t even available here! When this happens, simply click on the patient. If you do this quickly, you’ll earn a quick treatment bonus before the patient asks for the next time. Simply click on a patient any time they ask for an item that isn’t available in the clinic, but don’t forget to bring them items that are! Patients tend to have more hearts today, so if you can click on them quickly, you can quickly build up a high score.

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Challenge 29

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Challenge 29

Challenge 30 – Minigame Mayhem 6

Score big by completing as many minigames as possible!

 

Complete as many minigames as you can, as quickly as you can before time’s up! This is a short level whose score is tallied based entirely on how quickly you can complete minigames. The faster you are, the higher the score! If you need help with a specific minigame, refer to the Minigame Section of this walkthrough.

 

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed all the challenges!

 

Oliver the Guinea Pig Locations

Oliver is a mischievous guinea pig with a love of adventure! Oliver appears in each of the game’s 60 story levels. Can you find them all? The following list reveals all the hidden locations where Oliver will turn up. Note: This does not apply to challenge levels.

 

Chapter 1 – Pediatrics

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Chapter 1 Oliver Locations

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Chapter 1 Oliver Locations

Level 1: At the foot of the examination table on the bottom right.

Level 2: At the inner corner of the desk with the checkout monitor.

Level 3: Behind the center tray table with the thermometer.

Level 4: In the sink in the upper right corner.

Level 5: Behind the right side of the table in the lower left corner.

Level 6: Behind the upper left corner of the stage building supplies, between the first two waiting chairs.

Level 7: Underneath the middle of the checkout desk. *Note: Oliver may be obstructed from view if 3 or more children are waiting at the checkout monitor.

Level 8: On the chair behind the desk with the checkout monitor.

Level 9: Behind the top of the checkout monitor.

Level 10: Behind the center portion of the upper right examination table.

 

Chapter 2 – Pathology

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Chapter 2 Oliver Locations

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Chapter 2 Oliver Locations

Level 11: Underneath the desk lamp on the divider of the center pathology station.

Level 12: On the tray in the bottom right corner, next to the IV.

Level 13: In the device to the right of the blood centrifuge at the center pathology station.

Level 14: In the bottom right corner of the viewing window on the left.

Level 15: On the computer keyboard at the center pathology station.

Level 16: On the left side of the checkout counter, on the floor between the trash can and the monitor.

Level 17: On the center table between the two patient chairs in the lower right corner.

Level 18: Behind the checkout counter, to the right of the photo frame.

Level 19: On the floor above the stool of the bottom left station with the microscope.

Level 20: In the bottom left corner of the bulletin board above the checkout monitor.

 

Chapter 3 – Burn-Unit

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Chapter 3 Oliver Locations

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Chapter 3 Oliver Locations

Level 21: Peeking around the right side of the tank on the table between the two chairs, in the center of the room.

Level 22: Hanging upside-down from the surgical light above the rightmost gurney.

Level 23: Between the first and second waiting chairs in the lower left corner.

Level 24: Peeking around the top-left side of the counter with the skin graft equipment.

Level 25: Peeking around the right side of the island behind the waiting chairs.

Level 26: On the floor between the gurneys.

Level 27: Behind the island in the lower left corner, to the right of the center plant.

Level 28: Behind the upper left corner of the bath tub.

Level 29: Between the computer and the phone at the checkout counter.

Level 30: Poking out from the bottom left side of the wall, between the rightmost gurney and the bath tub.

 

Chapter 4 – Maternity Ward

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Chapter 4 Oliver Locations

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Chapter 4 Oliver Locations

Level 31: Underneath the counter next to the blue giraffe plushes (not the checkout counter).

Level 32: On the upper side of the topmost examination table on the right. 

Level 33: Behind the checkout counter to the left of the checkout monitor.

Level 34: Underneath the bottom of the baby crib.

Level 35: On the floor behind the right side of the counter with the pacifier, bottle, plush, and diapers.

Level 36: At the top of the small monitor attached to the bottom left examination table.

Level 37: Peeking out from the corner of the monitor and examination table in the bottom right corner.

Level 38: Peeking out from behind the pot of the plant in the upper right corner.

Level 39: On the floor behind the left side of the counter containing the ultrasound lotion and scanning device.

Level 40: In the bottom right corner of the upper left picture frame on the wall.

 

Chapter 5 – Intensive Care

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Chapter 5 Oliver Locations

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Chapter 5 Oliver Locations

Level 41: Behind the counter beneath the checkout monitor, toward the left and near the phone.

Level 42: On top of the coffee machine.

Level 43: Behind the center portion of the bottommost counter.

Level 44: Behind the top of the blue chair in the lower left corner.

Level 45: In the first cubby beneath the counter with the checkout monitor. *Note: Oliver may be obstructed from view if Allison is standing at the checkout monitor.

Level 46: Poking out from the right side of the bottommost counter.

Level 47: Peeking out from the top of the red chair in the upper right corner.

Level 48: In the window at the top of the screen, on the far right.

Level 49: Peeking out from around the upper left corner of the counter, next to the checkout monitor.

Level 50: At the top of the purple stool in the upper left corner. *Note: Oliver may be obstructed from view if a customer is sitting on this stool.

 

Chapter 6 – Psychiatry

Heart's Medicine - Hospital Heat - Chapter 6 Oliver Locations

Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat – Chapter 6 Oliver Locations

Level 51: In the cubby underneath the stack of papers on the desk.

Level 52: On top of the side table to the right of the couch.

Level 53: Behind the top of the center waiting chair in the upper left corner. *Note: Oliver may be obstructed from view if a patient is sitting in the center waiting chair.

Level 54: Peeking out from the bottom left side of the upper right chaise lounge.

Level 55: In the left brown chair at the bottom of the screen. *Note: Oliver may be blocked from view if there is a patient at this station.

Level 56: Behind the top of the center waiting chair in the upper left corner. Same location as Level 53. *Note: Oliver may be obstructed from view if a patient is sitting in the center waiting chair.

Level 57: On the yellow chair at the checkout desk.

Level 58: On the floor on the far right, behind the top of the bottommost yellow chair.

Level 59: Hanging from the plant leaves in the upper right corner.

Level 60: Underneath the side table to the left of the couch.

 

Minigames

Minigames are short challenges that will appear during levels. This section lists every minigame available and how to play.

 

-Pediatrics-

Cut the cast!

Click and hold the circular saw, dragging it along the dotted line to the circle shown.

Minigame - Cut the cast!

Minigame – Cut the cast!

 

Listen to the chest!

Click inside each of the dotted circles as quickly as possible to listen to the patient’s heartbeat.

Minigame - Listen to the chest!

Minigame – Listen to the chest!

 

Measure the height!

Click on the gold-colored slider on the right side of the circular lens. Drag the slider down until it reaches the top of the child’s head. The slider will stop automatically as soon as it lands on the child, so you can drag it down as quickly as possible. The needle inside the lens will land on a color. Click on the button of the corresponding color on the right to determine the child’s height.

Minigame - Measure the height!

Minigame – Measure the height!

 

Put on a cast!

Click and hold the bandage roll, moving it downward to the dotted outline. Repeat this gesture until the arm is completely wrapped.

Minigame - Put on a cast!

Minigame – Put on a cast!

 

-Pathology-

Fill all the test tubes!

Click on the test tubes to fill them. It’s important to note the number of pipettes the machine at the top of the window has first! Click on the center tube of the set. For example: If the machine has 3 pipettes and the tubes are aligned in rows of 3, click on the middle or center tube to fill all 3 at once. You do not have to wait for the machine to finish filling tubes before you click on the next set, so click on them as quickly as possible.

Minigame - Fill all the test tubes!

Minigame – Fill all the test tubes!

 

Find all the positive tests!

Click on all the green test tubes as quickly as possible to mark them. A checkmark will appear over tubes that have successfully been selected.

Minigame - Find all the positive tests!

Minigame – Find all the positive tests!

 

Find the strange cells!

Click and hold the handle on the right side of the viewing lens. While holding the click, move the lens around the frame until you spot a strange cell. Strange cells have a red glow around them. When you see the red glow, move the lens over the cell to find and remove it. The minigame will finish once you’ve located all the strange cells in the frame.

Minigame - Find the strange cells!

Minigame – Find the strange cells!

 

Test for allergies!

A stamp allergy test will be administered. Once lifted, dots will appear. A swollen dot with a light center and red ring around it indicates an allergy. The number and layout of the dots on the left will match the allergy sheet on the right. Click on the corresponding icon to label the allergy. For example, if an allergy shows up on the top left dot, click on the top left icon on the sheet to label the allergy.

Minigame - Test for allergies!

Minigame – Test for allergies!

 

-Burn-Unit-

Fill the lungs with oxygen!

Click on the blue on/off button on the right to begin filling the lungs with oxygen. Click again as soon as the oxygen level rises into the green zone marked over the lungs. As soon as the very top of the light-blue layer of oxygen reaches the green zone, click! If you press too early, you’ll need to try again. If you press too late, you’ll have to wait for the oxygen to drain naturally. The lower the green bar is, the faster the oxygen will fill the lungs.

Minigame - Fill the lungs with oxygen!

Minigame – Fill the lungs with oxygen!

 

Place the grafts!

Click and hold a graft in the blue tray, then drag it to the matching outline on the right.

Minigame - Place the grafts!

Minigame – Place the grafts!

 

Spray the burns!

Click on the red spots on the patient’s skin to spray the burns. They can be hard to spot, so if you’re having difficulty, start from the outer edges and work inward.

Minigame - Spray the burns!

Minigame – Spray the burns!

 

-Maternity Ward-

Change the diaper!

Click and hold the baby wipe on the right, dragging it to the baby’s bottom. Be careful, the baby might try to grab it! If the baby grabs hold of the wipe, click and drag the toy on the upper right to the outline over the baby. Once the baby grabs the toy and releases the wipe, drag the wipe to the baby’s bottom to clean it. Drag the diaper over the baby’s bottom once it’s been wiped to complete the minigame.

 

Tip! Drag the wipe in a wide circular u-shape to move around the baby’s grabby hand. This picture will show you exactly where you should drag the wipe to avoid the baby:

Minigame - Change the diaper!

Minigame – Change the diaper!

 

Find the baby!

Click and hold, spreading the cream about the mother’s belly. An image will begin to appear on the left. You don’t need to cover the mother’s entire belly, you only need to reveal the image of the baby. As soon as you spot the baby’s face, quickly spread the cream around to reveal the entire baby and complete the minigame.

Minigame - Find the baby!

Minigame – Find the baby!

 

Turn the baby upside-down!

Click and hold the arrow around the outside of the dotted circle. Move the arrow clockwise until the baby’s head is pointed downward. The baby will give a thumbs-up once it’s been aligned correctly. You cannot move counter-clockwise, and babies will rotate at different speeds, so it’s best to take this minigame a little slower than the others.

Minigame - Turn the baby upside down!

Minigame – Turn the baby upside down!

 

-Intensive Care-

Focus the readout!

Click and hold the slider beneath the colored lines. Move the slider back and forth until the colored line matches the grey outline behind it. Repeat this for all the readouts on the monitor.

Minigame - Focus the readout!

Minigame – Focus the readout!

 

Hang up all the cards!

Click and hold a card in the lower left corner, moving it up to one of the red clips at the top of the frame. The card will click onto the clip and string once placed correctly. You’ll need to be precise with this minigame. Make sure you’re dragging the card directly onto the red clip and not just into their general vicinity.

Minigame - Hang up all the cards!

Minigame – Hang up all the cards!

 

Put the bed in the correct position!

Click and hold the arrow buttons on the bed to move it to the position indicated by the dotted outline. You should always start with the center yellow portion of the bed. Once that’s correctly positioned, move the foot and head of the bed as needed to match the outline. Sometimes you will only need to move one portion of the bed, while other times the entire thing will need to be adjusted.

Minigame - Put the bed in the correct position!

Minigame – Put the bed in the correct position!

 

-Psychiatry-

Play the notes in the correct order!

Look at the colored notes on the graph paper. Each note has a color and letter. From left to right, read the notes on the sheet and click on the corresponding key at the bottom of the frame. A checkmark will indicate once a note has been played.

Minigame - Play the notes in the correct order!

Minigame – Play the notes in the correct order!

 

Recreate the example image!

Click and hold the slider on the right, moving it up and down to focus the image. Move the slider until the image matches the one shown in the lower left corner.

Minigame - Recreate the example image!

Minigame – Recreate the example image!

 

Remove all the negative emotions!

Click on the negative emotions to remove them. Purple and red emojis are negative emotions. Any emojis of the same color touching each other will all be removed at the same time if you click on them, no matter how big or small the group. The minigame will end once all the negative emotions have been cleared. Note that some negative emotions may drop down only after others have been removed.

 

Tip! You can also remove blocks of positive green and yellow emojis. This will not harm the patient. Instead, it may help you create large groups of negative emotions that will be easier to click away.

Minigame - Remove all the negative emotions!

Minigame – Remove all the negative emotions!

 

Trophies

A total of 20 unlockable trophies await in Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat. Click on the trophy icon in the upper right corner of the level select screen to view your trophies and progress. Each trophy features an iconic character from the series. Can you collect them all? This section will tell you how!

 

Character Trophy Description How to Unlock
Connor Complete your internship at the pediatrics department! Complete Levels 1 – 10.
Ruth Complete your internship in pathology! Complete Levels 11 – 20.
John Complete the burn unit flashback! Complete Levels 21 – 30.
Chance Complete your internship at the maternity ward! Complete Levels 31 – 40.
Sophia Complete your internship at the intensive care unit! Complete Levels 41 – 50.
Sam Complete your internship in psychiatry! Complete Levels 51 – 60.
Jenny Restock 250 items! Restock items with small numbers next to them in any level. Restockable items in Emily’s Canteen challenge levels also count.
Robin Get 200 quick checkout bonuses! Check 200 customers out within a couple seconds of their arriving at the register.
Mason Earn 250 hearts in minigames! Complete minigames to earn hearts. Excluding minigame challenges, you can earn up to a total of 3 hearts per minigame per patient.
Little Girl Check out 600 patients with golden hearts! Treat patients quickly to increase the number of hearts over their head. Successful quick treatment can result in an overall golden-heart patient. Check out 600 of these patients to unlock this achievement.
Princess Walk 40,000 yards! Walk a total of 40,000 yards. Any movement between stations or locations during a level counts toward this total.
Michael Have an item on your tray before someone asks for it! Easiest to unlock in the earliest levels of a chapter when patients have fewer items to choose from. Select one and keep it on your tray, giving it to a patient when asked to unlock this trophy.
Victor Fill up every spot where a patient could stand or lie down, and have at least one person standing at the checkout desk! This can be unlocked during any level as long as all the stations are filled. Challenge 11 is one of the best levels to unlock this achievement due to the volume of patients you’ll have.
Ruth’s Mom Use the heart booster stations to earn 200 hearts! Heart booster stations can be purchased in the upgrades menu after selecting a level. Assign patients to these stations to boost their hearts. The following is a list of heart booster station upgrades and how much they cost:

 

Pathology (Levels 11 – 20)

·        3D Combination Puzzle – 600 coins

 

Burn Unit (Levels 21 – 30)

·        Fun Magazines – 500 coins

 

Maternity Ward (Levels 31 – 40)

·        Baby Crib – 500 coins

 

Intensive Care (Levels 41 – 50)

·        Bonbons – 600 coins

 

Psychiatry (Levels 51 – 60)

·        Self-Help Flyer Stand – 500 coins

 

Janitor Complete all “clean up” tasks in the game! Complete all clean up tasks. The following is a list of levels that count toward this achievement:

 

Pediatrics: Level 8

Pathology: Challenge 6

Burn-Unit: Level 26

Maternity Ward: Level 32

Maternity Ward: Challenge 18

 

Quinn Finish all bonus levels with at least one diamond! Complete all challenge levels with at least 1 diamond. Challenge levels are indicated by clipboard icons in the level select map. You can earn up to 3 diamonds per challenge.
Daniel Buy all the upgrades in every department! The upgrades menu will open after selecting a level. Purchase all the upgrades available per each department. You can earn coins to purchase these upgrades by completing levels. The higher your score, the more coins you’ll earn.
Mathilda Earn 3 stars in each story level! Earn 3 stars in every story level. This excludes challenges, indicated by clipboards in the level select map. For strategies on how to complete each level with the highest scores, refer to the walkthrough above.
Ryan Collect all the diamonds in the game! Collect all the diamonds in the game. You can collect 1 diamond per story level by completing the day’s challenge, and up to 3 diamonds per challenge level based on your score. There are a total of 150 diamonds to unlock.
Allison Get all other trophies! Unlock all other trophies. Refer to the list above for more details.

 

 

Video Walkthrough

Welcome to the video walkthrough section! For visual learners, the video walkthrough is a 100% complete playthrough of all Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat levels – including challenges. All Oliver the guinea pig locations are also revealed. Click the play button below to get started, or click on the options icon in the upper left corner of the video frame to select a level.

 

 

 

Didn’t Find What You Need?
We Can Help!

If you need additional help with the game, our Customer Support team is there for you! Struggling with a level? Is your game not working correctly?

 

Click here to send a support ticket!

 

 

The Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat Platinum Edition Official Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

 

 

 

 

The post Heart’s Medicine – Hospital Heat Official Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets Official Walkthrough

$
0
0

Welcome to the Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets Official Walkthrough. Sally is a feisty hairdresser whose past recollections are about to take her on one wild ride! A story of heart and determination await in this new GameHouse Original Story, featuring Francois! – er, Sally! This is the official guide and contains in-depth strategies, tips and tricks for all levels and challenges. Find all Carl the Mouse locations, unlock all trophies, master all minigames – and enjoy a complete video walkthrough featuring the entire game from start to finish! Select one of the topics from the Contents list below to get started.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Francois and Sally

Contents

General Tips & Tricks

Welcome to the tips and tricks section of Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets. This section covers all the basics, how to play, and essential tips and tricks to help you earn the highest scores.

 

How to Play

Working in a salon isn’t all style and gossip. It’s about caring for your customer! When customers enter the salon, a bubble will appear over their head indicating what they’d like – whether it’s an item, or a specific treatment or style. Once this bubble appears, click on the item they want, then bring it to them. If it’s a treatment, simply click on the customer to begin!

 

Once a customer has gotten what they came for, they’ll head to the cash register. Click on the register to check them out, earning money for your services and sending them on their way.

 

Scoring and Customer Happiness

Every customer that enters the shop will have hearts over their head. The more hearts a customer has, the happier they are. Customers can have up to 5 hearts. Serving a customer quickly and bringing them the correct item will not only increase your score, but increase their happiness.

 

Earn additional score bonuses by serving customers quickly, bringing them everything they ask for in a single trip, and checking them out at the register in groups of 2 or more.

 

Mice Locations

Hidden in each of the game’s 60 story levels is Carl the mouse. Carl will pop up from time to time as you play through levels (excluding challenges). Every time he appears, you’ll hear a squeak. Find Carl in every level to unlock a special award! See the Mouse Locations section for a complete list of all the places where Carl can be found, or simply click on “Mouse Location” under the level you’re looking at.

 

Upgrades

Once you’ve selected a level from the level select map, you’ll be able to purchase upgrades. Earn money for upgrades by completing levels. The higher the score, the more money you’ll earn! Upgrades can increase patience, speed, and offer all sorts of bonuses while you play.

 

Additional Tips and Tricks

  • Diamonds are a Girl’s Best Friend – Complete the goals shown in levels and challenges to earn diamonds. Diamonds can be used to purchase mementos of Sally by clicking on the diamond icon in the upper right corner of the level select map.
  • Of Mice and Carl – Carl the mouse is hiding in each of the game’s story levels. Listen for his squeak to know when he appears.
  • I Need My Coffee! – Drink coffee to boost your speed, as well as customer patience.
  • That’s It! I’ve Discovered a New Upgrade! – Using items often enough will allow Sally and friends to upgrade items in the shops at no extra cost. The more you use them, the better the unlocks.
  • Un Memento Por Favor – Purchase mementos for Sally by using diamonds earned from completing challenges. You’ll need to complete them all to unlock all her memories.

 

 

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets Walkthrough

Welcome to the official walkthrough of Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets! This guide covers every part of the game, from level strategies, challenges, Carl the mouse locations, minigames, trophies, and more! Head to the Contents section above to get started, or keep scrolling to dive right in.

 

Chapter 1 – Snuggford

Francois is back! But wait, isn’t this Sally’s Salon?

 

Level 1 – Another Day at the Salon

Complete the level.

Mouse Location: On the floor below the entrance mat.

 

The first day is all about learning how to play. When a customer decides what they’d like, a bubble will pop up over their head displaying that item. Click on that item, then click on the customer to bring it to them. Some tasks, such as shampooing hair, will trigger a minigame. Complete the minigame as quickly as possible. Once you’re done serving a customer, click on the cash register to accept payment.

 

Tip! If you’re having trouble completing minigames, see the Minigame Section.

 

Level 2 – Star of the Day

Get the first star in the first half of the day!

Mouse Location: On the floor below the stack of towels.

 

The same rules apply today, only you’ll have a little extra help. Francois will be around to help you clean today. Whenever a station shows a “!” over it, click on it to have Francois straighten it up for the next customer.

 

Tip! Checking out customers in groups of 2 or more is an excellent way to earn big score bonuses, fast!

 

Level 3 – Express Deliveries

Accept all deliveries.

Mouse Location: On the floor to the right of the scissors.

 

Today’s task requires you to accept deliveries as they arrive at the salon. The deliveryman will show up in the salon doorway, and the speech bubble “Delivery for Sally’s Salon!” will appear. When you see this, click on the deliveryman to accept the package. You will need to do this a total of 3 times today.

 

Tip! Francois won’t be around to help today, so you’ll be cleaning stations on your own. Try to always clean the hair washing station quickly after use, and leave at least 1 hair cutting station clean at all times.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 1-3

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 1-3

Level 4 – A Clean Sweep

Don’t leave any station dirty for more than 15 seconds!

Mouse Location: On the tile below the haircut station dividers.

 

Francois is back in the salon today, and a good thing, too! Today’s goal requires you to clean every station within 15 seconds of it being used. Whenever a “!” bubble appears over a station, click on it immediately to have Francois begin cleaning. The 15 seconds count down from the moment the “!” appears, so the countdown will continue even when Francois is moving to the station and in the process of cleaning it. If you can clean every station within 15 seconds today, you’ll earn a diamond for your efforts.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 1-4

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 1-4

Level 5 – Tune Patrol

Monitor the radio for Julio songs.

Mouse Location: On the wood floor to the left of the checkout counter and pink basket.

 

The radio is located in the upper left corner of the shop. Whenever a song is playing, music notes and a “!” icon will appear. When this happens, click on the radio to have Sally monitor it. Do this a total of 4 times today to earn a diamond – and hopefully a ticket, too!

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 1-5

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 1-5

Level 6 – Coffee Power

Drink coffee 3 times!

Mouse Location: On the floor beneath the magazine table on the far right.

 

Drink coffee 3 times today. The coffee machine is located to the left of the door. Drinking coffee will offer you a temporary boost. Whenever the “!” appears over the cup of coffee, click on it to have Sally drink. The coffee will need time to prepare, though. Click on the cup again once the needle on the circular dial lands in the green zone.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 1-6

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 1-6

Level 7 – Julio Everywhere

Set up all the Julio decorations.

Mouse Location: On the floor below the coffee machine. *Note: Carl can be blocked if a customer is standing at the leftmost counter mat.

 

There are 3 batches of decorations that need to be set up today, each marked by a “!” bubble. Click on a decoration to have Sally begin setting it up. A meter will appear displaying how far along she is in her progress. Once the bar reaches 100%, move on to the next decoration. Set up all 3 decorations before the end of the day to earn a diamond. Fabulous!

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 1-7

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 1-7

Level 8 – Happy as Can Be

Don’t let any customers leave angry.

Mouse Location: On the floor below the entry mat. *Note: Carl can be blocked if a customer is standing at the second counter mat.

 

Don’t let any customers leave angry today. As long as customers have 3 or more hearts, you have nothing to worry about. Focus on serving customers quickly, and try not to keep any one customer waiting too long. It’s better to check out customers quickly than for them to wait too long as a group.

 

Tip! Use coffee to increase your speed and earn a patience boost!

 

Level 9 – Lost Without You

Fix the television.

Mouse Location: On the floor below the right row of green stools.

 

The television is broken today. Click on the TV (marked with a “!”) to begin fixing it as soon as the day begins. A percentage bar will appear displaying your progress. You can keep serving customers normally while the TV is being fixed by Francois. Francois will only stop working on the TV if you click on a dirty station for him to clean. Once the station is cleaned, don’t forget to click on the TV again to send him back to work!

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 1-9

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 1-9

Level 10 – All My Bags are Packed

Find all of Sally’s luggage.

Mouse Location: On the floor in the bottom left corner, near the trashcan.

 

Sally’s luggage is all over the place, and she’ll need to pack before she can leave. Click on the pieces of luggage scattered throughout the salon. There are 10 pieces to find. Their locations are shown here:

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 1-10

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 1-10

 

Chapter 2 – Bahamas

Sun, wind, and well – no relaxation to be had. Sally has a Julio to find!

 

Level 11 – Two Hearts as One

Get a 2x checkout combo!

Mouse Location: To the right of the juicer, above the pink planter.

 

A new character, a new salon, and a new minigame await you today. Unlike Sally’s Salon, haircuts do not trigger minigames during this chapter. Instead, a new hair wash minigame will be introduced. Click or tap and hold, moving the spray nozzle back and forth until all the soap bubbles have been removed to complete the new hair wash minigame.

 

To complete today’s goal, wait until 2 customers who are ready to pay go to the checkout counter. Once 2 people with money icons over their head are ready to pay, click on the register to check them both out at once.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 2-1

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 2-1

Level 12 – Ask, Don’t Tell

Keep your friend company.

Mouse Location: Near the foot of the massage bed.

 

Sally could use some company today. Every time a “!” bubble pops up over her head, click on Sally to keep her company. You will need to do this 5 times to complete today’s challenge.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 2-2

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 2-2

Level 13 – This is For You

Score 3 hearts applying facial masks 3 times.

Mouse Location: In front of the beach chairs in the upper left corner.

 

Today’s goal challenges you to become a master of the face mask minigame. Every time a customer lies on the bed on the left, you will need to apply a face mask for them. Collect the proper ingredients, then click on the customer to start the minigame. First, place the avocado or cucumber pieces over the customer’s eyes, then click or tap and hold, moving the cream brush over their face to apply the rest of the mask. Do this quickly to obtain a 3-heart score, a total of 3 times to complete today’s challenge.

 

Tip! More customers will be asking for coconut juice today. Click on the tray of coconuts under the counter, then click on the gold-colored juicer on the right to make coconut juice.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 2-3

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 2-3

Level 14 – Time Flies

Score 10 quick bonuses!

Mouse Location: At the lower right corner of the bottom massage bed.

 

Quick! Today’s goal is all about quick bonuses. Serving customers quickly, starting and finishing minigames quickly, and checking out customers quickly are all great ways to earn quick bonuses. These tasks need to be done within a handful of seconds of a customer asking for something. Earn a total of 10 or more quick bonuses to complete today’s goal.

 

Level 15 – The Magic Number

Score three 3x checkout combos!

Mouse Location: In the circular planter on the beach, behind the stairs.

 

A checkout combo is when you check out 2 or more people at the cash register at the same time. Check out 2 or more people at the cash register at the same time, a total of 3 times to complete today’s challenge.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 2-5

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 2-5

Level 16 – Stay on Target

Keep Sally focused!

Mouse Location: On the floor between the hair dryer and the first haircut station.

 

Sally’s distracted today. Every time a “!” bubble appears when she starts to pick up papers, click on Sally to keep her on track. The meter in the upper right corner will display how much time you have to confront Sally. Keep her focused up until the end of the day to earn a diamond.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 2-6

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 2-6

Level 17 – Cleaning House

Clean up all the trash.

Mouse Location: Between the bottom steps between the tile and wood deck areas, above the register.

 

Francois will help you clean today. However, he’ll need to clean more than dirty stations. There are 8 pieces of trash scattered around the salon. Click on a piece of trash to have Francois pick it up. A percentage bar will appear to show his progress. Locate and clean all 8 pieces before day’s end to complete the challenge. All trash locations are shown here:

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 2-7

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 2-7

Level 18 – Nothing to Fear

Earn 3 stars.

Mouse Location: Between the top of the massage beds.

 

Earn a 3-star score today. Focus on serving customers quickly. Serve them back-to-back and check them out in groups at the register whenever possible. With Francois’ help cleaning, you should have no trouble keeping on top of today’s tasks.

 

Level 19 – The Fast and the Fabulous

Spend less than 20 seconds total in the hair wash minigame.

Mouse Location: On the beach behind the railing, above the first haircut station.

 

Roxie’s working the salon again today, and Sally will be cleaning. Spend less than 20 seconds total washing hair today. There will be lots of customers coming in that require shampoo and hair washes, so stay on your toes! If you need additional help with the hair wash minigame, see our Minigame Section.

 

Level 20 – The Best Things in Life…

Don’t throw anything on your tray away!

Mouse Location: In the bottom right corner, to the left of the pink planter.

 

Don’t throw anything on your tray away today! Be extra careful and only pick up items as customers ask for them. It’s better to take a few extra moments and make sure the order is right than to accidentally pick up the wrong item.

 

Chapter 3 – Mud Spa

There’s nothing more down-to-earth than mud. Let’s hope Sally doesn’t become stuck!

 

Level 21 – Solid as a Rock

Keep some granite beads on your tray for 1 minute.

Mouse Location: On the ground between the tent and the checkout counter. *Note: Carl can be blocked if a customer is standing at the center counter mat.

 

As soon as the day starts, click on 3 of the gold granite beads under the counter to add them to your tray. Keep these beads on your tray until you complete today’s goal. If a customer asks for beads, pick up another set and serve them that one instead. A meter in the upper right corner will display your progress in today’s challenge.

 

Tip! When the fire at the entrance needs rekindled, click on the logs next to the mud bath.

 

Trick! Never over- or under-pour during the mud mix minigame by releasing the pitcher once the arrow is around ¾ of the way up the yellow bar. See the Minigame Section for more information.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 3-1

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 3-1

Level 22 – Attention Seeker

Attend to a customer within 7 seconds five times.

Mouse Location: In the center of the lower left cobblestone area.

 

Sally will be around to help clean today. Serve 5 customers within 7 seconds of their asking for an item. Try keeping an extra mud pack or towel on your tray to speed things up!

 

Level 23 – Lady in Waiting

Keep a customer waiting by the fire for 30 seconds.

Mouse Location: Inside the tent, just below the small table with the lantern.

 

Today Sally will be serving customers and Zea will be cleaning. Your goal today is to keep a customer waiting by the fire for 30 seconds. A meter in the upper right corner will keep track of your progress. A useful trick you can use today is to leave one of the stations dirty (“!” bubble) until a customer arrives for that station. Once a customer waits by the fire for that station, leave the station dirty for 30 seconds until you complete today’s goal. Once finished, clean the station, and the customer will continue to that station as per normal. Don’t forget to keep the fire lit!

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 3-3

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 3-3

Level 24 – All Together Now

Make 30 combination items.

Mouse Location: Just below the shower area, next to the table with the towel.

 

Make a total of 30 combination items today. Feather collars and mud packs count toward this goal. The best trick to use today is to create feather collars for your combination total whenever you’re not busy. Don’t forget to restock by clicking on the parrot! Cross any extra items you don’t need off your tray once assembled, then simply repeat until you complete today’s challenge.

 

Tip! If you run out of time, you can keep making combination items that will count toward your total until the last customer leaves. Use this to your advantage if you need more time.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 3-4

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 3-4

Level 25 – Keeping Up

Never run out of stock.

Mouse Location: In front of the center mud bath, near the ladder.

 

Zea’s working alone today, so you’ll need to serve and clean everything yourself. Don’t run out of stock of any items today. Feathers and mud both have limited stock. The small number next to these items indicates how many are left. Every time the number reaches 3 or lower, click on either the parrot or mud basket to restock.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 3-5

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 3-5

Level 26 – Castles in the Sky

Francois wants to build some mud castles!

Mouse Location: Between the bottom mud bath and the parrot.

 

Francois wants to make a mud castle today. As soon as the day starts, click on the mud castle next to the middle mud bath to have Francois start building. A meter will appear displaying his progress. Every time you need a station cleaned and click on the “!” bubble, Francois will go to clean the station, but will stop building the castle. It’s important to remember to click on the castle again as soon as he’s done cleaning so he can resume his progress.

 

Tip! The shower will be in high demand today, so make sure to serve customers their towels before anyone else to keep things moving.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 3-6

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 3-6

Level 27 – Have Mud, Will Travel

Serve 8 mud packs.

Mouse Location: Between the top mud bath and the railing.

 

Serve a total of 8 mud packs today. All mud packs count, whether they’re for a customer in a mud bath or a customer relaxing on one of the beds.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 3-7

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 3-7

Level 28 – All in a Row

Get four 2-in-a-row combos.

Mouse Location: Below the checkout counter, between the tables with the feathers and mud trays. *Note: Sally can block Carl from view if she’s preparing beads.

 

Serve 2 full orders (all items a customer asks for) back-to-back to earn a 2-in-a-row combo. Do this a total of 4 times today to earn a diamond.

 

Level 29 – Let Them Go

Don’t serve the same customer twice in a row.

Mouse Location: At the foot of the table on the far left.

 

It’s important to keep track of your customers today. Don’t serve the same customer twice in a row. Alternating is key! Be especially careful toward the end of the day and make sure you’re alternating customers.

 

Level 30 – Early Closing Day

Earn 2 stars one hour before closing time!

Mouse Location: On the right, between the shower and the volcanic vents to the right of the register.

 

Earn 2-in-a-row combos by serving full orders back-to-back, and check out groups of customers together at the cash register to add bonus points to your score. Earn 2 stars before the day is halfway done to complete today’s challenge.

 

Chapter 4 – Luxury Yacht

A peek at luxury becomes an unexpected cruise. It’s time to earn your passage aboard!

 

Level 31 – Time to Shine

Don’t lose any hearts during the manicure minigame.

Mouse Location: To the left of the doorway, directly beneath the interior light.

 

When a customer sits at the table in the lower left corner, the manicure minigame will begin. Click on the nails with the upper left end of the nail buffer to polish them. Click on each of the nails before the green bar decreases past any hearts today to complete today’s challenge.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 4-1

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 4-1

Level 32 – Ray of Sunshine

Don’t serve a customer for 30 seconds.

Mouse Location: On the floor between the clothing rack and the cherry blossoms on the left.

 

Serve customers as normal today, with one important exception. As soon as your last customers come in toward the end of the day, stop! Wait and don’t serve a customer for 30 seconds. The meter in the upper right corner will display your progress. It’s highly recommended you wait until the end of the day to complete today’s challenge to prevent customer backup and heart loss.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 4-2

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 4-2

Level 33 – Move That Body

Don’t stop moving for more than 10 seconds.

Mouse Location: In the lower right corner, next to the vase of cherry blossom stems.

 

Keep moving! Don’t stop in one location for more than 10 seconds at any point today. If you need to get Sally moving, click on an item in another location. Any extra items you acquire can be removed from your tray by clicking on them in the lower left corner. If you can make it to the end of your shift without stopping for longer than 10 seconds, you’ll earn a diamond.

 

Level 34 – Attention Deficit

Don’t keep any item on your tray longer than 30 seconds.

Mouse Location: In the upper right corner of the nail salon area, below the glass divider.

 

Only pick up items as customers order them today. A meter in the upper right corner will keep track of how long the item has been on your tray. Don’t keep any item on your tray for longer than 30 seconds today.

 

Level 35 – Back and Forth

Checkout 8 customers within 45 seconds.

Mouse Location: On the floor beneath the necklace rack.

 

Wait until there’s 5 people at the register at the start of the day before checking anyone out. The meter in the upper right corner will show how much time you have remaining to check out 3 more customers. Checkout a total of 8 customers within 45 seconds to complete today’s challenge.

 

Tip! The makeup minigame will have 2 steps starting today.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 4-5

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 4-5

Level 36 – Feel That in the Morning

Spend less than 25 seconds total across all minigames.

Mouse Location: On the left side of the doorway outside the shop. *Note: Carl can be covered by passersby.

 

It’s important to be on top of your minigame-game today! Spend less than 25 seconds total across all minigames. If you need help completing minigames quickly, refer to the Minigame Section of this walkthrough.

 

Tip! A new hair care station is available on the right side of the boutique today.

 

Level 37 – A Feinting Spell

Complete 8 counter full orders.

Mouse Location: Below the stool in the upper right corner.

 

A full order is when you bring all the items a customer asks for in a single trip. Complete a total of 8 full orders for counter customers today.

 

Tip! The makeup minigame will have 3 steps starting today.

 

Level 38 – Heartbroken

Checkout 3 customers with 3 hearts or less.

Mouse Location: At the bottom right corner of the entry mat.

 

Wait until the end of the day to complete this challenge to ensure you keep your score high and affect less customers. Once the end of the day starts to roll around, pick 3 customers and don’t check them out at the register until they have 3 hearts or less.

 

Level 39 – Can’t Keep You Off My Mind

Keep Fred away!

Mouse Location: Between the nail salon cherry blossoms and the left end of the checkout counter.

 

Watch for Fred in the upper right corner of the shop. When he starts to talk (“Helen? Helen, I’m here!”), click on him to shoo him away. Do this a total of 4 times before the end of the day.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 4-9

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 4-9

Level 40 – New Beginnings

Don’t let any customer wait unattended for more than 20 seconds.

Mouse Location: Above the center portion of the glass divider above the nail salon.

 

To complete today’s goal, it’s important to serve customers in the order they arrive right away. Don’t worry about combos. It’s more important to serve customers quickly. Don’t leave any customer unattended for more than 20 seconds.

 

Chapter 5 – Hawaii

A sanctuary for dolphins is a sanctuary for the soul. But just how much soul-searching is Sally willing to do?

 

Level 41 – Sleepless in Paradise

Get four 2x checkout combos.

Mouse Location: On the cobblestones at the top of the center pathway.

 

Every time you check out customers, make sure you’re checking out at least 2 people at a time, every time, up until your very last customer. This is the best way to ensure you get the 4 checkout combos you need to complete today’s challenge.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 5-1

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 5-1

Level 42 – Attention Grabber

Find all the Dolphin Show tickets!

Mouse Location: On the ground below the lotion restock table on the right.

 

A total of 8 dolphin show tickets are scattered around the spa. Find them all before the end of the day to complete the challenge. Their locations are shown here:

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 5-2

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 5-2

Level 43 – Living Large

Attend to Julie.

Mouse Location: Behind the hedge divider above the pedicure chairs.

 

Sally will help clean today, but will also be the one to attend to Julie. Every time Julie walks in and sits at one of the pedicure stations, click on her to have Sally attend to her. Do this a total of 4 times today.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 5-3

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 5-3

Level 44 – Emotions Overflowing

Don’t let your tray fill up!

Mouse Location: At the bottom corner of the left side of the checkout counter.

 

Don’t let your tray fill up today. Serve customers as they arrive and make sure to never have more than 3 items on your tray at any one time.

 

Level 45 – Much Ado About Nothing

Attend to Aaron.

Mouse Location: Between the register and the juice dispenser. *Note: Sally can cover Carl if she’s standing at the register.

 

Aaron will show up at the counter multiple times throughout the day. Serve him as you would any other customer. Also note the hot stone minigame will now have 3 stones for you to arrange from this day forward.

 

Level 46 – Lend Me Your Ears

Hang on to a basket with nail polish for 2 minutes!

Mouse Location: In the bottom right corner behind the shrub.

 

As soon as the day begins, create a basket of nail polish and keep it on your tray. Do not serve it to any customers until after the challenge is complete. A meter in the upper right corner will keep track of your progress. If any incoming customers ask for nail polish, arrange a new basket for them to avoid resetting the clock.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 5-6

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 5-6

Level 47 – The Best Medicine

Receive all deliveries from Aaron.

Mouse Location: Behind the foot of the tiki torch on the right side of the screen.

 

It’s delivery day, and Aaron will be showing up with packages. Every time Aaron appears on the left side of the spa and says, “Delivery for Kai!”, click on him to collect the package. Do this a total of 6 times today.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 5-7

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 5-7

Level 48 – Spa, Pray, Love

Never let stock run out.

Mouse Location: Behind the stack of towels.

 

All the items in the spa will small numbers next to them have limited stock available. Make sure none of them ever reach 0 today. Restock the fish by clicking on the small container next to the aquarium, restock the lotions by clicking on the basket on the table on the right, and restock the flower petals by clicking on the associated flower growing around the spa.

 

Level 49 – Heart Full to Bursting

Ensure at least 4 types of customers leave with 5 hearts.

Mouse Location: Behind the plants at the bottom of the screen, to the left of the table with the pedicure supplies.

 

Check out a customer with 5 hearts of each type today. Customer types include native islanders, tourists, surfers, and sunbathers – all shown below.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 5-9

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 5-9

Level 50 – My Love Lies Over the Ocean

Complete the Navigation Chart.

Mouse Location: At the bottom right corner of the spa tub.

 

The Navigation Chart is in pieces, and you’ll need to locate them all today. Find all 10 pieces before the end of the day to complete the challenge. Their locations are pictured here:

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 5-10

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 5-10

 

Chapter 6 – Steam Spa

The journey is nearly at its end, and one final luxurious hideaway awaits…

 

Level 51 – Lovesick

Make Francois comfortable.

Mouse Location: In the upper left corner, near the oil bottle with the purple label.

 

Make Francois feel comfortable today. Francois will be located on the bed on the lower left. When the “!” bubble appears and Francois says “Ugh…”, click on him to attend to him. Do this a total of 8 times today.

 

New to the steam spa is the essential oils minigame. Hover the dropper over the bottle opening, then fill the bottle with liquid up to the dotted line. Refer to the Minigame Section if you need more help. Also new to the steam spa are herbal mix baggies. To make these, you’ll need to click on the mint leaves, followed by the ginger root on the table. Click on the glass container in the lower right corner to assemble them, then click the grinder immediately above it on the right to complete the mix.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 6-1

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 6-1

Level 52 – No Stone Unturned

Don’t leave the bed dirty for more than 8 seconds!

Mouse Location: In the upper right corner, to the right of the wood plank walkway.

 

Keep the bed clean today by ensuring it doesn’t stay dirty for more than 8 seconds. As soon as the “!” appears over the bed once a customer is done with it, click on it immediately. It will take Sally 4-5 seconds to clean the bed in addition to the time needed for her to move over to it, so it’s important to click on it as quickly as possible.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 6-2

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 6-2

Level 53 – Recipe for Success

Create 7 herbal mixes.

Mouse Location: To the right of the center pool, just outside the outer ring.

 

Create 7 herbal mixes. You’ll need to make extras in addition to customers’ regular orders to reach today’s goal. Assemble a combination of ingredients on the lower right table, then click on the glass container, followed by the grinder station above it. It’s best to make 7 as quickly as possible, regardless of customers’ orders to quickly complete today’s goal.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 6-3

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 6-3

Level 54 – Heart’s Medicine

Make sure at least 10 customers leave with 5 hearts.

Mouse Location: On the center lawn between the checkout counter and the bottom left candle of the waterfall ring. *Note: Carl can be covered by customers standing at the first checkout mat.

 

Today’s goal is simple. Serve customers full orders in a timely manner to keep their number of hearts high. Have at least 10 customers leave with 5 hearts to complete today’s challenge.

 

Level 55 – Read All About It

Pick up all the pages of the evening edition.

Mouse Location: To the right of the blue coffee tank.

 

Pick up all the pages of the evening edition. There are 8 pages scattered around the spa. Every time you click on a page, Sally will go to pick it up. Sally is also responsible for cleaning, so it’s important to note Sally won’t be able to clean a station until after she’s done picking up a page once clicked. Therefore, it’s best to click on pages in small clusters, and not all at once.

 

Tip! There are a couple minor changes to minigames today. The essential oils minigame will now have 2 vials to fill instead of 1, and the herbal compress minigame will have 4 compresses to arrange.

 

The locations of the pages are shown here:

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 6-5

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 6-5

Level 56 – Hopes and Fears

Keep Juan company.

Mouse Location: Above the pot of water for herbal compresses on the left.

 

Juan can be found near the upper left corner of the spa today. A meter will appear in the upper right corner of the screen that will gradually decrease throughout the day. You can click on Juan at any point during the day, regardless of how full the meter is. Once Juan is clicked, the countdown on the meter will stop, even if Eve is still busy completing other tasks. It’s recommended you try and click on Juan by the time the “!” appears and the meter is half empty. Repeat throughout the day until the goal is complete.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Level 6-6

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Level 6-6

Level 57 – A Private Affair

Get 15 quick bonuses.

Mouse Location: On the lawn above the herbal compresses.

 

Serve customers within a few seconds of their ordering to obtain a quick bonus. Earn a total of 15 or more quick bonuses to achieve today’s goal. An additional pointer for this level is the addition of another jar to the essential oils minigame. You will now need to fill 3 jars to complete the minigame.

 

Level 58 – A Bright Omen

Earn 3 stars.

Mouse Location: On the lawn at the upper left corner of the cash register.

 

Today’s goal is to earn 3 stars. Always serve customers full orders, and whenever possible, try to check them out in groups of 2 or more. This is an easy and efficient way to raise your score.

 

Level 59 – A Major Distraction

Use coffee 5 times.

Mouse Location: Below the wood plank walkway in the upper right corner.

 

Eve’s working alone today, so drinking coffee will be key! Use coffee 5 times today. Click on the coffee when the cup is filled or the “!” appears over it. You will need to brew it first. Click on the coffee again once the needle lands in the green zone.

 

Herbal compresses can be mixed into variations starting today. Additionally, essential oil bottles with 3 different-colored labels must be picked up in the order displayed from left to right (purple, yellow, red).

 

Level 60 – Never Say Never

Don’t let any customers leave with 2 hearts or less!

Mouse Location: Below the magazine table in the bottom right corner.

 

It’s time to pull out all the stops! Utilize all the tricks you’ve learned and make sure not to let any customers leave with 2 hearts or less today. You can do it!

 

 

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets!

 

Challenges

There are 18 challenge levels for you to complete in addition to the game’s 60 story levels. Each chapter and location features 3 challenges. This section lists each challenge and how to complete it.

 

Chapter 1 – Snuggford

 

Challenge 1 – No Gossiping!

Don’t use the coffee machine!

 

The coffee machine is located to the left of the doorway. Complete the level without ever drinking coffee.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Challenge 1

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Challenge 1

Challenge 2 – Steady Does It

Don’t earn any checkout combos!

 

Today you will need to check out each customer at the register individually, and keep all others waiting. Remember, only one at a time! Make sure there’s only 1 paying customer at the counter at a time. Everyone else can wait.

 

Challenge 3 – Such Tragic News

Customers enter with only 2 hearts.

 

Everyone’s spirits are low today, so you’ll need to make sure you’re on your game! Serve customers quickly as they come in and don’t keep them waiting too long at the register. Every time you serve a customer quickly, they’ll gain an additional heart.

 

Chapter 2 – Bahamas

 

Challenge 4 – I’m So Excited, I Just Can’t Hide It

Keep moving! Don’t stand still for more than 6 seconds.

 

Don’t stand still for more than 6 seconds at any point today. The easiest way to keep yourself moving when you’re not serving customers is to alternate clicking between the cash register and the honey pot on the lower left.

 

Tip! If you click on only the honey pot, it won’t be added to your tray, saving you the trouble of removing extra items.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Challenge 4

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Challenge 4

Challenge 5 – Money Talks, I Listen

Make at least one checkout every 30 seconds or less.

 

Checkout at least 1 customer every 30 seconds or less. A meter on the upper right will keep track of your progress. Keep customers coming and don’t worry about combos. It’s better to refill the meter as quickly as possible, whenever possible.

 

Challenge 6 – Will I, or Won’t I (Win)?

Guess what the customers want based on silhouettes.

 

Items that customers order today will be displayed as dark silhouettes. Look for the item that matches the outline and bring it to the customer. Remember some items will only be asked for by customers in a specific location, such as facial creams being asked for by customers on the massage beds.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Challenge 6

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Challenge 6

Chapter 3 – Mud Spa

 

Challenge 7 – All Natural

Memorize customer orders before they fade!

 

When customers order today, the item they want will only be displayed for a few seconds. After a few seconds, the item will disappear! Therefore, focus on serving customers as quickly as possible when they order.

 

Tip! Keep in mind that customers in certain locations will only want certain items. For example, a customer at the shower will always only want a towel.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Challenge 7

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Challenge 7

Challenge 8 – The Heat is On

All items on your tray spill regularly.

 

Notice the timer on the left side of your screen today. The timer will reset every 15 seconds. Keep an eye on the timer! If there’s items on your tray once the 15 seconds have run down to 0, they will be spilled, and you’ll need to collect them all over again! Make sure to only prepare items for customers and bring them to them when the timer isn’t too low.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Challenge 8

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Challenge 8

Challenge 9 – A Patch Job

The Mud Baths take extra long to clean!

 

Zea will be at the mud spa to clean today, but cleaning the mud baths will take a very long time. Every time a “!” bubble appears over a mud bath, be sure to click on it right away.

 

Chapter 4 – Luxury Yacht

 

Challenge 10 – Breaking Badly

Your tray is slowly breaking!

 

Your tray will slowly break over the course of the day. The meter in the upper right corner will show how much time you have left until you lose another slot on your tray. Serve customers in combos for as long as you can today. Once your tray starts to break, place emphasis on serving them quickly over serving them in groups.

 

Challenge 11 – Bestest Buddies

Customers will only order counter items.

 

Only counter customers will show up today. Customers will back up today, so don’t panic! Serve 3 counter customers at a time today to stay on top of the rush. This will also earn you large bonuses. Serve 3 customers, checkout 3 customers, serve 3 customers, checkout 3 customers. Repeat this pattern until you check out the very last customers of the day. Don’t worry about the number of hearts. Customers will keep coming in quick succession, so it’s all about how many people you can serve today.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Challenge 11

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Challenge 11

Challenge 12 – Neat Freak

Clean 2 stations in a row without performing other actions, four times!

 

There are 4 possible stations in need of cleaning today. Whenever a station becomes dirty, wait before cleaning it! As soon as 2 stations show the “!” bubble indicating they’re dirty, stop what you’re doing and click on them both back-to-back. Do not do anything else until both these stations are cleaned! Repeat this process 4 times today to complete the challenge.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Challenge 12

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Challenge 12

Chapter 5 – Hawaii

 

Challenge 13 – The Castaway

Carl wants to play. Let’s find him before the day ends.

 

Eek, there’s mice everywhere! Find Carl 10 times before the day ends. Carl can pop up anywhere, so listen for the tell-tale squeak indicating he’s close! The locations where Carl can pop up are randomized. If you need help finding Carl, refer to our Video Walkthrough.

 

Challenge 14 – Aloha Mahalo

Don’t let anyone leave with less than 4 hearts.

 

Fast service is the best service, and today’s all about putting your best foot forward. Don’t let anyone leave with less than 4 hearts. Place priority on serving customers quickly, and don’t worry about achieving combos. It’s best not to keep people waiting today.

 

Challenge 15 – Best Friends Forever

Serve Carl the mouse!

 

Who knew mice could be so picky? Carl the mouse will pop up at the foot of the steps leading to the massage beds today. Every time he pops up, he’ll ask for items. Collect the items Carl asks for and bring them to him, just like you would any other customer. Repeat this process a total of 10 times throughout the day to complete the challenge.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Challenge 15

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Challenge 15

Chapter 6 – Steam Spa

 

Challenge 16 – Ocean Fresh

You only have 1 slot on your tray!

 

No order combos for you today! Today you must work with only 1 slot on your tray. You will only be able to serve 1 item at a time, so prepare to make multiple trips!

 

Challenge 17 – Fair Play

Customers use only services.

 

Customers will only use services today. That means only the massage beds and waterfall stones will be in use. Prepare to play lots of minigames. Try to serve back-to-back orders whenever possible to raise your score, especially if you struggle with minigames.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Challenge 17

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Challenge 17

Challenge 18 – Turtle Power

Using coffee adds to your score.

 

Finally, for those of you who can’t go without your morning coffee, your moment has come! Using coffee today adds to your score. Click on the coffee whenever the “!” appears to fill the cup, then click on it again once the needle lands in the green zone that appears. Each time you partake, you’ll receive a nice score bonus.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Challenge 18

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Challenge 18

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed all the challenges!

 

Mouse Locations

Carl the mouse is back – but a vacation for Carl is a challenge for you! Carl the mouse shows up in each of the game’s 60 story levels. This section lists every level and location where Carl can be found. Note: This does not apply to challenge levels.

 

Chapter 1 – Snuggford

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Mice Locations Chapter 1 - Snuggford

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Mice Locations Chapter 1 – Snuggford

Level 1: On the floor below the entrance mat.

Level 2: On the floor below the stack of towels.

Level 3: On the floor to the right of the scissors.

Level 4: On the tile below the haircut station dividers.

Level 5: On the wood floor to the left of the checkout counter and pink basket.

Level 6: On the floor beneath the magazine table on the far right.

Level 7: On the floor below the coffee machine. *Note: Carl can be blocked if a customer is standing at the leftmost counter mat.

Level 8: On the floor below the entry mat. *Note: Carl can be blocked if a customer is standing at the second counter mat.

Level 9: On the floor below the right row of green stools.

Level 10: On the floor in the bottom left corner, near the trashcan.

 

Chapter 2 – Bahamas

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Mice Locations Chapter 2 - Bahamas

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Mice Locations Chapter 2 – Bahamas

Level 11: To the right of the juicer, above the pink planter.

Level 12: Near the foot of the massage bed.

Level 13: In front of the beach chairs in the upper left corner.

Level 14: At the lower right corner of the bottom massage bed.

Level 15: In the circular planter on the beach, behind the stairs.

Level 16: On the floor between the hair dryer and the first haircut station.

Level 17: Between the bottom steps between the tile and wood deck areas, above the register.

Level 18: Between the top of the massage beds.

Level 19: On the beach behind the railing, above the first haircut station.

Level 20: In the bottom right corner, to the left of the pink planter.

 

Chapter 3 – Mud Spa

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Mice Locations Chapter 3 - Mud Spa

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Mice Locations Chapter 3 – Mud Spa

Level 21: On the ground between the tent and the checkout counter. *Note: Carl can be blocked if a customer is standing at the center counter mat.

Level 22: In the center of the lower left cobblestone area.

Level 23: Inside the tent, just below the small table with the lantern.

Level 24: Just below the shower area, next to the table with the towel.

Level 25: In front of the center mud bath, near the ladder.

Level 26: Between the bottom mud bath and the parrot.

Level 27: Between the top mud bath and the railing.

Level 28: Below the checkout counter, between the tables with the feathers and mud trays. *Note: Sally can block Carl from view if she’s preparing beads.

Level 29: At the foot of the table on the far left.

Level 30: On the right, between the shower and the volcanic vents to the right of the register.

 

Chapter 4 – Luxury Yacht

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Mice Locations Chapter 4 - Luxury Yacht

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Mice Locations Chapter 4 – Luxury Yacht

Level 31: To the left of the doorway, directly beneath the interior light.

Level 32: On the floor between the clothing rack and the cherry blossoms on the left.

Level 33: In the lower right corner, next to the vase of cherry blossom stems.

Level 34: In the upper right corner of the nail salon area, below the glass divider.

Level 35: On the floor beneath the necklace rack.

Level 36: On the left side of the doorway outside the shop. *Note: Carl can be covered by passersby.

Level 37: Below the stool in the upper right corner.

Level 38: At the bottom right corner of the entry mat.

Level 39: Between the nail salon cherry blossoms and the left end of the checkout counter.

Level 40: Above the center portion of the glass divider above the nail salon.

 

Chapter 5 – Hawaii

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Mice Locations Chapter 5 - Hawaii

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Mice Locations Chapter 5 – Hawaii

Level 41: On the cobblestones at the top of the center pathway.

Level 42: On the ground below the lotion restock table on the right.

Level 43: Behind the hedge divider above the pedicure chairs.

Level 44: At the bottom corner of the left side of the checkout counter.

Level 45: Between the register and the juice dispenser. *Note: Sally can cover Carl if she’s standing at the register.

Level 46: In the bottom right corner behind the shrub.

Level 47: Behind the foot of the tiki torch on the right side of the screen.

Level 48: Behind the stack of towels.

Level 49: Behind the plants at the bottom of the screen, to the left of the table with the pedicure supplies.

Level 50: At the bottom right corner of the spa tub.

 

Chapter 6 – Steam Spa

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Mice Locations Chapter 6 - Steam Spa

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Mice Locations Chapter 6 – Steam Spa

Level 51: In the upper left corner, near the oil bottle with the purple label.

Level 52: In the upper right corner, to the right of the wood plank walkway.

Level 53: To the right of the center pool, just outside the outer ring.

Level 54: On the center lawn between the checkout counter and the bottom left candle of the waterfall ring. *Note: Carl can be covered by customers standing at the first checkout mat.

Level 55: To the right of the blue coffee tank.

Level 56: Above the pot of water for herbal compresses on the left.

Level 57: On the lawn above the herbal compresses.

Level 58: On the lawn at the upper left corner of the cash register.

Level 59: Below the wood plank walkway in the upper right corner.

Level 60: Below the magazine table in the bottom right corner.

Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Mice Locations Level 60 - Snuggford

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Mice Locations Level 60 – Snuggford

 

Minigames

Each level and chapter features short challenges called minigames. This section lists every minigame you will find, where you will find it, and how to complete it.

 

Shampoo

Location: Snuggford

  • Tap or click and hold, moving the shampoo bottle around until all the customer’s hair has been covered in soap bubbles.
Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Shampoo Minigame

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Shampoo Minigame

Hair Cut

Location: Snuggford

  • Click or tap on each of the loose strands of hair outlined with a bold, black line. Repeat until all the loose strands have been removed.
Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Hair Cut Minigame

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Hair Cut Minigame

Hair Wash

Location: Bahamas

  • Tap or click and hold, moving the spray nozzle back and forth over the soap bubbles until all of them have been removed.
Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Hair Wash Minigame

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Hair Wash Minigame

Face Mask

Location: Bahamas

  • Place the eye pieces (cucumbers, avocados, or cinnamon) over the customer’s eyes, then apply the mask by either clicking or tapping and hold to move the cream brush over the outlines on their face.
Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Face Mask Minigame

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Face Mask Minigame

Mud Mix

Location: Mud Spa

  • Click or tap on the water pitcher and hold to pour water into the mix. Watch the meter on the right. When the arrow points at the upper portion of the yellow zone, let go. The arrow will land in the green zone, completing the minigame. If you release too early, click and hold again to pour more water into the mixture. See this screenshot for the ideal place to release the pitcher:
Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Mud Mix Minigame

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Mud Mix Minigame

Mud Pack

Location: Mud Spa

  • Click or tap and hold, moving the brush over the customer’s face until mud has been applied to all the outlined areas.
Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Mud Pack Minigame

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Mud Pack Minigame

Manicure

Location: Luxury Yacht

  • Click or tap on each of the customer’s cloudy fingernails with the upper left end of the nail buffer. The minigame will be completed once all the customer’s fingernails have been clicked on and appear clean and shiny.
Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Manicure Minigame

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Manicure Minigame

Makeup

Location: Luxury Yacht

  • Look at the makeup item shown on top of the book in the lower left corner, then click on the matching makeup item displayed around it.
Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Makeup Minigame

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Makeup Minigame

Pedicure

Location: Hawaii

  • Click or tap and hold, moving your cursor back and forth until all the customer’s toenails are painted. It’s recommended you make a large, sweeping stroke back and forth while holding to quickly paint all toenails together. You do not need to paint them individually.
Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Pedicure Minigame

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Pedicure Minigame

Hot Stone Massage

Location: Hawaii

  • Click or tap a stone on the tray on the left, then drag it to the matching outline on the customer’s back.
Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Hot Stone Massage Minigame

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Hot Stone Massage Minigame

Essential Oils

Location: Steam Spa

  • Move the dropper over the opening of the bottle, then fill the bottle up to the dotted line. You can either click or tap multiple times, or click or tap and hold to fill the bottle faster. If you overfill the bottle, you will need to start over. You can only fill the bottle when the dropper is positioned directly over the bottle’s opening as shown below.
Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Essential Oils Minigame

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Essential Oils Minigame

Herbal Compress

Location: Steam Spa

  • Drag the herbal compresses from the tray on the left to the matching outline on the customer’s back. Any compress can be placed inside any outline. A green checkmark will indicate when a compress has been placed correctly.
Sally's Salon - Beauty Secrets - Herbal Compress Minigame

Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets – Herbal Compress Minigame

 

Trophies

Achieve greatness and unlock 17 trophies in Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets. Click on the trophy icon in the upper right corner of the level select screen to view the trophies you’ve unlocked as well as your progress. Each trophy features an item important to Sally. Can you collect them all?

 

Trophy Name Description How to Unlock
Can’t Let You Go (Sunscreen) Complete Snuggford. Complete Levels 1 – 10.
Follow Your Dreams (Keys) Complete Roxie’s Salon. Complete Levels 11 – 20.
Brave New World (Notebook) Complete Lutum Island. Complete Levels 21 – 30.
Their Hearts Will Go On (Lipstick) Complete the Luxury Yacht. Complete Levels 31 – 40.
The Dolphin Whisperer (Dolphin Keychain) Complete the Dolphin Sanctuary. Complete Levels 41 – 50.
At Journey’s End (Turtle) Complete Simia Island and head home. Complete Levels 51 – 60.
The First Step (Magazine) Buy your first memento. Earn diamonds by completing goals in levels and challenges. Click on the diamond icon on the level select map to be taken to the memento screen. Purchase 1 memento to unlock this trophy.
Now That’s Dedication (Scissors) Buy all mementos. Complete the goals of all levels and challenges to earn diamonds. Collect all 77 diamonds and purchase all mementos.
What a Buzz (Coffee Cup) Drink coffee one hundred times. Use the coffee machine across any of the levels or challenges a total of 100 times.
Bang for your Buck (Nail Polish) Earn your first thousand dollars. Earn $1,000 by completing levels. The higher your score, the more money you’ll earn.
Stratospheric Sally (Powder Compact) Earn ten thousand dollars. Earn $10,000 by completing levels. The higher your score, the more money you’ll earn.
Path to Stardom (Pen) Clear your first level with a 3-star rating. Achieve a 3-star score in any of the game’s 60 story levels to unlock this trophy.
Super Salon Stardom (Photograph) Achieve 3 stars in all main stages. Achieve s 3-star score in all 60 story levels.
Going Up (Hairbrush) Buy your first upgrade. After selecting a level on the level select map, you will be able to buy upgrades. Click on an item with a $$ tag and purchase it using money you’ve earned from completing levels.
Francois Approved (Bangle) Buy all purchasable upgrades. Buy all purchasable upgrades for each of the game’s 6 chapter locations. Earn money to purchase upgrades by obtaining high level scores.
Ring That Up (Glasses Case) Use the cash register a thousand times. Use the cash register 1,000 times. This will automatically be unlocked when you reach your goal as you proceed through the game.
Carl Superfan (ID Card) Find Carl the Mouse in every main stage. Find Carl the Mouse in each of the game’s 60 story levels. For a list of Carl’s location in every level, see the Mouse Locations section.

 

 

Video Walkthrough

Welcome to the video walkthrough section! The video walkthrough is a 100% complete playthrough of Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets Platinum Edition. All story levels, challenges, and Carl the mouse locations are shown. Click the Play button below to get started, or click on the options icon in the upper left corner of the video frame to select a different level.

 

 

 

Looking For More Secrets?
We Can Help!

If you need additional help, are having trouble with your game, or are simply looking for a few extra pointers, our Customer Support team can help!

 

Click here to send a support ticket!

 

 

The Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets Official Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

 

 

 

The post Sally’s Salon – Beauty Secrets Official Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life Official Walkthrough

$
0
0

Welcome to the Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life Official Walkthrough. The O’Malley family is about to get an unexpected surprise! Join Emily on a haphazard trip through the seasons as they eagerly await their new arrival. This is the official guide and contains in-depth strategies, tips and tricks for all levels and challenges. Discover all mouse locations and trophies, and an additional video walkthrough featuring the entire game from start to finish. Select one of the topics from the Contents list below to get started!

Contents

General Tips & Tricks

Welcome to the tips and tricks section of the Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life walkthrough. This section covers all the basics, how to play, and essential tips and tricks to help you earn the highest scores.

 

How to Play

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life is a time management game. The goal is to serve customers as quickly as possible to earn high scores. When customers enter your shop and are ready to order, a bubble will appear over their head indicating what product they’d like. When this bubble shows up, click on the product the customer asks for, then click on the customer to bring it to them. Once a customer receives the product they’ve asked for, they’ll be ready to pay. Click on the cash register to check them out. It’s that simple!

 

Scoring and Customer Happiness

Each customer that enters your shop will have a certain number of hearts over their head. The more hearts a customer has, the happier they are. A customer can have up to 5 hearts. If a customer loses all their hearts, they’ll leave without paying. Serving a customer quickly and bringing them the correct products increases both their happiness and your score.

 

Earn additional score bonuses by serving customers quickly, bringing them all the items they’ve asked for in a single trip, and checking them out at the register in groups.

 

Mice Locations

Carl the mouse and whiskered friends are hidden in each of the game’s 60 story levels. The mouse will pop up as you play through each level (excluding challenges). Each time a mouse appears, you’ll hear a squeak. Find the mouse in every level to unlock a special award! See the Mouse Locations section for a complete list of all locations where Carl the mouse can be found or click on “Mouse Location” under a level to be taken directly to a screenshot of that level’s hidden mouse location.

 

Daily Challenges

A new feature in Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life is the addition of Daily Challenges. The Daily Challenge is located at the bottom of the level select map. Every day, a new Daily Challenge will be generated, presenting you with a unique character, location, and goal for the day. You can earn up to 6 diamonds per challenge. Challenges can be replayed during the time they’re active, but diamonds for that challenge can only be earned once per day.

 

Upgrades

Once you’ve selected a level in the level select map, you’ll be able to purchase upgrades. Earn money for upgrades by completing levels. The higher the score, the more money you’ll earn! Upgrades can increase patience, speed, and even tips. Menu upgrades are unlocked while you play, while additional upgrades can be purchased from the Shop. The Shop can be accessed before levels and at the start of the map in each chapter.

 

Additional Tips and Tricks

  • Clean the tables! – If all the tables are clean when the last customer leaves, you’ll receive a +20 clean table bonus that will be added to your score.
  • Start the day with full stock! – Restock any restockable items at the start of the day to give yourself an advantage going into the day.
  • Earn those diamonds! – Complete level and challenge goals to earn diamonds. Diamonds can be used to purchase furniture and goodies for the O’Malley nursery.
  • Daily challenge, daily reward! – Complete the Daily Challenge generated every day to earn extra diamonds.
  • Eek, a mouse! – Carl the mouse is hiding in each of the game’s story levels. Listen for his squeak to know when he appears!
  • It’s the gesture that counts! – Some customers need a little additional help. Touch gesture prompts will appear on the screen when this happens.
    • Click – Click within the circle that appears repeatedly until it’s filled.
    • Click (+ meter) – Click within the circle that appears once the needle lands in the green zone.
    • Hold – Click and hold within the circle that appears until it’s completely filled.
    • Rub – Click and hold within the circle that appears, moving your cursor back and forth until the circle is filled. You must do this within the circle, otherwise the gesture won’t count.
    • Drag – Click and hold the circle on the far end of the arrow, then drag it along the length of the arrow until it reaches the arrow tip.
  • Become a multi-tasking master! – You can continue clicking on items and serving customers even when performing touch gestures.

 

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life Walkthrough

Welcome to the official walkthrough for Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life! This guide covers every part of the game – from level strategies, challenge how-to’s, mouse locations, trophies, and more! Scroll up to the Contents section above to get started, or scroll down to dive right in.

– This walkthrough contains minimal story spoilers. Please scroll carefully! –

 

Chapter 1 – An Unexpected Visitor

Life with the O’Malleys is finally settling into routine. But some unexpected news is about to come their way!

 

Level 1 – Practice Makes Perfect

New video blog, new kitchen… A new life to help Emily past the bad news… Help her out and answer fan comments!

Mouse Location: In the middle of the floor to the left of the center island flowerpot.

 

It’s your first day in the kitchen. Exciting! Today is all about learning the ropes. As an extra challenge, you’ll need to answer fan comments during the day. Every time a “!” bubble shows up over the laptop at the bottom of the screen, click on the laptop to reply to your fans. You’ll need to do this a total of 3 times to complete today’s bonus goal. You’ve got this!

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 1

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 1

Level 2 – Inopportune Parental Love

The more tired you are, the closer your parents are to paying you a visit.

Mouse Location: On the center island in front of the green mixer.

 

There’s no bonus goal today, but there will be a new interactive station in the kitchen! Notice the bowl of batter on the left side of the kitchen. Sometimes a customer will come in and ask for the batter while standing at the stove on the left. Click on the batter, then bring it to the customer. An interactive bubble will appear. Click inside the green circle to interact. Once the moving arrow is in the green zone of the meter shown at the top of the bubble: Click! Don’t forget to clean the station once you’re finished!

 

Level 3 – Clinical Picture

Emily is the only one not paying attention to her health… Help her rest by staying still for 25 seconds.

Mouse Location: In the bottom right corner behind the counter, above the cutting board.

 

Again, no bonus goal today, but the interactive station on the left has a new available ingredient: Eggs! Just like the batter during the previous level, click within the green circle that appears once the needle lands in the green zone. Don’t forget to clean the station once you’re finished!

 

Level 4 – Up Against the Ropes

Emily’s condition is worrying… Will Patrick’s common sense make a dent in her resolve?

Mouse Location: On the upper left window sill.

 

There’s a couple new ingredients in the kitchen today. First off, there’s delicious pancakes and a cream dispenser next to the donut on the lower left. Customers can ask for anywhere between 1-3 pancakes, so pay close attention to the number of pancakes shown in the bubbles over their heads! Similarly, now fresh bacon is an ingredient for the open-faced sandwiches. Again, pay close attention to the ingredients shown within customers’ bubbles so you can recreate the delicious masterpiece they crave.

 

Level 5 – Wrong Diagnosis

Patrick is shocked with the life-changing news! Get the checkup results before Evelyn finds them!

Mouse Location: Just behind the first cake dish in the lower left corner.

 

Oops! Paperwork has been scattered all over the kitchen. Find all 5 files before the end of the day to complete today’s bonus goal. The paper locations are shown below.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 5

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 5

New to the kitchen today? Roast eggplant and lemonade! The lemonade requires no extra preparation, but the eggplant must be cooked before it can be served. To cook the eggplant, click on the squash sitting on the cutting board at the top of the screen. This will throw it into the pan, where it will cook. Once finished, the food will blink or flicker. Simply click on it to add it to your tray, then take it to the customer.

 

Tip! If you find yourself struggling, try cooking an extra eggplant and keeping it on your tray. That way you’ll already have one ready when the next customer orders.

 

Level 6 – An Unexpected Visitor

Just when the O’Malleys were starting to absorb the pregnancy news…

Mouse Location: Between the curtains beneath the center island.

 

There’s not much new in the kitchen today, only delicious pumpkin pie. The new dish is located in the lower left corner and requires no additional preparation before being served.

 

Level 7 – Bonding DIY

Vito and Paige get to spend some quality time together. Join them in building the wounded bird a home!

Mouse Location: Between the bag of flour and the icing dispenser at the bottom of the screen.

 

Paige and Vito are in the kitchen today building a birdhouse. Your bonus goal today is to help them complete their project. Click on the red birdhouse marked with the “!” bubble at the start of the day. As Emily works on the birdhouse, a meter will appear displaying her progress. Once the bar has been completely filled, you will have completed today’s bonus goal.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 7

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 7

An additional dish is available in the kitchen today: Quiche! Click on the quiche in the upper left corner to restock the quiche slices on the plate next to it. You can have a maximum of 6 pieces on the plate at any one time.

 

Level 8 – In the Public Eye

The worst part about being online is… news spreads fast! Back in the ‘offline’ world, Paige is learning to ride her bike!

Mouse Location: Behind the center bottom counter, above the notepad next to the laptop.

 

News of Emily’s pregnancy has gone viral! Throughout the day, a “!” bubble will appear over Emily’s laptop at the bottom of the screen. Click on the laptop to have Emily reply to her fans. Do this a total of 5 times today to achieve this level’s bonus goal.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 8

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 8

 

Cutscene: Learning to Ride a Bike

Outside, Paige is learning how to ride a bike! Once prompted, click and hold the green circle that appears, dragging the circle to the left as indicated by the yellow arrow. Once you’ve completed the gesture, Paige will start to ride her bike. Look at her go!

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 8 Cutscene - Ride the Bike!

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 8 Cutscene – Ride the Bike!

Level 9 – Announcement Dinner

It’s the perfect moment to share the news with the family – but there’s so much work to do! Give Patrick the items he needs!

Mouse Location: In the glass cabinet window in the upper left corner above the bowl of batter.

 

You’re not the only busy bee today! Patrick will be in and out of the kitchen all day. Every time Patrick appears, he will stop and ask for a product from the kitchen. Just like if he were a customer, click on the item Patrick asks for, then bring it to him. Do this a total of 6 times before the end of the day to complete today’s bonus goal.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 9

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 9

Level 10 – The Cycle of Life

How will Vito react to Allison’s devastating news?

Mouse Location: In the sink in the upper right corner.

 

Today in the kitchen will be all about putting what you’ve learned into practice. There will be more customers ordering more products than before. Don’t let the pressure get to you, and remember to try and serve people in chains!

 

Cutscene: The Sonogram

Patrick and Emily are back at the doctor’s office again for another sonogram. Once prompted, click on the orange slider and hold, moving the lever right to adjust the image. You can move the lever left or right to make adjustments as necessary. Once the image shows clearly, release the button. What will Allison say?

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 10 Cutscene - Focus the Sonogram!

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 10 Cutscene – Focus the Sonogram!

 

Chapter 2 – And the Winner Is…

Twins Gina and Tina are the owners of The Happy Storks. But as Emily’s about to find out, working a prenatal shop is no cupcake!

 

Level 11 – The Happy Storks

Emily couldn’t miss the shop’s big day… Get the ingredients ready for the cupcake event!

Mouse Location: Behind the leftmost checkout counter mat.

 

Welcome to The Happy Storks! Unique to this level is the ability to play more than one character at once. Gina will prepare normal products, clean tables, and bring items to customers, while Emily is in charge of the cupcake station. Gina and Emily work independently, so you can have both perform tasks at the same time. Any cupcakes Emily makes will automatically transfer to Gina’s tray once finished.

 

Tip! It’s possible that Gina may reach a table before Emily is done making a cupcake you might need. If so, wait a second, then try again.

 

Today’s bonus goal is to pick up items from Francois. Francois will enter the shop throughout the day carrying packages. A “!” bubble will appear over his head when you can collect the package from him. Click on Francois to have Gina pick up the package. Emily can continue making cupcakes during this time. Pick up all 5 packages Francois brings before the end of the day to complete the bonus challenge.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 11

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 11

Level 12 – Top-Notch Baby Furniture

The cribs are so expensive nobody’s willing to buy them… Wait a moment! Then why don’t we…?

Mouse Location: On the grass mat between the two small tables to the left of the door.

 

While there’s no bonus goals today, there is a new item: plush bears! To make a stuffed bear, click on the paper design in the lower left corner, followed by the pile of stuffing next to it. The stuffed animal will be moved to the sewing machine where a circular meter will appear. When the needle lands in the green zone, click on the plush to finish it and add it to your tray.

 

Level 13 – The Difference is the Spice!

The twins are actually working together! Keep the momentum going, and team up with them to prepare for the contest.

Mouse Location: In the upper right corner of the window to the right of the door.

 

Prepare the banner for the contest! Click on the banner near the door marked by the “!” bubble. A meter will appear showing Gina’s progress in assembling it. Work on the banner every spare moment you have between serving customers until it’s finished. Remember Emily can still make cupcakes while you work.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 13

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 13

Level 14 – To Buy or Not to Buy

For Emily, there’s only one answer: buy like there’s no tomorrow!

Mouse Location: Outside in the entrance doorway.

 

There’s no bonus challenge today, however Tina will now be in the shop to help clean. Any time you click on a dirty table, Tina will be the one to clean it, allowing Gina to continue serving customers. Emily will also have a new color frosting for the cupcakes today, so pay close attention to any cupcake orders.

 

Level 15 – Diaper Rush

This shopping spree was only ever going to end one way… Find the scattered products, and give them back to Patrick!

Mouse Location: Behind the upper left corner of the pink girl’s crib.

 

Find Patrick’s products and give them to him. Patrick has misplaced 5 products, which are scattered around the shop. Any product you pick up will go to your tray, so wait to pick up products until Patrick asks to save space for other customers. If you pick up a product but need the space, click on the product on your tray to remove it, and it will go back to the place where you found it. The items Patrick needs are shown here:

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 15

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 15

Emily also has a new product today: coffee! Click on the coffee machine to Emily’s left to prepare a cup of coffee. Click on the machine once the needle lands in the green zone to add the cup to your tray – fresh and ready to serve!

 

Level 16 – It’s the Contest Countdown!

An exceptional crib calls for exceptional disguises.

Mouse Location: On the floor between the baby bottle on the table to the right of the door, and the first table’s blue heart balloon.

 

A new onesie will be available in the shop today, meaning customers can order one of 4 different combinations. Pay close attention to make sure you pick the correct onesie and booties when asked!

 

Level 17 – The 500th Customer

The moment of truth! Make Patrick keep buying stuff, and win the contest! It’ll all be worth it in the end… won’t it?

Mouse Location: On the left end of the railing below the doorway.

 

Patrick is focused on being the 500th customer. He will show up in the shop throughout the day asking for products off the shelf. When Patrick appears, click on the item he asks for and bring it to him. You’ll need to do this a total of 5 times before the end of the day to complete today’s bonus challenge.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 17

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 17

Level 18 – Routine Check-Up

Time for another visit to Dr. Allison! There can’t be any more surprises… right?

Mouse Location: On the floor to the right of the register and the catalog, above the baby rattle.

 

While there’s nothing new in the shop today, it’ll be the busiest day yet! Tina will serve customers while Gina will clean. Remember that Gina, Tina, and Emily all work independently of each other, so all of them can perform tasks at the same time.

 

Cutscene – Mixed Results

Emily and Patrick visit Doctor Allison again for another sonogram. When prompted, adjust the sonogram image by moving the orange slider back and forth until the picture is clear. The image may be clear, but the results…?

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 18 Cutscene - Focus the Sonogram!

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 18 Cutscene – Focus the Sonogram!

Level 19 – Sonogram Glitch

It seems there’s something not quite right with this sonogram machine…

Mouse Location: At the bottom of the balloon pillar to the right of the door.

 

Customers are coming in waves today, and your tray will be expanded to 6 slots! If you find yourself overwhelmed, try placing items that take a long time to prepare in 1 or 2 of the extra slots. For example, coffee can be slow to brew and stuffed animals take time to sew. Keeping an extra on your tray can help keep things running smoothly today.

 

Level 20 – Sweet Endings

Last day at the baby shop, and Emily needs you to prepare the final round of cupcakes!

Mouse Location: On the floor next to the pink girl’s crib, below the rubber duck and pony plush.

 

Of all the days you’ve spent in the shop, today is definitely the busiest! In addition to serving the large crowds of customers, you’ll need to make 25 cupcakes completely separate from customer orders. There will be a pastry box on a stand between the cash register and the door. The bubble that appears over the box will show you what type of cupcake Emily needs to make. It’s very important to keep Emily preparing these cupcakes, even while Gina and Tina are busy with customers. A good strategy to use is to have Emily make the next cupcake every time Tina is walking to a customer or preparing another item. It’s multi-tasking mayhem at its finest! For additional help, refer to our Video Walkthrough.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 20

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 20

 

Chapter 3 – A Mystery Guest

No amount of schooling can prepare you for daycare! Francois has agreed to help new teacher Susan, but will it be enough?

 

Level 21 – A Tough First Day

For the new teacher, it’s crucial to keep everything in order. Help her keep the place tidy!

Mouse Location: On the floor above the rightmost checkout counter mat.

 

Welcome to the daycare center! Today’s bonus goal will have you tidying up after the children. First, pick up the blue and yellow plane lying on the ground toward the lower left corner. Then clean up the remaining mess piles marked with “!” bubbles. It’s best to focus on one pile at a time. A meter will appear showing your progress in cleaning the mess. Clean all 3 piles before the end of the day to complete today’s bonus goal.

 

Tip! Every time a child plays with the plane, they’ll leave it on the floor when they’re finished. Click on the plane to add it back to the red bin where it belongs.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 21

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 21

Level 22 – Teaching by the Book

Will someone tell Susan there’s actually nothing predictable about children?

Mouse Location: Peeking out from behind the leftmost curtain, next to the play tree.

 

There are two new products on the shelf today: toy robots and baby food. When a child asks for a toy robot, you’ll need to assemble it for them. Click on each piece of the robot: head, body, then feet to put it together. Then bring it to the child that wants to play with it.

 

Also new today is the baby food, located in the lower right corner. When you see Francois thinking, he’s about to ask for the baby food. Click on it and bring it to Francois, then follow the interactive gestures shown on screen. You can help Francois perform his tasks while Susan is busy with other things since the two work separately.

 

Cutscene: Find the Red Robin

Paige and Vito are looking for the bird. Help them find it! Click on the bird bath, followed by the snowman, then the playhouse, and finally the location will be revealed behind the pots on the right.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 22 Cutscene - Find the Bird!

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 22 Cutscene – Find the Bird!

Level 23 – Is She Kicking Yet?

Emily’s determined to prove she can keep everything pregnancy-related under control…

Mouse Location: On the floor below the glass of juice and hot chocolate.

 

There’s two new items in the daycare center today: hot chocolate and diapers. The hot chocolate is located in the upper left corner and needs to be prepared before it can be served. Click on the cup to start brewing, then click again once the needle is in the green zone to add it to your tray, hot and ready to serve!

 

The diapers are located under the register. Only Francois will ask for diapers. Similar to the baby food, when Francois asks for diapers and you bring them to him, an interactive gesture minigame will start. Follow the gestures shown over Francois to change the baby’s diaper. Remember that Susan can still serve and help other children while you’re doing the gestures with Francois.

 

Level 24 – Drawing for Mother’s Day

The children have finally settled down to draw… but they’ve scattered their drawings all around. Help Susan find them!

Mouse Location: Upside-down beneath the shelf in the upper right corner of the screen.

 

Find all the children’s drawings! There are 8 drawings scattered around the daycare center. Locate all of them before the end of the day to complete today’s bonus challenge.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 24

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 24

Level 25 – Baby Buzz

There’s never so much anticipation over the name of a baby in Snuggford.

Mouse Location: Peeking out from the bottom left corner of the doorway, behind the glass and the colorful ball.

 

There’s no bonus goal today, but there’s plenty of new items! First, there’s new robot pieces on the shelf. Pay close attention to children’s orders for robots and make sure the parts match what they asked for! Next, there’s fruit snacks available to the kids. Children will either ask for 3 of the same fruit, or a mixture of all the options. Finally, there’s a new toy dinosaur for you to pick up. Similar to the plane, when a child is done playing with the dinosaur, they’ll leave it on the floor. Click on it to pick it up and put it away for the next child to play with.

 

Level 26 – The Mystery Guest

Be patient, kids! The mystery guest had to travel thousands of miles to be here…

Mouse Location: On the right side of the step leading up to the play tree area.

 

Today’s a little busier than usual, but the only new thing for you to keep an eye on is the final robot accessory. There are now 6 mix-and-match accessories for you to choose from, so pay close attention to what the children ask for.

 

Level 27 – Gone with the Bird

The children are so excited about the Mystery Guest… they’ve run away! Help Susan find them.

Mouse Location: On the floor between the two cribs in the lower right corner.

 

Find all the missing children! Throughout the day the missing children will pop up with a giggle. Click on them when they appear. You’ll need to wait for the children to appear before you can click on them, and there’s a total of 8 to find. Find them all before the end of the day to complete today’s bonus challenge. Their locations are pictured here:

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 27

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 27

Level 28 – Rehearsals Kick Off

Success won’t come easily. We need music to practice to! Hurry up and fix the radio!

Mouse Location: On the floor at the corner of the bottom right table, next to the kiwi.

 

Fix the radio! The radio is sitting between the tables beneath the play tree, marked with a “!” bubble. Click on the radio to start fixing it. A meter will appear showing your progress. Finish fixing the radio before day’s end to complete the bonus challenge.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 28

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 28

Level 29 – Into the Creative Flow

The baby’s first kick might end up teaching both Emily and Susan a valuable lesson.

Mouse Location: Peeking out from the right side of the checkout counter, below the register.

 

The nursery is in full-swing and there’s 6 slots on your tray to match it. Your biggest challenge will be making sure you assemble robots correctly. Another challenge is serving the kids quickly. If you find yourself struggling, try keeping an extra cup of hot chocolate on your tray. Oh, and don’t forget to pick that toy plane and dinosaur up off the floor!

 

Level 30 – The Biggest Mother’s Day Present

Susan is finally starting to understand children. Now she just needs to get them to focus! Help her out!

Mouse Location: On the top shelf between the paper and crayon.

 

Now in addition to the hustle and bustle of the nursery, you’ll need to keep the choir kids on track! The children singing beneath the play tree have a very short attention span. As soon as a bar appears over one of the children, you’ll know they’re getting distracted. Try to click on them right away – don’t wait! The longer you wait to click on the child, the more distracted they will become. By the time the bar is half-empty, the child will begin running or wandering to a different location, where it becomes much, much harder to click on them! Instead, click on them right away to prevent any unwanted wandering.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 30

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 30

 

Chapter 4 – Pushing Too Hard

Emily’s been working way too hard. It’s time for some tender love and care, if she can relax long enough to enjoy it!

 

Level 31 – Relax! Harder!

The spa is supposed to be a relaxing paradise, so… why is everyone so tense?

Mouse Location: Behind the center island counter, below the table.

 

Today is all about learning the rhythm of the spa. First, lemonade is kept on the lower right. There can be a maximum of 6 glasses in stock at any time. To make more lemonade, click on the lemon, followed by the juicer.

 

Second to note is the yoga ball on the lower left. Whenever a customer comes to the pink mat and asks for the ball, bring it to them. You will then need to complete a short touch gesture to help them with the exercise. Don’t forget to straighten up the mat once they’re finished!

 

Finally, there’s the pink and white towels at the bottom of the screen. Each customer that goes to the hot spring jacuzzi on the upper right will require a towel once they’re finished.

 

Level 32 – Sympathy Fathers

It’s CRUCIAL that fathers are present today! Help them through the exercises when they request your attention.

Mouse Location: Behind the top of the checkout monitor.

 

Emily and Francois are performing bonding exercises today. Every time a “!” bubble pops up over Emily, click on her to help her with the exercise. Do this a total of 5 times before the end of your shift to complete today’s bonus challenge.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 32

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 32

Level 33 – An Oasis of Overwork

Why can’t Mary-Lynn work at the spa anymore? How will this affect Emily?

Mouse Location: Peeking out from the right side of the center island counter, next to the stairs.

 

New to the spa today is specialty floral tea. Two types of flowers – purple and yellow – will be available for you to choose from. Purple flowers brew pink tea and yellow brews yellow. To make the tea, click on the flower of your choice, followed by the glass teapot. Once the tea has brewed and the needle lands in the green zone, click on the teapot to add it to your tray, piping hot and ready to serve! To restock the flowers needed to brew the tea, click on the flowers toward the upper left corner of the spa. You can only restock one at a time, but they will eventually grow more, and you can restock again.

 

Level 34 – Wellness Guided Tour

Having managed all sorts of businesses around the world… how difficult could it be for Emily to serve at a spa?

Mouse Location: On the rocks beneath the cherry blossom tree in the upper left corner.

 

Everything’s the same today, with one notable exception: It’s Emily, not Mary-Lynn running the spa! Use all the tricks you learned in the spa so far today as you adjust. Don’t worry, you’ve got this! Don’t forget there’s cold packs under the counter now, too. You’ll need to click on the compress, then wait for it to cool before you can take it to customers.

 

Cutscene: Kitchen Fire

Emily and Vito are in the kitchen, but things are about to heat up! Help Emily put out the fire by performing the touch gestures once they appear. First, click and hold the green circle, then drag it all the way to the left along the path of the arrow. Then click on the green bubble repeatedly until the circle is filled. Phew, close call!

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 34 Cutscene - Put Out the Fire!

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 34 Cutscene – Put Out the Fire!

Level 35 – An Early Comeback

Every day at the spa, Emily’s exhaustion skyrockets…

Mouse Location: Behind the right side of the gold statue base in the jacuzzi area.

 

The most notable new addition to the spa today is a new green and white towel near the yoga ball. Don’t confuse it with the pink and white towel – the green and white towel is for yoga use only! Similar to the yoga ball, customers who stop on the pink mats may also ask for the green and white towel. Bring it to them, then perform the gestures shown to help the customer complete the exercise. Don’t forget to clean up when they’re done! Customers at the jacuzzi portion of the spa will still only ask for pink and white towels once finished.

 

Level 36 – A Hopeless Wait

Will Andy show up as he promised Mary-Lynn? Help her relax while she waits.

Mouse Location: Peeking out from the left side of the bottommost counter, by the tea flowers.

 

Mary-Lynn will spend the day waiting in the upper left corner. A meter over her head will slowly empty over time. Check on Mary-Lynn to refill the bar. Repeat this process until the day is finished. It’s recommended you check on her by the time the bar is half-empty. Emily will need to walk over to her and comfort her, however while she’s doing this, you can still perform any necessary touch gestures for customers at the yoga mats.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 36

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 36

Level 37 – The Breaking Point

First the spa, now her family… Emily is about to hit rock bottom. Don’t make her walk more than is absolutely necessary.

Mouse Location: In the small pool of water to the left of the table, below the cherry blossom tree.

 

Today is all about step-management. Your challenge today is to complete your shift without walking too far. A meter in the upper right corner will help you keep track of your progress, slowly depleting with the more steps you take. It’s very important you try and keep tasks grouped together to minimize walking back-and-forth. Here’s a few special pointers for today’s challenge:

  • Wait for multiple orders, then pick up items close to each other and work your way around. For example, if you wait for 2 orders and both have candles, you can grab all the candles you need in one trip, instead of making two.
  • Restock the flower petals when customers ask for the brown vase in the upper left corner. Otherwise, the extra steps will take you too far out of the way. It’s all about efficiency.
  • Serve jacuzzi customers in groups. The hot spring customers are pretty far out of the way, so try to always wait until the tubs are both filled before serving any customers here.
  • After serving jacuzzi customers, pick up 4 towels for your tray, then deliver all 4 to both groups as soon as they’re finished. If one isn’t done yet, wait by the jacuzzi until they’re finished (pictured).
  • Use Francois as an entertainer to keep the table and jacuzzi customers entertained, allowing you more time to line up those perfect chains and combos.
  • If you need additional help, watch Level 37 of our Video Walkthrough.
Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 37

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 37

Level 38 – Patrick’s Big Surprise

Patrick has been secretly preparing something for Emily…

Mouse Location: On the left side of the window above the table.

 

Today at the spa is super busy. Utilize all the tricks you’ve learned from the levels above. And remember: Don’t forget to breathe!

 

Level 39 – Comfort (but Vegan) Ice Cream

The most important things after a break-up are understanding and… sweetness! Pick up Francois’ ice cream.

Mouse Location: In the upper right corner of the first waterfall in the jacuzzi area, directly above the stairs.

 

Mary-Lynn will be spending the day meditating on one of the yoga mats. This means there’s 1 less mat for any incoming yoga customers, so you’ll need to serve them quicker. Otherwise, Francois will show up throughout the day with shipments of ice cream. Mmmm! When Francois stops at the door with a box and a “!” bubble above his head, click on him to collect the shipment of ice cream. Do this a total of 6 times today to contribute not only toward today’s challenge, but Mary-Lynn’s peace of mind.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 39

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 39

Level 40 – A New Path Ahead

Now that bygones are bygones, Mary-Lynn is prepared to face her pregnancy with her head held high.

Mouse Location: Behind the center portion of the first set of stairs, below the entrance doorway.

 

Mary-Lynn’s back to handle the final day at the spa. Good thing, too, because it’s busy-busy! Remember to keep items stocked and use Francois’ help to entertain table and spa customers as needed. Mary-Lynn can continue to prepare and deliver products to customers as you help any customers with touch gestures at the yoga mat, too. Show them what being a master of Zen is all about!

 

Chapter 5 – An Unusual Doctor

Off to the hospital! Emily’s visit will be anything but routine, however.

 

Level 41 – Expectations vs. Reality

This hospital room is Emily’s worst nightmare! Will Patrick keep up with three very pregnant women?

Mouse Location: On the left side of the carpet beneath the lower left bed, next to the stool.

 

Today’s challenge is to attend 6 bed patients with full hearts. You’ll be serving the same 3 lovely ladies throughout the day, and all of them will order twice. Make sure you keep on your toes and serve each one immediately to ensure those hearts stay full!

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 41

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 41

Level 42 – Murphy’s Law

After all the preparations, what could prevent Emily from broadcasting her Mother’s Day special?

Mouse Location: Peeking out from the right side of the checkout counter.

 

There’s a doctor in the clinic today, located in the lower right corner. He will be able to give ultrasounds to any incoming patients who need them. Patrick will still need to serve patients and clean, however, though Patrick and the doctor move independently, so if you time yourself well, you can control both at once.

 

Level 43 – Doctor B

Emily’s finally getting her check-up! However, she never expected an examination like this…

Mouse Location: Outside behind the upper left corner of the bird bath.

 

There’s a couple new items available in the clinic today, but otherwise everything’s the same. A new type of capsule pill is available on the cart on the lower left, as well as a thermometer beneath the checkout desk. Pay close attention to the lovely ladies in the ward, and the rest is smooth-sailing.

 

Cutscene: An Ultra-strange Ultrasound

Finally, Emily can get the ultrasound she’s been waiting for. Follow the touch prompts that show up on the screen. First, click and hold inside the blue circle that appears until it’s been filled. Next, click inside the green circle once the meter that appears lands in the green zone. Finally, click on the green circle that appears and drag it down the length of the visible arrow. All done!

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 43 Cutscene - Complete the Exam!

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 43 Cutscene – Complete the Exam!

Level 44 – Cooking Brainstorming

Nobody wants to give up on the video blog special! Stay alert, and don’t miss the girls’ ideas.

Mouse Location: In the bottom compartment of the table on the upper right, beneath the spoon.

 

Today’s bonus challenge is to listen to Britney’s ideas. Throughout the day, a “!” bubble will pop up over Britney’s head. When this happens, click on her to listen to her idea. You’ll need to do this a total of 8 times throughout the day to complete today’s challenge.

 

Also worth mentioning is the addition of a new coffee machine in the maternity ward. Click on a cup above the machine to brew the coffee, then click on it again once the needle that appears lands in the green zone. You can restock coffee cups by clicking on the stack beneath the pudding bowl.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 44

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 44

Level 45 – Grand Hospital Cuisine

Britney found lots of food. The bad news is… it’s hospital food. Try to find something useful in there!

Mouse Location: Peeking out from the teal curtain just behind Emily’s head.

 

She meant well, but the food Britney brought simply won’t do! Today’s challenge is to clear away the bags of food before the end of the day. Both bags are marked with a “!” bubble at the start of the day. Once you start cleaning, a meter will appear showing your progress. It’s recommended you focus on clearing one bag at a time. Clear both before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge.

 

Furthermore, there’s now cracker bars that can be added to the pudding. Simply click on the cracker bar after selecting the pudding bowl to add it as per patients’ requests. You can restock the crackers by clicking on the box directly underneath it at the buffet.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 45

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 45

Level 46 – Confessions of a Pregnant Woman

It’s Emily’s chance to talk about the ‘wonders’ of pregnancy…

Mouse Location: At the top left corner of the partition above the ultrasound table.

 

The selection at the ward is filling out. There are now 3 capsule pills to choose from, and an additional blood pressure gauge has been added to the doctor’s arsenal. Pay close attention to the design and color differences, and you shouldn’t have any problem with the added selection today.

 

Level 47 – Bittersweet Discovery

When Paige goes visiting her bird friend, she finds something she wasn’t expecting…

Mouse Location: Hanging upside-down from the ceiling light in the upper left corner.

 

There’s a new medicinal vial that can accompany prescriptions below the register. Pay close attention to the prescriptions patients ask for and the containers that accompany them.

 

Level 48 – The Conspiracy Unfolds

Someone at the hospital is not who he seemed to be! But Emily, don’t forget: One, Two, Three… Push!

Mouse Location: Peeking out from behind the monitor portion of the ultrasound examination table.

 

The ward’s a little busier than usual today, but otherwise there’s nothing new for you to worry about. Remember to keep x-rays, coffee cups, and biscuits stocked.

 

Level 49 – Picking up the Bad News

Help Emily find the files that fell from Allison’s folder, and let her find out the bad news.

Mouse Location: Underneath the x-ray slides on the left table, behind the small red pill bottles.

 

Find all the files that Allison dropped! There are 8 files scattered around the ward. Complete today’s challenge by finding them all before your shift ends. Their locations are shown here:

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 49

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 49

Level 50 – Life on Life’s Terms

It’s not too late for hospitals, but there’s something weird going on with Emily’s labor!

Mouse Location: Outside behind the white curtain, just above the foot of the upper left bed.

 

Selecting Level 50 from the level select map will take you straight into the cutscene you’ve been waiting so patiently for!

 

Cutscene: The Birth – It’s a…!

Uh-oh, something big is happening! Answer the call by clicking on the laptop marked with the “!” bubble, then click inside the green circle that appears repeatedly until it’s filled and the call connects.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 50 Cutscene Part 1 - Answer the Call!

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 50 Cutscene Part 1 – Answer the Call!

Now do as the doctor orders! Start by clicking on the sink in the upper right corner marked with the “!” bubble. Once Patrick washes his hands, click on the green pot nearby, also marked with a “!” bubble.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 50 Cutscene Part 2 - Sterilize the Area!

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 50 Cutscene Part 2 – Sterilize the Area!

Now it’s Emily’s turn. Click inside the green circle that appears repeatedly until it’s completely filled, then click and hold inside the blue circle that appears until it’s full as well.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 50 Cutscene Part 3 - Push!

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 50 Cutscene Part 3 – Push!

Uh-oh, Patrick dropped the cushions! Locate all 3 cushions scattered throughout the kitchen. Their locations are shown here:

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 50 Cutscene Part 4 - Find the Cushions!

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 50 Cutscene Part 4 – Find the Cushions!

Now once again, Emily! Click inside the green circle that appears repeatedly until it’s filled, then click and hold inside the blue circle until it’s also filled completely. Annnnd….!

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 50 Cutscene Part 5 - PUUUUSH!

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 50 Cutscene Part 5 – PUUUUSH!

 

Hard work deserves a reward! Today’s challenge is to collect all of Emily’s presents as they show up today. Emily’s father Edward will bring them in, stopping at the foot of Emily’s bed with a “!” bubble over his head. Click on Edward to collect the gift. Repeat this process 8 times today to complete today’s challenge, and your time at the maternity ward.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 50

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 50

 

Chapter 6 – The Miracle of Life

Home sweet home! It’s time to settle down and celebrate the arrival of new friends and family members.

 

Level 51 – Get the Baby Shower Started!

All the sweat and hard work is finally paying off! Deliver Emily the presents from her family and friends.

Mouse Location: In the drawer containing the yellow and green flowers on the left end of the checkout counter.

 

Selecting Level 51 from the level select map will give you an interactive cutscene before the level begins.

 

Cutscene: Look What I Can Do!

Paige has had plenty of time to practice riding a bike thanks to Vito’s help. Show Emily how well she can ride! Once prompted, click and hold the green circle that appears, dragging it all the way to the left along the length of the arrow. Off she goes!

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 51 Cutscene - Ride the Bike!

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 51 Cutscene – Ride the Bike!

 

Now that Level 51 has started, your goal for today is to deliver all of Emily’s presents to her. All the gifts Emily asks for can be found in the center of the room. Wait for Emily to ask for a gift, then click on the corresponding gift in the middle of the room to add it to your tray and bring it to her. Repeat this process a total of 5 times to complete today’s challenge. All gift locations are pictured here:

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 51

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 51

Level 52 – Fatigue Squared

Having a child is tiring… so imagine having twins! Move the least you can, or the squeaky floor will wake Emily up.

Mouse Location: Peeking out from the upper right side of the oven.

 

The only new item today is a rattle for the babies. This rattle is on the lower left end of the checkout counter, and only Emily will ask for it. If Emily stands and you see the “…” bubble, it means she’ll be asking for the rattle soon. Click on it to add it to your tray, then bring it to her as if she were a normal customer. Follow the touch prompts shown to interact with the baby. Rub inside the circle that appears, then Drag up, then Hold a click inside the blue circle until it’s filled. Keep in mind Angela can keep moving and Francois can clear while performing this gesture, but if you let go of the click before it’s finished, you’ll have to try again.

 

Tip! Antonio will also be available as an entertainer today, allowing you to keep customers entertained if you need extra time to help Emily with the gesture minigames.

 

Level 53 – Goodbye Lullaby

Vito treasures the company of his family, to the beat of an Italian nanna.

Mouse Location: Just above the pink ice cream at the bottommost counter.

 

Walk less than 550 steps today! Most products are close to each other, so it’s not a particularly hard challenge. However, it’s a good idea to wait for at least 2 counter orders at a time today, just to save an extra trip to the cotton candy machine if you can help it.

 

Tip! Try restocking your ice cream cones while waiting for cookies to bake and check out customers in groups!

 

Level 54 – Twin Wisdom

Do Gina and Tina have the secret to raising twins?

Mouse Location: Peeking out from the left side of the blue table and stand next to the pink greeting card.

 

There are a few menu additions in the kitchen today. First, a delicious chocolate chip cookie cupcake is now available next to the ice cream cone topper. It requires no extra preparation. There’s also a baby bottle on the stove, which Emily may ask for in addition to the flower rattle.

 

The more complicated new addition today is icing for the fruit cake on the left. Pay close attention to customers’ orders when it comes to cake. You’ll need to count the number of layers. Whatever color the cake is on top is the last cake layer you’ll need to click before adding the garnish. For example:

  • A cake with 2 middle pink layers and icing on top will need the ingredients clicked on in this order: pink cake, frosting, pink cake, frosting, garnish.
  • A cake with 2 middle pink layers and no icing on top will need the ingredients click on in this order: pink cake, frosting, pink cake, garnish.
  • A cake with 1 pink layer and frosting on top requires this order: pink cake, frosting, garnish.
  • A cake with 3 pink layers and no frosting on top requires this order: pink cake, frosting, pink cake, frosting, pink cake, garnish. Etc.

 

Level 55 – Babies Overload

Paige is over the moon with so many kids loose in the room! Pay attention to her requests.

Mouse Location: Between the cotton candy mix and machine toward the upper right corner of the room, in the center of the cart.

 

Paige is very curious today, and has tons of questions! Click on Paige every time a “!” bubble appears over her head to listen to her. You’ll need to listen to her a total of 8 times today to complete today’s bonus challenge.

 

New today is a fruit jam kept under the checkout counter, and ice water. Ice water can be restocked by clicking the pitcher beneath the numbered glass.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 55

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 55

Level 56 – The Man Behind the Clown

Bonzo’s back in town, but this time Emily’s more open to his unorthodox ways.

Mouse Location: In the green ice cream compartment of the bottommost counter.

 

While there’s no bonus challenge today, there are a couple new products. A peanut butter berry macaroon can be found under the checkout counter between the jam and the cone refills. Also new is the blue cotton candy mix, located on the cart in the upper right corner.

 

Level 57 – Life Remade

A new life for Mary-Lynn, with less attachments… but more cravings! Bring her whatever she orders!

Mouse Location: On the floor underneath the right side of the greeting card table, between the round table and the ice water pitcher.

 

Mary-Lynn is visiting today, and her pregnancy cravings are showing up in full force! Mary-Lynn will sit at the table in the upper left corner today. Throughout the day, she’ll order items – and she’ll order a lot of them, so best serve her quickly! Serve Mary-Lynn all 12 items she asks for before the end of the day to complete today’s bonus challenge. Keep in mind Mary-Lynn sitting at a table means there’s only 2 tables open to your normal customers today, so don’t keep them waiting!

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 57

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 57

Level 58 – Medical Check-Up

Dr. Allison comes to visit the newborns and take a look at Vito!

Mouse Location: On the mantle in the upper left corner, in front of the polka-dotted vase.

 

Now that you’ve gotten the hang of the products here, the game will throw in one more for good measure. A delicious new green ice cream is available to order. Customers can order the ice cream, or any variation of flavors and numbers of scoops together. Remember to pay extra close attention to the flavors and number of scoops they ask for!

 

Level 59 – The Magic Mommy Touch

Time for Susan’s Mother’s Day act! Help her find the mischievous children.

Mouse Location: In the window outside, peeking out from the left orange curtain by the blue cradle.

 

Susan’s kids are as unruly as ever. Find the missing children! A total of 10 children are hidden and will pop up throughout the day. Listen for the tell-tale giggle, then click on the child once they appear. Children will show up in the following locations, pictured below:

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Level 59

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Level 59

Level 60 – The Miracle of Life

Whatever life brings, love from the ones we love will always keep us moving forward!

Mouse Location: Peeking out from behind the bottom right wheel of the cotton candy cart.

 

It’s the last level, go go go! There are 6 slots on your tray and all products are unlocked. It’s time to show the world just how good your time management skills are!

 

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life!

 

Challenges

In addition to the game’s 60 story levels, there are 30 challenge levels for you to complete. Each chapter contains 5 challenges, excluding the Daily Challenge, which is randomly generated and not included in this section. For more information on the Daily Challenges visit the General Tips & Tricks section. This section lists all other challenges and tips on how to complete them.

 

– Chapter 1 – An Unexpected Visitor –

 

Challenge 1-1 – Happy Fans

Some fans of Emily’s video blog are visiting her kitchen to see her work in real life. Make them ecstatic by serving them quickly!

 

Check out 13 customers with a 5-heart happiness rating today. If you serve a customer their entire order quickly, you’ll earn an extra heart. Serve customers quickly and never leave more than 2 waiting at the checkout counter.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Challenge 1-1

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Challenge 1-1

Challenge 1-2 – Clean Combo!

Make Emily shine and clean 2 tables in a row 3 times.

 

Clean 2 tables back-to-back a total of 3 times today. This includes the purple stove on the left. Wait until two “!” marks appear indicating the area needs to be cleaned, then click on them one after the other, without serving any customers between clicks. Do this a total of 3 times to complete today’s challenge.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Challenge 1-2

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Challenge 1-2

Challenge 1-3 – Amusing Waiting

Make 6 customers’ waits more bearable by entertaining them!

 

Entertain 6 customers today. To entertain a customer, click on Edward in the chef’s hat, then click on a table with customers. Entertaining customers will increase their hearts and patience. You will need to do this with 6 individual groups of table customers to complete the goal.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Challenge 1-3

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Challenge 1-3

Challenge 1-4 – Ecologic Kitchen

People are worried about the food being wasted by big restaurants. Don’t spill or burn anything!

 

Complete today’s challenge by getting through the day without spilling or burning anything. Keep a close eye on the lemonade jar and any vegetables you grill today. Customers will order these items more today, adding to the challenge.

 

Tip! Try using upgrades for these products to help slow spills and burning. You can select menu upgrades after choosing the challenge in the level select map once the restaurant appears.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Challenge 1-4

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Challenge 1-4

Challenge 1-5 – Mice Madness

Where did all those mice come from? Chase 20 mice.

 

Carl the mouse brought friends today! Find 20 mice before the end of the day. Listen closely – mice will squeak when they appear. Click on a mouse once you find it. Possible mouse locations are shown below:

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Challenge 1-5

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Challenge 1-5

 

– Chapter 2 – And the Winner Is… –

 

Challenge 2-1 – Quick Deliveries

Customers don’t like to wait for their orders. Earn 9 quick bonuses and keep them happy!

 

Serve a customer their full order quickly to obtain a quick bonus. You will have a few seconds between the time a customer orders and the time you can bring them that order and obtain the bonus. If you’re struggling to serve customers quickly, try keeping an extra bottle or cupcake on your tray. Each quick bonus will add +10 to your score.

 

Challenge 2-2 – Sewing Machine

The girls are super excited with the new sewing machine. Let’s make a lot of plushies!

 

Today’s challenge is to sew 13 plushies before the end of the day. To sew a plush, click on the blueprint in the lower left corner, followed by the pile of stuffing. The plush will then be moved to the sewing machine, where a dial will appear. Click on the dial once the needle lands in the green zone to finish the plush.

 

Tip! There won’t be many orders for plushies today, so you’ll need to make as many as you can in your free time. Sew plushies between and while serving customers. Remove any extra stuffies from your tray by clicking on the plush within the white slots at the bottom of the screen to make room for more.

 

Challenge 2-3 – All Served

Customers are becoming more picky recently. Serve them as many products in a row as you can.

 

Today’s challenge is to serve at least 4 groups of customers back-to-back. Each time you serve at least 2 customers back-to-back without performing any other tasks, it will count toward your goal. Do this a total of 4 times to complete today’s challenge.

 

Tip! Try serving a combination of 2 counter customers, or 1 counter customer and 1 table of customers.

 

Challenge 2-4 – Stock Anticipation

Keeping an eye on your stock is key to running a successful shop. Don’t run out of products!

 

Don’t run out of products today! There are two products with limited stock: baby bottles and rubber ducks. Both are located on tables between the door and the pink crib. The numbers next to these items show how many are currently in stock. To restock them, click on the boxes on the left side of the counter.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Challenge 2-4

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Challenge 2-4

Challenge 2-5 – Take it Slow

Tina feels exhausted today… Complete the shift while she takes it steady, and moves a bit slower.

 

Tina will move much more slowly today. A useful trick today is to pay attention to groups of customers walking in. If you see a group of 3-4 customers, they’ll be on their way to a table. While they’re still making their way to the table, you can count the number of customers together and put that many catalogues on your tray. That way you’re ready the moment they sit down, giving you an edge for quick bonuses.

 

– Chapter 3 – A Mystery Guest –

 

Challenge 3-1 – Combo Streak!

Gather some kids at the counter, and do some checkout combos!

 

Earn a checkout combo by checking out 2-3 kids at a time at the checkout counter. Check out 8 separate groups of kids to complete today’s goal.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Challenge 3-1

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Challenge 3-1

Challenge 3-2 – Tip Hunting

Children will give extra love if they’re happy! Reach more than 450 points in tips.

 

This challenge’s goal is to earn more than 450 coins in tips. The happier the child (or Francois) is, the higher the tip. Tips will decrease if you keep them waiting, so serve them promptly! You can increase the tip amount by purchasing upgrades prior to starting the level, both with unlockable products and via the shop.

 

Challenge 3-3 – Double Orders, Double Fun

Children are having so much fun today, they’ll order twice each time!

 

Things are about to get busy! Tables will order twice during this challenge. There will be lots of orders for hot chocolate and robots today. To keep things running smoothly, try to keep an extra cup of hot chocolate on your tray whenever you can. You may also want to purchase upgrades in the shop that help increase the children’s patience.

 

Challenge 3-4 – Experience Tranquility

Susan is getting stressed out… Let her get some peace and be still for a while!

 

Today’s challenge is to stand still for 30 seconds. In the hustle and bustle of the daycare, that can be very difficult! Instead of completing this challenge at the start of the day or in the middle, focus on completing it at the end of the day instead. The shift clock may be finished, but as long as there’s children still left in the daycare, you can still complete your goal. Stand still for 30 seconds without moving once the last children have been served but before they check out at the register. A timer in the upper right corner will fill up as the time ticks by, letting you know how long you’ve been standing, and how long left you have.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Challenge 3-4

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Challenge 3-4

Challenge 3-5 – Only Full Orders Allowed

Don’t make the children wait. Deliver full orders!

 

To complete today’s challenge, you will need to serve full orders only. Bring the children all the items they ask for in a single trip. It’s better to make multiple trips and make sure you’re serving full orders than to worry about combos during this level. If at any point you only bring part of an order, you’ll fail today’s challenge. It’s better to take your time.

 

– Chapter 4 – Pushing Too Hard –

 

Challenge 4-1 – Chained Delivery

Mary-Lynn wants to please all her customers at the same time. Help her pull off some chain combos!

 

Obtain 5 chain combos before the end of the day. A chain combo is when you have two or more orders ready on your tray, then bring those orders to the customers who asked for them back-to-back without performing any other tasks between serving those customers. Be very careful with your timing today. Only 5-6 groups of customers who are good for chain combos will show up today, and you’ll need 5 to complete the challenge.

 

Tip! If a customer has their order ready, and no other customers are in the spa, go ahead and serve that customer. If a customer has their order ready or is thinking, and another customer stops at a station and is also getting ready to order, wait! That’s an ideal circumstance to set up a chain combo.

 

Tip! Only serve chain combos of 2 customers at a time, and no more.

 

Challenge 4-2 – On Your Toes

Don’t stand still for more than 7 seconds at once.

 

This challenge can be a little tricky. Never stand still for more than 7 seconds at a time. Achieve this by alternating clicking between the register, restocking the flowers, and clicking the gold lotion. If you click the lotion, then the register, it will prevent Emily from putting items on her tray while also keeping her in motion.

 

Be especially careful of customers who ask for green towels today. Make sure you get Emily moving again before you start on the touch gestures. One of the gestures requires you to click and hold. While performing this gesture, you will be unable to move Emily, and the gesture takes at least a few seconds to complete.

 

Challenge 4-3 – Global Warming

Ice products are a valuable thing – don’t let them melt!

 

Don’t let the any ice packs you pick up today melt. The best rule to use is to only prepare and pick up ice packs when customers ask for them. If you follow this rule, then serve them right away, you should have no trouble completing today’s challenge.

 

Challenge 4-4 – A Bad Day

Everyone can have a bad day, even your customers. Why not make their day a bit better?

 

Earning a high score today can be tricky. Customers enter in a bad mood with only 3 hearts. If you serve customers full orders quickly, you can improve their heart count by 1. An excellent trick to use today is Francois’ entertainment talents. Click on Francois, followed by a group of customers either sitting at the table, or soaking in the water. Customers’ heart counts will improve by +1 whenever Francois entertains them, so it’s possible to boost a table or spa customers’ heart count to 5 by the time they check out by using this technique.

 

Challenge 4-5 – Shaking Hands

Emily is so dizzy due to her pregnancy, she’s having trouble keeping the tray balanced.

 

Throughout the day, approximately every 20 seconds, the screen will shake and items will fall off your tray. If you’re trying to get good combos today, you may find yourself having a rough time. Instead, focus on serving customers quickly, and not in large groups or combos. Items will continue to fall off your tray even after your shift has ended.

 

Tip! Use Francois to entertain customers and improve their mood, or purchase patience-boosting items in the shop to buy yourself a little extra time.

 

– Chapter 5 – An Unusual Doctor –

 

Challenge 5-1 – Charity Tips

The hospital has organized a charity fund for sick kids. Only tips and bonuses will count.

 

The only way to add to your score during this challenge is through tips and bonuses. Serving customers quickly, serving full orders, serving customers back-to-back, and checking customers out in groups are all excellent ways to earn tips and bonuses. If you find yourself struggling with the timing, use our Video Walkthrough as reference.

 

Challenge 5-2 – Good Samaritan

Patrick wants to make everyone happy. Don’t let anyone go below 3 hearts!

 

Ensure all customers have 3 hearts or more today. As long as you keep on top of things, you shouldn’t have any trouble. The most likely place customers will lose hearts is waiting at the checkout counter, so check customers out quickly once they’re finished to prevent their losing hearts.

 

Challenge 5-3 – Old Hospital Trays

These hospital trays are so old, they’re falling apart!

 

Your tray will shrink over time. You’ll start out with 5 slots for items, but by the end of the day, you’ll only have 1! Serve larger combos and chains at the start of the day to get the highest bonuses, then focus on serving customers quickly instead of in groups as the day wears on. By the time you’re down to 1 slot, you will no longer be able to serve full orders, so take advantage of the combos earlier in the day.

 

Challenge 5-4 – No Need for Triage

Serve the customers in the same sequence as they order.

 

Serve customers in the order they come in. There are a couple tricks to help you keep track of this. First, customers tend to line up at the counter from left to right. Chances are, a customer on the left end of the counter has been there the longest. You can also use the number of hearts a customer has to keep track of how long they’ve been there. The fewer the hearts, the longer the customer has been in the ward. This is especially useful if you’re still trying to get chain combos. Finally, remember that the doctor on the lower right works independently from Patrick. Be very careful to wait on serving the customers here if they came in after others you’re currently working on, otherwise the doctor can easily serve them too quickly, causing you to fail the challenge.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Challenge 5-4

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Challenge 5-4

Challenge 5-5 – Forgetful Doctor

Everyone is so worried about Edward and Evelyn, they’re having trouble remembering the orders!

 

Customers will forget their orders after a period of time. After several seconds have passed, a customer’s order will disappear behind a “?” bubble. Focus on serving customers quickly and try not to worry too much about combos.

 

– Chapter 6 – The Miracle of Life –

 

Challenge 6-1 – Eager to Finish

The sooner she finishes, the more time Angela will get to spend with the newborns. Get 3 quick bonuses in a row.

 

Get 3 quick bonuses back-to-back. You only need 3 total to complete this challenge, but you’ll need to do it back-to-back. You do not need to have all the items on your tray at once, you only need to make sure you get quick bonuses on 3 straight orders. If you find yourself struggling during this level, try keeping an extra slice of pink cake on your tray to reduce preparation time.

 

Challenge 6-2 – Doubles!

When you prepare a product, you must prepare it twice!

 

This is perhaps the hardest challenge in the game. Every time you prepare a product, you will need to immediately prepare 1 more. So for example – if a customer orders a cookie, you’ll need to bake a cookie, add it to your tray, and then immediately bake 1 more and add it to your tray as well. If you pick up any item without first making a second of the one requested, you will fail the challenge.

 

If, for example, a customer asks for 2 cookies, you only need to make 2 cookies back-to-back. You do not need to make 4. However, if a customer asks for 1 cookie, you will need to make 2. Similarly, if you need to make 3 cookies for customers, you will need to bake 4.

 

In the case of ice cream, the second ice cream you prepare must have the same number of scoops as the first. So if a customer orders 1 order of two-scoop ice cream and 1 order of three-scoop ice cream, you will first need to make 2 orders of two-scoops, followed by 2 orders of three-scoops.

 

Any extra items you have left over from making doubles can either be thrown away, or served to other customers. For example, if a customer asks for a cookie, you will need to bake 2. You can then serve the first and keep the second on your tray, so when another customer comes in and asks for a cookie, you can serve it right away. You do not need to make any more if a double is already on your tray.

 

You will need to remove extra items as you go, since you only have 4 tray slots. Click on an item on your tray in order to remove it.

 

Tip! Use Edward to keep customers entertained by clicking on him, followed by a table. You may also want to use or purchase upgrades to your shop or menu that increase customer patience or enable quick preparation.

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Challenge 6-2

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Challenge 6-2

Challenge 6-3 – Fresh Products

Today is a really warm day… Deliver products as quickly as you can, before they go bad!

 

Food will go bad today. This applies to all products in the shop. The meter in the upper right corner will start to empty as soon as you place an item on your tray. You must serve it before the meter empties, or else the item will go bad and disappear. If food disappears off your tray, it’s ok! Food that disappears off your tray will only make you retrieve it again. You will not immediately fail the challenge.

 

Tip! Serve customers in single groups instead of chain combos. This will help keep food from going bad.

 

Tip! Once the shift is finished, products will no longer spoil and you can serve customers normally.

 

Challenge 6-4 – Shinny Restaurant

Having clean tables helps keep your restaurant looking neat and tidy. Don’t leave them dirty too long!

 

You will need to clean tables quickly today. Click on a table to clean it as soon as the “!” bubble appears. Don’t wait! A meter in the upper right corner will show you how much time you have left. You need to be especially careful with the table on the upper left today. It takes Francois several seconds to walk there, in addition to the time needed to clean it. If you wait more than a couple seconds, you can easily fail the challenge.

 

Challenge 6-5 – Perfect Day

Angela has woke up in a good mood. Don’t make any mistakes and make her day perfect!

 

Don’t burn or discard any products today. Take your time and make sure every product is perfect. Be careful when counting ice cream scoops and cake layers. You can take a moment during assembly before adding garnish to count again if in doubt. Cookies are also easy to forget in the rush, so keep an ear out for that oven bell once they’re finished!

 

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed all the challenges!

 

Mouse Locations

Emily isn’t the only one whose family is expanding! Carl the mouse will show up in each of the game’s 60 story levels. This section of the walkthrough lists every level and location where Carl the mouse can be found. Note: This does not apply to challenge levels.

 

Chapter 1 – An Unexpected Visitor

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Chapter 1 Mouse Locations

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Chapter 1 Mouse Locations

Level 1: In the middle of the floor to the left of the center island flowerpot.

Level 2: On the center island in front of the green mixer.

Level 3: In the bottom right corner behind the counter, above the cutting board.

Level 4: On the upper left window sill.

Level 5: Just behind the first cake dish in the lower left corner.

Level 6: Between the curtains beneath the center island.

Level 7: Between the bag of flour and the icing dispenser at the bottom of the screen.

Level 8: Behind the center bottom counter, above the notepad next to the laptop.

Level 9: In the glass cabinet window in the upper left corner above the bowl of batter.

Level 10: In the sink in the upper right corner.

 

Chapter 2 – And the Winner Is…

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Chapter 2 Mouse Locations

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Chapter 2 Mouse Locations

Level 11: Behind the leftmost checkout counter mat.

Level 12: On the grass mat between the two small tables to the left of the door.

Level 13: In the upper right corner of the window to the right of the door.

Level 14: Outside in the entrance doorway.

Level 15: Behind the upper left corner of the pink girl’s crib.

Level 16: On the floor between the baby bottle on the table to the right of the door, and the first table’s blue heart balloon.

Level 17: On the left end of the railing below the doorway.

Level 18: On the floor to the right of the register and the catalog, above the baby rattle.

Level 19: At the bottom of the balloon pillar to the right of the door.

Level 20: On the floor next to the pink girl’s crib, below the rubber duck and pony plush.

 

Chapter 3 – A Mystery Guest

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Chapter 3 Mouse Locations

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Chapter 3 Mouse Locations

Level 21: On the floor above the rightmost checkout counter mat.

Level 22: Peeking out from behind the leftmost curtain, next to the play tree.

Level 23: On the floor below the glass of juice and hot chocolate.

Level 24: Upside-down beneath the shelf in the upper right corner of the screen.

Level 25: Peeking out from the bottom left corner of the doorway, behind the glass and the colorful ball.

Level 26: On the right side of the step leading up to the play tree area.

Level 27: On the floor between the two cribs in the lower right corner.

Level 28: On the floor at the corner of the bottom right table, next to the kiwi.

Level 29: Peeking out from the right side of the checkout counter, below the register.

Level 30: On the top shelf between the paper and crayon.

 

Chapter 4 – Pushing Too Hard

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Chapter 4 Mouse Locations

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Chapter 4 Mouse Locations

Level 31: Behind the center island counter, below the table.

Level 32: Behind the top of the checkout monitor.

Level 33: Peeking out from the right side of the center island counter, next to the stairs.

Level 34: On the rocks beneath the cherry blossom tree in the upper left corner.

Level 35: Behind the right side of the gold statue base in the jacuzzi area.

Level 36: Peeking out from the left side of the bottommost counter, by the tea flowers.

Level 37: In the small pool of water to the left of the table, below the cherry blossom tree.

Level 38: On the left side of the window above the table.

Level 39: In the upper right corner of the first waterfall in the jacuzzi area, directly above the stairs.

Level 40: Behind the center portion of the first set of stairs, below the entrance doorway.

 

Chapter 5 – An Unusual Doctor

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Chapter 5 Mouse Locations

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Chapter 5 Mouse Locations

Level 41: On the left side of the carpet beneath the lower left bed, next to the stool.

Level 42: Peeking out from the right side of the checkout counter.

Level 43: Outside behind the upper left corner of the bird bath.

Level 44: In the bottom compartment of the table on the upper right, beneath the spoon.

Level 45: Peeking out from the teal curtain just behind Emily’s head.

Level 46: At the top left corner of the partition above the ultrasound table.

Level 47: Hanging upside-down from the ceiling light in the upper left corner.

Level 48: Peeking out from behind the monitor portion of the ultrasound examination table.

Level 49: Underneath the x-ray slides on the left table, behind the small red pill bottles.

Level 50: Outside behind the white curtain, just above the foot of the upper left bed.

 

Chapter 6 – The Miracle of Life

Delicious - Emily's Miracle of Life - Chapter 6 Mouse Locations

Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life – Chapter 6 Mouse Locations

Level 51: In the drawer containing the yellow and green flowers on the left end of the checkout counter.

Level 52: Peeking out from the upper right side of the oven.

Level 53: Just above the pink ice cream at the bottommost counter.

Level 54: Peeking out from the left side of the blue table and stand next to the pink greeting card.

Level 55: Between the cotton candy mix and machine toward the upper right corner of the room, in the center of the cart.

Level 56: In the green ice cream compartment of the bottommost counter.

Level 57: On the floor underneath the right side of the greeting card table, between the round table and the ice water pitcher.

Level 58: On the mantle in the upper left corner, in front of the polka-dotted vase.

Level 59: In the window outside, peeking out from the left orange curtain by the blue cradle.

Level 60: Peeking out from behind the bottom right wheel of the cotton candy cart.

 

Trophies

Show everyone how much you care by unlocking 16 trophies in Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life. Each trophy unlocks a unique postcard you can send to friends and family via social media. Click on the trophy icon in the upper right corner of the level select screen to view the trophies you’ve unlocked as well as your progress.

 

Trophy Name Description How to Unlock
First Steps Complete the tutorial. Start the game for the first time and play through the tutorial.
An Unexpected Visitor Complete The O’Malley’s Workshop. Complete Levels 1 – 10.
And the Winner Is… Complete The Happy Storks Store. Complete Levels 11 – 20.
A Mystery Guest Complete Susan’s Daycare. Complete Levels 21 – 30.
Pushing Too Hard Complete Mary-Lynn’s Spa. Complete Levels 31 – 40.
An Unusual Doctor Complete Little Creek Hospital. Complete Levels 41 – 50.
The Miracle of Life Complete the baby shower at the O’Malley’s. Complete Levels 51 – 60.
Baby! Good News! See Emily and Patrick listen to their baby for the first time. Complete Level 5 and watch the cutscene that follows.
True Commitment Complete all the story events. Complete all the story events in Levels 1 – 60.
Challenge? What Challenge? Earn every star on every challenge in the game. Earn 3 stars on all challenges. See the Challenges section for tips and tricks!
Mom’s Shopping Know-How Buy every product from every shop. Click the shop icon at the start of each chapter on the level select map. Earn coins by completing levels and use these coins to purchase every product in each of the chapter location shops. You can also access the shop before playing each level by clicking the Shop button to the left of the Play button.
Hard-working Chef Unlock all product upgrades across all chapters. Unlock all product upgrades for each chapter. You can view and select product upgrades for a shop after selecting a level in the level select map, and before clicking the Play button once the shop shows up. Click on a product to view available upgrades. Hover your cursor over a locked product to reveal how to unlock it.
Among the Stars Earn 3 stars on every level of the game. Earn 3 stars on every level, levels 1 – 60. See the walkthrough above for tips and tricks!
Mice Catcher Find Carl the Mouse across every level of the game. Find every mouse hidden in every level of the game, challenges included. See the Mouse Locations section for a complete list of mice.
Colorful Room Purchase all the baby room furniture and decorations. Earn diamonds by completing levels and challenges with high scores, then purchase every decoration and piece of furniture for the baby room! Click on the diamond icon in the upper right corner of the level select map to go to the baby room.
Best Friends Forever Have 5 friends playing the game. Have 5 friends playing the game. You can share your progress and achievements as you play via the social Share buttons that appear after levels and key moments in-game.

 

 

Video Walkthrough

Welcome to the video walkthrough section! The video walkthrough is a 100% complete video guide of Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life Platinum Edition. All story levels, challenges, and Carl the mouse locations are shown. Click the Play button in the center of the video frame below to get started, or click on the options icon in the upper left corner of the video frame to select a different level or challenge.

 

 

 

Didn’t Find What You Need?
We Can Help!

If you need additional help, are having trouble with your game, or even just need a few extra tips and tricks, our Customer Support team can help!

Click here to send a support ticket!

 

 

The Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life Official Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

 

 

 

The post Delicious – Emily’s Miracle of Life Official Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.


Witchcraft – Pandora’s Box Walkthrough

$
0
0

Welcome to the Witchcraft – Pandora’s Box walkthrough! The Crow Witch has kidnapped your daughter with the help of Pandora’s Box. Pursue her into a parallel world filled with magic, where you’ll harness the power of runes to gain special abilities in this haunting hidden object adventure. Our walkthrough will guide you along your journey with tips, tricks, puzzle solutions, and hidden object locations. Browse the Contents below to get started!

Contents

General Tips & Tricks

Whether you’re a hidden object veteran or just getting started as an adventurer, this section will provide you with all the basics, general tips and tricks you’ll need to get started.

 

  • Witchcraft – Pandora’s Box is a hidden object adventure. You will be able to freely traverse scenes and locations while looking for items and objects necessary to solve riddles and puzzles to progress.
  • When starting the game for the first time, you’ll be allowed to choose your difficulty:
    • Casual – Hints recharge quickly. Active objects sparkle. Interactive help is available.
    • Advanced – Hints charge slowly. Active objects do not sparkle.
    • Expert – There are no hints. Active objects do not sparkle.
  • To move between locations, move your mouse cursor to a doorway or edge of the screen. If an arrow appears, click to move to that location.
  • You can fast travel between locations once you find the Map. The Map will also display any active tasks or locations.
  • Your Journal on the lower left will keep track of any notes of interest during your adventure.
  • The Inventory tab is located at the bottom of your screen. All Key Items you find during the game will be stored here for later use and are marked in bold in the guide below. You can lock the inventory bar in place by clicking the lock icon on the right side of the bar.
  • The Hint button is located in the lower right corner of the screen. Click on this to receive a hint regarding what to do or where to go next.
    • While in a hidden object scene, the Hint button will display the location of an item listed at the bottom of the screen.
    • While in a puzzle or minigame, the Hint button will be replaced with a Skip button, allowed you to finish the puzzle without solving it.
  • Any Runes you find during the course of your adventure will be kept in the lower right corner once you save the Lilliputian. Runes will glow when you’re in an area where they can be used.

 

Witchcraft – Pandora’s Box Walkthrough

You’ve just moved into your new home, but within the stacks of boxes lies one that should never be opened: Pandora’s Box. Get ready to take flight and pursue the Crow Witch into her dark realm.

 

Chapter 1 – The Temple

 

Mansion

  • Take a closer look at the pile of boxes on the left. Click on the topmost boxes to remove them, revealing a box tied with string. Exit the closeup for now.
  • A hidden object area will appear over the dresser on the right. Click on it to play.
    • Find the objects listed at the bottom of the screen. Objects listed in green need an additional action before you can collect them.
      • Use the Fly Swatter on the Fly to cross it off the list.
      • Open the cabinet to collect the Paper Knife.
      • Place the scroll into the bottle to collect the Message in a Bottle.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-001

  • Upon completing the area, the Paper Knife will be added to your inventory.
  • Take a closer look at the pile of boxes on the left again.
    • Use the Paper Knife to cut the string holding the box shut. Collect the Casket inside.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-002

  • Zoom in on the table in the middle of the room.
    • Read the newspaper lying on the table, then click on the Magnifying Lens lying to the right of it to add it to your inventory.
    • Use the Magnifying Lens to examine the Casket sitting on the table.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-003

  • Match the pairs of triangles by clicking them with the mouse. The puzzle solution is shown below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-004

  • Once the puzzle is completed, a cutscene will follow. Click on the mysterious Casket to be transported to a new location.

 

Temple – Hall

  • Click anywhere to view a brief cutscene.
  • Take a closer look at the hidden object area over the pile of items on the left.
    • Find the objects listed at the bottom of the screen. Objects listed in green need an additional action before you can collect them.
      • Use the Stone to break open the vases, revealing all the items listed in green within.
      • Feed the Cheese to the Mouse to cross it off the list.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-005

  • Upon finding all the items, the Part of the Control Panel will be added to your inventory.
  • Back in the main room, click on the Bones 1/7 and the Bas-relief Fragment 1/5 to add them to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-006

  • Examine the device in the center of the room.
    • Pick up the Map, then pick up the Bas-relief Fragment 2/5 to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-007

  • Insert the Part of the Control Panel into the slot on the right, selecting the middle rune on the control panel.
  • Back in the main area, the door will open ahead. You may need to click on the control panel or door one more time to activate this. Once the door opens, proceed through to the next area.

 

Temple – Present

  • Pick up the Bas-relief Fragment 3/5 to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-008

  • Go back to the Temple – Hall.

 

Temple – Hall

  • Take a closer look at the control panel in the center of the room. Select the rune on the right to open a new door.
  • Proceed through the doorway to the Temple – Future.

 

Temple – Future

  • Pick up the Bas-relief Fragment 4/5 to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-009

  • Go back to the Temple – Hall.

 

Temple – Hall

  • Examine the control device in the center of the room again. This time, select the bottom rune to open a new doorway.
  • Continue through the doorway to the Temple – Past.

 

Temple – Past

  • Pick up the Bas-relief Fragment 5/5 and the Projector Part to add them to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-010

  • Take a closer look at the wall on the right.
    • Use the Bas-relief Fragments 5/5 on the wall to trigger a puzzle.
    • Reassemble the mosaic by moving the bas-relief parts with the mouse. Click a part to rotate it. The completed puzzle is pictured below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-011

  • After completing the puzzle, take a closer look at the far end of the corridor. Click on the handprint in the center of the panel to reveal a new feature.
  • Take a closer look at the large bird statue that appears. Click on the Stone Plate to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-012

  • Head back to the Temple – Hall.

 

Temple – Hall

  • Using the device in the center of the room, select the middle rune to change the door.
  • Continue through the doorway ahead to the Temple – Present.

 

Temple – Present

  • Take a closer look at the panel ahead. Insert the Stone Plate to trigger a puzzle.
    • Rearrange the stone plates by clicking on them. The puzzle solution is shown below. Upon completing the puzzle, click on the button in the center of the panel to activate the controls.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-013

  • After completing the puzzle, a hidden object area will appear over the ruins on the right.
    • Find the items listed at the bottom of the screen. Objects listed in green will need an additional action before they can be crossed off the list.
      • Place the deer shield fragments on the blue shield to cross the Deer off your list.
      • Use the tongs to retrieve the Prism from the hot embers.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-014

  • Upon completing the area, Projector Part (2) will be added to your inventory.
  • Return to the Temple – Hall.

 

Temple – Hall

  • Examine the control panel in the center of the room. Select the rune on the right to change the door.
  • Enter the Temple – Future.

 

Temple – Future

  • Take a closer look at the device in the center of the room. Insert the Projector Parts (x2) into the bottom left and right corners of the floating triangular device. Brief visions will appear.
  • Once both pieces have been inserted, pick up the Stone and the Chisel.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-015

  • Go back to the Temple – Hall.

 

Temple – Hall

  • Take a closer look at the device in the center of the room. Select the bottom rune to open a new door.
  • Enter the Temple – Past.

 

Temple – Past

  • Take a closer look at the bird statue straight ahead. Use the Chisel on the feather on the lower left, then use the Stone to knock it free, adding the Metal Feather to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-016

  • Return to the Temple – Hall.

 

Temple – Hall

  • Utilizing the control panel in the center of the room, select the middle rune to open a new doorway.
  • Proceed forward into the Temple – Present.

 

Temple – Present

  • Take a closer look at the cages hanging ahead. Use the Metal Feather to cut away the thorns. Click on the Crystal Disc inside to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-017

  • Return to the Temple – Hall.

 

Temple – Hall

  • Zoom in on the device in the center of the room and select the rightmost rune.
  • Proceed through the doorway into the Temple – Future.

 

Temple – Future

  • Examine the triangular device straight ahead. Insert the Crystal Disc to activate the console.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-018

  • A triangular mark will appear ahead. Go back to the Temple – Hall.

 

Temple – Hall

  • Proceed through the doorway ahead, which now leads to the Colonnade.

 

Colonnade

  • Take a closer look at the occupied hanging cage on the right.
    • Pick up the Bone 2/7 to add it to your inventory. You’ll return for the prisoner soon.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-019

  • Zoom in on the collapsed cage on the left side of the Colonnade.
    • Pick up the Bone 3/7 to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-020

  • Examine the purple shells attached to the pillar on the lower left.
    • Pick up the Bone 4/7 to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-021

  • Zoom in on the pile of bones beneath the caged prisoner on the right.
    • Pick up the Bone 5/7 and the Emerald to add them to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-022

  • Proceed forward to the Portal.

 

Portal

  • Pick up the Bone 6/7 lying on the ground on the left.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-023

  • Take a closer look at the center pinnacle stone with the white crystal to trigger a puzzle.
    • Click the stones to copy the melodies. Click the white crystal in the center to repeat each tune. If you make a mistake on a tune, you will lose you progress and be taken back one step. Using the screenshot below as reference, the puzzle solution is as follows:
      1. Red, Blue, Red
      2. Red, Blue, Red, Yellow
      3. Purple, Blue, Purple, Yellow, Green
      4. Purple, Green, Blue, Yellow, Green, Red

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-024

  • Once the puzzle is finished, you’ll be able to access the portal up ahead. Take a closer look.
    • Examine the object on the lower right. Pick up all the Cracked Bowl Fragments 5/5 to add them to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-025

  • Take the path on the right to the next area.

 

Road to the Village

  • Take a closer look at the base of the statue. Pick up the Medallion Part 1/5 to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-026

  • Zoom in on the face of the statue.
    • Insert the Emerald into the center slot of the diadem.
  • Return to the Portal.

 

Portal

  • Take the Path to the Forest on the left.

 

Path to the Forest

  • Take a closer look at the glowing alcove on the right.
    • Pick up the final Bone 7/7 to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-027

  • Return to the Colonnade.

 

Colonnade

  • Zoom in on the cage containing the prisoner on the right.
    • Use the Bones 7/7 on the front of the cage to trigger a minigame.
    • Arrange the bones on the panel to release the cage door. The puzzle solution is shown below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-028

  • Once the puzzle is finished, the prisoner will be freed. Zoom in on the freed prisoner.
    • Speak with the prisoner, then pick up the Lilliputian’s Sword to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-029

  • Continue forward to the Portal.

 

Portal

  • Examine the portal up ahead.
    • Take a closer look at the runes hanging from the top of the portal by the red threads. Use the Lilliputian’s Sword to cut down the Lilliputian’s Rune and add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-030

  • Return to the Colonnade.

 

Colonnade

  • Zoom in on the prisoner on the lower right again. Give the Lilliputian’s Rune to the creature.
  • Make your way to the Path to the Forest.

 

Path to the Forest

  • After the Lilliputian’s prompt, click on the bird to retrieve the Temple Disc.
  • Return to the Portal.

 

Portal

  • Take a closer look at the portal up ahead. Insert the Temple Disc into the slot on the upper right.
  • A magical symbol will appear in the portal. Use the Blank Rune the Lilliputian is holding on the lower right on the magical symbol to acquire the ‘Rising’ Rune.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-031

  • Head left, back along the Path to the Forest.

 

Chapter 2 – The Forest

 

Path to the Forest

  • Take a closer look at the chasm up ahead. Use the ‘Rising Rune’ on the chasm to trigger a minigame.
    • Paint the lines of the rune, without going over them again. The solution is shown below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-032

  • Upon completing the puzzle, a bridge will extend across the chasm, and the rune slate will be wiped clean. Proceed forward across the bridge to the next area.

Woodcutter

  • Upon entering the area, a cutscene will occur.
  • Take a closer look at the bramble wall behind the wolf.
    • Click on the Ruby to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-033

  • Speak with the wolf before leaving the area to learn what he needs.
  • Continue up the steps on the left to the next area.

 

Tree Felling

  • Examine the fallen tree at the bottom of the screen.
    • Click on the branch sticking up to acquire the Stick.
    • Use the Lilliputian’s Sword on the Resin to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-034

  • Zoom in on the broken stone at the far end of the clearing.
    • Click on the Seeds lying on top of the fragmented stone to add them to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-035

  • Go back down to the Woodcutter.

 

Woodcutter

  • Take a closer look at the pickaxe stuck in the glowing tree.
    • Use the Stick on the pickaxe head, then click to add the Pickaxe to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-036

  • Return to the Tree Felling.

 

Tree Felling

  • Take a closer look at the glowing stone feature on the right.
    • Use the Pickaxe on the boulder blocking the glowing archway.
    • Collect the Sapphire to add it to your inventory, then use the Blank Rune on the marking in front of the spring to acquire the ‘Repair’ Rune.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-037

  • Examine the tree trunk in the middle of the clearing.
    • Place the Cracked Bowl Fragment 5/5 on top of the stump.
    • Place the Resin in the middle of the bowl fragments, then use the Magnifying Glass to melt it.
    • Use the ‘Repair’ Rune on the fragments to trigger a minigame.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-038

  • Paint the lines of the rune, without going over them again. The puzzle solution is shown below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-039

  • Once the puzzle is completed, pick up the Fixed Cup sitting on top of the stump. Note: The item will become the Empty Bowl once added to your inventory.
  • Zoom in on the stone spring on the right again.
    • Use the Empty Bowl on the spring to obtain the Cup of Water.
  • Make your way back to the Road to the Village.

 

Road to the Village

  • Take a closer look at the face of the statue.
    • Insert the Ruby and the Sapphire into the diadem on either side of the Emerald.
    • Click on the Diadem to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-040

  • Return to the Woodcutter.

 

Woodcutter

  • Zoom in on the woodcutter and offer him the Diadem. He will fly into a rage, spilling the contents of his toolbox.
  • Back in the main area, a hidden object area will appear over the pile of tools on the right.
    • Find the items listed at the bottom of the screen. Objects listed in green require an additional action before they can be crossed off the list. Their locations are shown below. Upon completing the area, the Shovel will be added to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-041

  • Go down to the Path to the Forest.

 

Path to the Forest

  • Take a closer look at the patch of earth on the right.
    • Use the Shovel to dig up the earth, then plant the Seeds. Use the Cup of Water on the hole.
    • There’s one more component that’s missing here you’ll return for later. For now, return to the Tree Felling.

 

Tree Felling

  • Zoom in on the spring on the right.
    • Use the Empty Bowl on the spring to refill it again, once again adding the Cup of Water to your inventory.
  • Proceed forward to the True Tree.

 

True Tree

  • Take a closer look at the rock on the right.
    • Click on the Meadow Flower to add it to your inventory, then use the Cup of Water on the moss to remove it, revealing the ‘Growth’ Rune. Use the Blank Rune to collect it.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-042

  • Return to the Path to the Forest.

 

Path to the Forest

  • Examine the patch of earth on the right again.
    • Use the ‘Growth’ Rune on the soil to trigger a minigame.
    • Paint the lines of the rune, without going over them again. The solution is shown below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-043

  • Once the puzzle is finished, click on the Sapling to add it to your inventory.
  • Return to the Woodcutter.

 

Woodcutter

  • Zoom in on the woodcutter and offer him the Sapling.
  • The woodcutter will clear a new path. Proceed forward via the path behind him to the next location, where a cutscene will occur. This path is a dead end.
  • Pick up the Crowbar to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-044

  • Return to the Road to the Village.

 

Road to the Village

  • Take a closer look at the slot at the base of the statue.
    • Insert the Crowbar into the slot, then click on it to activate the lever.
  • A portal to the far shore will appear. Enter into the blue portal to reach the next location.

 

Cable Car

  • Examine the pointed stone at the base of the left set of steps.
    • Click on the Mechanism Part 5 to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-045

  • Zoom in on the pointed stone to the right of the purple crystals.
    • Pick up the Part of Rune Stone and Medallion Part 2/5 to add them to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-046

  • Return to True Tree.

 

True Tree

  • Insert the Part of Rune Stone onto the broken base between the other pointed rune stones.
  • Click on the pointed, now-glowing rune stones so that they retract into the ground, allowing you to reach the tree.
    • Click on the Forest Disc to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-047

  • Return to the Portal.

 

Portal

  • Take a closer look at the portal up ahead. Insert the Forest Disc into the slot on the lower left.
  • Another rune will appear in the portal. Use the Blank Rune ­­to collect the ‘Opening’ Rune marking within the portal.
  • Return to the Cable Car.

 

Chapter 3 – The Lilliputians

 

Cable Car

  • Zoom in on the stone wall in the upper right corner, at the top of the steps.
    • Use the ‘Opening’ Rune on the stone wall to trigger a minigame.
    • Paint the lines of the rune, without going over them again. The puzzle solution is shown below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-048

  • Upon completing the puzzle, the wall blocking the path will disappear. Enter the now-accessible Lilliputian’s Village.

 

Lilliputian’s Village

  • Speak with the Elder, then continue up via the path on the left to Spiral Valley.

 

Spiral Valley

  • Click on the hidden object area on the upper right.
    • Find the objects listed at the bottom of the screen. The items listed in green require an additional action before they can be crossed off the list. Their locations are shown below. Once you’ve found all the items, the Backpack of Lightness will be added to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-049

  • Pick up the Mechanism Part 2 in the center of the circle.
  • Zoom in on the tree on the lower right and pick up the Mechanism Part 3.
  • Zoom in on the table on the left and pick up the Jar and the Mechanism Part 4.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-050

  • Go back to the Lilliputian’s Village.

 

Lilliputian’s Village

  • Take a closer look at the stand on the right. Add Mechanism Part 2, Mechanism Part 3, Mechanism Part 4, and Mechanism Part 5 to the mechanism in that order.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-051

  • Head to the Tree Felling.

 

Tree Felling

  • Zoom in on the pile of wood lying on the ground. Use the Backpack of Lightness on the wood to obtain the Golden Logs.
  • After collecting the logs, click on the Gloves lying on the ground beneath to add them to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-052

  • Continue forward to True Tree.

 

True Tree

  • Take a closer look at the rock on the right.
    • Place the Jar on the rock, then place the Meadow Flower into the jar and click to collect the Jar with Butterfly.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-053

  • Make your way back to the Lilliputian’s Village.

 

Lilliputian’s Village

  • Take a closer look at the mechanism on the right.
    • Use the Golden Logs on the mechanism.
  • The crystal in the center of the village will be driven away. Zoom in on the circular platform and pick up the Lilliputian’s Disc in the center.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-054

  • Go down to the Cable Car.

 

Cable Car

  • Take a closer look at the pile of cobblestones on the left.
    • Use the Gloves to remove the centipede.
    • Use the Backpack of Lightness on the pile to obtain the gold Constructional Blocks.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-055

  • Return to the Portal.

 

Portal

  • Take a closer look at the portal up ahead.
    • Place the Lilliputian’s Disc into the slot on the upper left.
    • Use the Blank Rune on the marking that appears in the portal to acquire the ‘Binding’ Rune.
  • Return to Spiral Valley.

 

Chapter 4 – The Mountain

 

Spiral Valley

  • The crystal from the village has been relocated here, and a Lilliputian stands in the clearing. Give the Constructional Blocks to the Lilliputian.
  • Enter the Spiral Tower.

 

Spiral Tower

  • Speak with the Lilliputian to learn what he needs.
  • Take a closer look at the wall on the right and pick up the Pliers.
  • Take a closer look at the hanging instruments on the left. Click on them to lower the Lilliputian’s Bucket, then add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-056

  • Make your way back to the Colonnade.

 

Colonnade

  • Take a closer look at the cluster of purple shells in the lower left corner.
    • Use the Pliers to remove the Shells, adding them to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-057

  • Go to the Road to the Village.

 

Road to the Village

  • Use the Lilliputian’s Bucket on the sand in the lower right corner of the portal to add the Bucket of Sand to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-058

  • Make your way back to Spiral Valley.

 

Spiral Valley

  • Zoom in on the table on the left.
    • Place the Bucket of Sand, the Shells, and the Jar with Butterfly into the slots on the table. Collect the resulting Abrasive Mixture.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-059

  • Enter the Spiral Tower.

 

Spiral Tower

  • Give the Abrasive Mixture to the Lilliputian.
  • Exit back out to Spiral Valley.

 

Spiral Valley

  • Once you exit the tower, a cutscene will occur. Afterward, you will acquire the Magical Crystal.
  • Go back to the Cable Car.

 

Cable Car

  • Zoom in on the small pointed stone at the base of the stairs on the left.
    • Insert the Magical Crystal into the slot in the small stone.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-060

  • A new path will be opened. Continue up the steps on the left to the Mountain Station.

 

Mountain Station

  • Take a closer look at the bed of flowers.
    • Click on the Medallion Part 3/5 to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-061

  • Enter the Mine via the path on the left.

 

Mine

  • Speak with the lion to learn of his needs.
  • Click on the hidden object area in the yellow passage.
    • Find the items listed at the bottom of the screen. Objects listed in green require an extra action before they can be crossed off the list. Their locations are shown below. Upon completing the area, the Medallion Part 4/5 will be added to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-062

  • Back in the main area, pick up the Lion Amulet and the Acid, then take a closer look at the stone in front of the lion’s feet.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-063

  • Use the Pliers to pull the Opal from the rock, then add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-064

  • Take a closer look at the base of the rock column on the left.
    • Use the Pickaxe on the rock to acquire the Coal.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-065

  • Head back out to the Mountain Station.

 

Mountain Station

  • Take the path on the right to the Bridge Across the Crevice.

 

Bridge Across the Crevice

  • Take a closer look at the base of the left stone column and pick up the Medallion Part 5/5.
  • Take a closer look at the top of the left stone column and use the Empty Bowl on the snow to acquire the Alpine Snow.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-066

  • Head back to Spiral Valley.

 

Spiral Valley

  • Take a closer look at the tree branch on the right.
    • Use the Acid to free the Garden Shears, adding them to your inventory. The Empty Jar will be added to your inventory as well.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-067

  • Return to the Mountain Station.

 

Mountain Station

  • Take a closer look at the flower bed.
    • Use the Garden Shears to clip away the thorns, then click on the Snowdrops to add them to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-068

  • Return to True Tree.

 

True Tree

  • Take a closer look at the altar on the left.
    • Place the Lion Amulet into the right bowl and the Medallion Part 5/5 into the left.
    • Use the ‘Binding’ Rune on the Medallion Parts in the left bowl to trigger a puzzle.
    • Paint the lines of the rune, without going over them again. The solution is shown below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-069

  • Upon completing the puzzle, click on the ‘Soul’ Rune to add it to your inventory.
  • Return to the Mine.

 

Mine

  • Use the ‘Soul’ Rune to the lion.
  • Enter through the doorway behind the lion to the Underground Refuge.

 

Underground Refuge

  • Take a closer look at the glowing rune on the right toward the back of the cavern.
    • Use the Blank Rune to acquire the ‘Decrease’ Rune.
  • Use the ‘Decrease’ Rune on the large table in the center to trigger a puzzle.
  • Paint the lines of the rune, without going over them again. The puzzle solution is shown below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-070

  • Zoom in on the smaller table in the center of the room.
    • Place the Opal into the center slot to trigger a puzzle.
    • Position the points on the four corner crystals so that the beam of light refracts within the bounds of the altar only. Start the beam by pressing the central button. The puzzle solution is shown below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-071

  • Upon solving the puzzle, click on the charged Iridescent Opal in the center to add it to your inventory.
  • Make your way back to Spiral Valley.

 

Spiral Valley

  • Zoom in on the stone table on the left.
    • Place the Snowdrops, the Empty Jar, the Alpine Snow, and the Iridescent Opal into the slots on the table.
    • Pick up the resulting Potion of Purity to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-072

  • Return to the Underground Refuge.

 

Underground Refuge

  • Take a closer look at the tainted fountain on the left.
    • Use the Potion of Purity on the poisoned spring to restore it.
    • Use the Empty Bowl on the purified waters to acquire the Mountain Water.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-073

  • Go back down to the Mine.

 

Mine

  • Give the Mountain Water to the lion.
  • Examine the face of the door on the right.
    • Pick up the Mountain Disc to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-074

  • Return to the Portal.

 

Portal

  • Zoom in on the portal straight ahead.
    • Insert the Mountain Disc into the slot in the lower right corner.
    • A new marking will appear in the portal. Use the Blank Rune on the marking to acquire the ‘Disperse’ Rune.
  • Make your way back to the Bridge Across the Crevice.

 

Chapter 5 – The Mage

 

Bridge Across the Crevice

  • Use the ‘Disperse’ Rune on the black fog blocking the gorge to trigger a puzzle.
    • Paint the lines of the rune, without going over them again. The solution is shown below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-075

  • With the fog cleared, continue forward to the Rocky Peaks.

 

Rocky Peaks

  • Continue up via the path on the right to the Broken Cable Car.

 

Broken Cable Car

  • Click on the hidden object area over the chest on the right.
    • Find the objects listed at the bottom of the screen. Items listed in green require an additional action before they can be crossed off the list. Upon completing the puzzle, the Piece of Parchment will be added to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-076

  • Examine the stones on the left.
    • Place the Piece of Parchment on top of the stone, then use the Coal to trace the outline onto the paper. Once finished, click on the Rune Part to add it to your inventory. Note: You will need to click on the drawing itself to pick it up, not the edges of the parchment.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-077

  • Go back down to the Rocky Peaks.

 

Rocky Peaks

  • Take a closer look at the fragmented stone on the left.
    • Place the Rune Part parchment from your inventory over the broken stone. Use the Coal once again to trace the outline. Once finished, click on the Rune Part again, same as before, to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-078

  • Make your way back to the Tree Felling.

 

Tree Felling

  • Examine the broken stone where you formerly found the Seeds.
    • Use the Rune Part parchment on the stone, followed by the Coal to trace the outline.
    • Use the Blank Rune on the completed drawing to acquire the ‘Attract’ Rune.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-079

  • Return to the Bridge Across the Crevice.

 

Bridge Across the Crevice

  • Use the ‘Attract’ Rune on the island floating in the distance toward the top of the screen to trigger a puzzle.
    • Paint the lines of the rune, without going over them again. The puzzle solution is shown below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-080

  • Upon completing the puzzle, the floating island will be pulled closer. Click on the island to take a closer look, clicking on the Metal Bars Key to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-081

  • Head back up to the Rocky Peaks.

 

Rocky Peaks

  • Take a closer look at the gold apparatus on the right.
    • Use the Metal Bars Key on the lock, then use the Blank Rune on the marking that appears to collect the ‘Great Attract’ Rune.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-082

  • Use the ‘Great Attract’ Rune on the floating island with the white sail on the left to trigger a puzzle.
    • Paint the lines of the rune, without going over them again. The puzzle solution is shown below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-083

  • Upon completing the puzzle, you will gain access to the Sail. Continue across the bridge on the left.

 

Sail

  • After a brief cutscene, you will find yourself at a grand estate. Take a closer look at the door on the left.
    • Find pairs and threes of identical symbols on the spines of the books. The screenshot below shows the puzzle solution. After you find all the pairs, one book will remain. Click on it to open the door.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-084

  • Examine the center door to trigger another puzzle.
    • Slide the colored key tiles to the matching locks. Tiles only move certain directions but can push other tiles. Press the button to reset. The solution is shown below.
      1. Move the green tile down to the bottom lock.
      2. Move the yellow tile up, pushing the red tile up 1 square.
      3. Move the red tile to the right, pushing the green tile to the junction.
      4. Move the blue tile to the left until it cannot move further.
      5. Move the green tile down, pushing the blue tile down 1 square to the junction.
      6. Move the yellow tile up to the yellow lock.
      7. Move the red tile over to the red lock.
      8. Move the blue tile over to the blue lock.
      9. Move the green tile down to the final green lock.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-085

  • Examine the door on the right to trigger one more puzzle.
    • Arrange the herbarium sample tiles in numerical order. Select a tile to slide it to an adjacent empty space. The puzzle solution is shown below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-086

  • Go through the door on the right to enter the Greenhouse.

 

Greenhouse

  • After the cutscene, click on the hidden object area ahead.
    • Find the objects described at the bottom of the screen. You must solve riddles in order to find the items. Their locations are shown below, and the answer to the riddles is as follows:
      1. An open-ended barrel, I am shaped like a hive. I am filled with the flesh, and the flesh is alive! What am I?
        Answer: Thimble
      2. Look at my face and you see somebody, look at my back and you see nobody.
        Answer: Mirror
      3. Colored as a maiden tweaked, time was naught when I began; through the garden I was sneaked, I alone am the fall of man.
        Answer: Apple
        Note: You must first use the pliers to remove the foliage, revealing the fruit’s location.
      4. I have five letters and people eat me. Remove my first two letters and I am an animal. What am I?
        Answer: Grape
      5. What shoemaker makes shoes without leather, with all four elements put together, fire and water, earth and air: every customer gets two pair?
        Answer: Horseshoe
      6. A very pretty thing am I, fluttering in the pale-blue sky. Delicate, fragile on wing, indeed I am a pretty thing. What am I?
        Answer: Butterfly
      7. A red cap on my head, a stone in my throat, if you tell me the answer, I’ll give you a Groat. What am I?
        Answer: Cherries
      8. First half: a fragrant tree, always colored green; second half: a tasty shape, a place to put ice cream.
        Answer: Pinecone

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-087

  • Upon solving all the riddles and locating the items, the Drop of Dew will be added to your inventory.
  • Back in the main area, use the Garden Shears to cut down the Saw and add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-088

  • Use the Drop of Dew on the fountain to reveal a treasure chest.
  • Click on the chest to open it and collect the Empty Oil Can

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-089

  • Make your way back to the Broken Cable Car.

 

Broken Cable Car

  • Use the Saw on Stick to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-090

  • Return to the Sail.

 

Sail

  • Enter the doorway on the left.

 

Library

  • Insert the Stick into the center of the console.
  • A hidden object area will appear on the left.
    • Find the objects described at the bottom of the screen. You must solve riddles in order to find the items. Their locations are shown below, and the answer to the riddles is as follows:
      1. This corner, this corner is no corner at all.
        Answer: Ring
      2. What builds up castles, tears down mountains, makes some blind and helps others see?
        Answer: Sand
        Note: You must first open the box on the right to reveal the Sand’s location.
      3. What can be swallowed, but can also swallow you?
        Answer: Water
      4. What gets beaten, and whipped, but never cries?
        Answer: Egg
      5. Walk on the living, they don’t even mumble. Walk on the dead, they mutter and grumble. What are they?
        Answer: Leaves
        Note: You must first open the book before you can collect the Leaf.
      6. What can burn the eyes, sting the mouth, yet be eaten?
        Answer: Salt
      7. My life can be measured in hours; I serve by being devoured. Thin, I am quick; fat, I am slow. Wind is my foe. What am I?
        Answer: Candle
      8. What has a face and two hands but no arms or legs?
        Answer: Watch

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-091

  • Upon completing the area, the Maple Leaf will be added to your inventory.
  • Zoom in on the statue at the far end of the hall.
    • Place the Maple Leaf into the basin to make a new rune symbol appear.
  • Use the Blank Rune on the symbol to acquire the ‘Transformation’ Rune.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-092

  • Return to the Mountain Station.

 

Mountain Station

  • Take a closer look at the bed of flowers.
    • Use the ‘Transformation’ Rune on the sunflowers to trigger a puzzle.
    • Paint the lines of the rune, without going over them again. The solution is pictured here.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-093

  • Once finished, use the Empty Oil Can on the sunflower oil to add the Full Oil Can to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-094

  • Return to the Sail.

 

Sail

  • Enter the center doorway to enter the Workshop.

 

Workshop

  • Take a closer look at the base of the large mechanism on the right.
    • Use the Full Oil Can on the rotating gears to silence them.
    • Click on the Handle and the Whistle to add them to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-095

  • Take a closer look at the large pipe on the left.
    • Use the Handle to plug up the leak.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-096

  • Zoom in on the curved bottom of the pipe straight ahead.
    • Click on the Steel Plate to add it to your inventory.
    • Place the Whistle on the scale.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-097

  • Examine the base of the large mechanism on the right again.
    • Use the Steel Plate to cover the square hole with the running gears.
  • The door to the next room will open. Enter the Mage’s Study.

 

Mage’s Study

  • Speak with the Mage.
  • Examine the desk on the lower right.
    • Click on the Photoscope to add it to your inventory.
    • A red marking will be revealed on the table. Use the Blank Rune to acquire the ‘Diminish’ Rune.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-098

  • Now it’s time to do some backtracking. Make your way back to the Mine.

 

Mine

  • Take a closer look at the door on the right.
    • Use the Photoscope on the hole to acquire the Photo of the Mine.
  • Make your way to the Woodcutter.

 

Woodcutter

  • Use the Photoscope on the area to the left of the lumberjack wolf to obtain the Photo of Woodcutters.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-099Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-099

  • Go to the Colonnade.

 

Colonnade

  • Use the Photoscope here to acquire the Photo of Lilliputians.
  • Return to the Mage’s Study.

 

Mage’s Study

  • Show the Photo of the Mine, the Photo of Woodcutters, and the Photo of Lilliputians to the Mage.
  • The Mage will become inconsolable, but now you can take a closer look at the large mirror on the left.
  • Take a closer look at the tall mirror to the left of the Mage.
    • Click on the Lens to add it to your inventory.
    • Use the ‘Diminish’ Rune on the mirror to trigger a minigame.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-100

  • Paint the lines of the rune, without going over them again. The puzzle solution is shown below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-101

  • Upon completing the puzzle, click on the Reduced Mirror to add it to your inventory.
  • Head to the Mountain Station.

 

Mountain Station

  • Take a closer look at the pointed rock with the hole in it on the left.
    • Place the Lens into the hole in the rock.
    • Use the Blank Rune to acquire the ‘Increasing’ Rune seen through the lens.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-102

  • Go to the Lilliputian’s Village.

 

Lilliputian’s Village

  • Take a closer look at the frame of the broken mirror on the right.
    • Place the Reduced Mirror into the frame, then use the ‘Increasing’ Rune on it to trigger a puzzle.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-103

  • Paint the lines of the rune, without going over them again. The puzzle solution is shown below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-104

  • Upon completing the puzzle, the witch will appear in the mirror. Use the Photoscope on the scene unfolding to acquire the Photo of Daughter. Note: You may need to click the mirror scene and photo twice before the item is added to your inventory.
  • Return to the Mage’s Study.

 

Mage’s Study

  • Show the Photo of Daughter to the Mage. After speaking with him, he’ll reward you with the Mage’s Disc.
  • Make your way to the Portal.

 

Portal

  • Take a closer look at the portal up ahead.
    • Insert the Mage’s Disc into the slot at the top of the portal.
    • A new rune will appear in the portal. Use the Blank Rune on it to acquire the ‘Raise’ Rune.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-105

  • Upon exiting the portal close-up, you’ll be transported to a new location…

 

Chapter 6 – The Crow Witch

 

Dungeon

  • Take a closer look at the bench where the prisoner’s skeleton is sitting.
    • Click on each of the boney fingers to unfurl them, then click on the Chalk to add it to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-106

  • Notice the pile of rubble blocking the doorway. Use the ‘Raise’ Rune on it to trigger a puzzle.
    • Paint the lines of the rune, without going over them again. The puzzle solution is shown below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-107

  • Once you’ve completed the puzzle, the rubble will float. Collect the Page Parts 4/4 on the ground.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-108

  • Take a closer look at the book on the table.
    • Insert the Page Parts 4/4 into the right side of the book to restore it.
    • Use the Chalk on the center of the marking on the table to draw a new rune. Use the Blank Rune on this marking to acquire the ‘Levitopen’ Rune.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-109

  • Use the ‘Levitopen’ Rune on the pile of rubble blocking the door to trigger a puzzle.
    • Paint the lines of the rune, without going over them again. The puzzle solution is shown below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-110

  • Upon completing the puzzle, the cell door will open. Proceed through to the next area.

 

Witch’s Collection

  • Click on the hidden object area over the table on the left.
    • Find the items listed at the bottom of the screen. Items listed in green require an additional action before they can be crossed off the list. Their locations are shown below. Upon completing the area, the Silk Handkerchief will be added to your inventory.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-111

  • Back in the main area, pick up the Bird Sign sitting on the table on the right, and the Mountain Sign sitting on the center pedestal.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-112

  • Go back to the Dungeon.

 

Dungeon

  • Examine the table in the center of the cell.
    • Use the Silk Handkerchief to wipe the table clean.
    • Use the Chalk on the table to draw another symbol.
    • Use the Blank Rune on the new symbol drawn on the table to acquire the ‘Transformation and Increase’ Rune.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-113

  • Return to the Witch’s Collection.

 

Witch’s Collection

  • Take a closer look at the chest sitting on the center pedestal.
    • Use the ‘Transformation and Increase’ Rune on the lock to trigger a puzzle.
    • Paint the lines of the rune, without going over them again. The solution is shown below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-114

  • Once you’ve completed the puzzle, open the chest. Collect the Tree Sign and the Door Key.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-115

  • Examine the door on the right.
    • Place the Door Key, the Bird Sign, the Mountain Sign, and the Tree Sign into their respective slots. A new marking will appear in the center. Use the Blank Rune on it to acquire the ‘Love’ Rune.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-116

  • The door is open! Enter the Throne Room.

 

Throne Room

  • Click on the area ahead to trigger the appearance of the witch. Use the ‘Love’ Rune on her to enter a puzzle.
    • Paint the lines of the rune, without going over them again. The puzzle solution is shown below.

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_screenshot-117

  • Now watch the final cutscene.

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed Witchcraft – Pandora’s Box!

 

Witchcraft - Pandora's Box_Mage

 

The Witchcraft – Pandora’s Box walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

 

The post Witchcraft – Pandora’s Box Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold Official Walkthrough

$
0
0

Welcome to the Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold Official Walkthrough. Introverted Mortimer and extroverted Kate are about to team up for an exciting hidden object adventure. But when Mortimer’s not finding solutions to problems, problems are finding him! This is the official guide and contains in-depth strategies, tips and tricks, mouse locations, and more! Select one of the topics from the Contents list below to get started.

Contents

General Tips & Tricks

Welcome to the tips and tricks section of the Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold walkthrough. This section covers all the basics: How to play, challenges and mice, as well as essential tips and tricks to help you on your journey.

 

How to Play

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold is a hidden object game. The goal is to find the items or pieces of items necessary to progress. Sometimes you will encounter puzzles or minigames you will need to solve to continue. Use the scroll wheel on your mouse or the pinch gesture on your phone to zoom in and out of hidden object scenes.

 

Challenges

There are 18 challenges you can complete during the game: 3 for each chapter. Challenge types include:

  • Silhouette Challenge – Find the items matching the silhouettes displayed.
  • Mice Challenge – Find the number of mice specified in a limited amount of time.
  • Jigsaw Challenge – Assemble the puzzle pieces to create a photo.

 

For more information on how to complete individual challenges, visit the Challenges section.

 

Mice Locations

Carl the mouse has returned in this game, but things are a little different this time around! A mouse is hidden in each of the game’s 60 story levels. Mice are transparent and will be difficult to find. As the hint button charges, the mouse will slowly come out of hiding. The further along the hint charge is, the more visible the mouse will be. After the hint has fully charged, the mouse will slowly slip back into hiding.

 

Mouse locations are random. A level’s mouse can turn up in any number of locations. For help on finding a level’s hidden mouse, visit the Mouse Locations section.

 

Additional Tips and Tricks

  • Take a closer look! – Use the scroll wheel on your mouse, or the pinch gesture on your phone or tablet, to zoom into a scene for a closer view to help you find those well-hidden items.
  • Find that mouse! – Keep a close eye out for mice in levels 1 – 60. Mice locations are random, and mice will appear, disappear, and reappear slowly throughout the level. Once you’ve found a mouse, you will not need to find it again.
  • Time bright like a diamond! – Complete challenge levels quickly to earn diamonds, which can be used to purchase items for Mortimer’s private collection.
  • No hints? Check! – Complete a story level without using a hint to earn a green checkmark. Complete every level without using hints to unlock a trophy!
  • A moving gesture! – Sometimes you will be prompted to interact with an item. When this happens, a circle will appear. Either click, swipe, or rotate to complete the touch gesture.
  • Let me take another selfie! – Complete jigsaw puzzle challenges to unlock photos for your photo album showing Kate and Mortimer’s adventures.

 

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold Walkthrough

Welcome to the official walkthrough of Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold! This guide covers every part of the game – from level strategies and challenge how-to’s to mouse locations and trophies. Scroll up to the Contents section above to get started, or scroll down to dive right in!

 

Chapter 1 – The Woman, The Book, and The Janitor

Mortimer has found himself the heir of the Snuggford museum. What mysteries are yet to be discovered within the old piles and dusty shelves?

 

To view Mouse Locations for this chapter, visit the Mouse Locations section.

 

Tutorial

Find the pieces of the Key, then use it to open the door to the museum. The mouse will appear inside the chimney on the lower left. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Tutorial

 

Level 1

Find the pieces of the Bust, the Sponge, and the Cleaner Spray. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 1-1

 

Now it’s time to clean the pedestal.

  • Use the Cleaner Spray on the pedestal by clicking within the circle that appears multiple times to spray.
  • Use the Sponge to lather the pedestal by holding and swiping back and forth within the circle that appears.
  • Finally, place the Bust on the pedestal to finish the level.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 1-2

 

Level 2

The door mechanism needs some missing components before it can open. Find the pieces of the Battery and the Blacklight. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 2-1

 

Once you’ve assembled both, the two will automatically combine in your inventory, creating the lit Blacklight. Use the Blacklight on the locations shown below to reveal hidden clues you’ll need to open the door.

  • Painting I (woman): A spider has 8 legs & number 1
  • Painting II (house): Number 7 & a triangle with 3 corners
  • Painting III (tree): A lucky 4-leaf clover & number 0

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 2-2

 

Click on the keypad to the left of the door to input the code. The code is 817340.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 2-3

 

Level 3

Locate the missing pieces of the Jar and the Remote. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 3-1

 

Use the Remote on the curtain behind the desk to open it, illuminating the hole in the floor. Take a closer look at the panel with the red buttons inside and click on the buttons shown below to reveal the location of the Key.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 3-2

 

Use the Jar to capture the spider on the cupboard door, then use the Key to open it and complete the level.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 3-3

 

Level 4

Locate the pieces of the Broom, the Valve, and the Triangle. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 4-1

 

Now it’s time to clean up the crash scene.

  1. Use the Broom to clean up the broken glass below the car window.
  2. Zoom in on the metal panel in the street on the left. Use the Valve on the hole in the pipe. Click and hold, rotating clockwise within the circle that appears to turn the valve.
  3. Place the Triangle on the sidewalk behind the car.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 4-2

 

Level 5

Find the pieces of the tools scattered around the room, including the Car Jack. Their locations are shown below. Once you find all the pieces of the Boxcutter (green), use it to cut open the box and recover the last piece of the Wrench and the Screwdriver inside.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 5-1

 

Level 6

Find the missing pieces of the Rope and Ladder. Their locations are shown below. Once you’ve assembled the Rope, zoom in on the broken window toward the upper right. Use the Rope to retrieve the final piece of the Ladder outside.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 6-1

 

Level 7

Time to find some sheets! Find all six pieces of the Sheets you’ll need. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 7-1

 

Once you’ve assembled all the Sheets, use them on the statue pedestal on the left, creating a makeshift rope dropping down into the hole in the floor.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 7-2

 

Level 8

Find the pieces of the Stool, the Wrench, the Inflatable Boat, the Matches, and the Hose. Their locations are pictured below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 8-1

 

Now it’s time to plan your escape!

  1. Use the Matches on the boiler to light a fire.
  2. Place the Stool on top of the crate.
  3. Use the Wrench on the pipe. Click and hold, rotating counterclockwise within the circle that appears.
  4. Use the Hose on the air coming from the pipe.
  5. Use the Inflatable Boat on the end of the Hose on the floor.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 8-2

 

Now turn on the water faucet between the green piano and the boiler to flood the basement, creating your unconventional way out.

 

Level 9

It’s time to get this car back on the road. Click on the car’s trunk for a closer view, then click on the trunk to open it. Use the Screwdriver on the screws holding the wheel suspender down, then click on the Spare Wheel to add it to your inventory.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 9-1

 

Next, take a closer look at the front wheel of the car. Place the Car Jack underneath the car to the left of the wheel well. Click on the jack until the car is lifted. Next, use the Wrench on the bolts holding the wheel on the car. Click and hold, rotating counterclockwise to unscrew the bolts. Once finished, click on the tire to remove it and put the Spare Wheel in its place. Use the Wrench on each of the bolts. Click and hold, rotating clockwise within the circle to tighten the bolts.

 

Level 10

Find the pieces of the Hammer, the Detector, and the Insulating Tape scattered throughout the room. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 10-1

 

Once the objects have been assembled, use the Detector by clicking and holding, moving it to the painting of the grandmother at the top of the screen. Remove the painting from the wall, then use the Hammer on the wall to open a hole, revealing the wires. Use the Insulating Tape on the wires to repair them.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 10-2

 

Now the phone on the blue file cabinet is working again. Click on the numbers to dial. The number to dial is 444-321.

 

Chapter 2 – Everyone Is Searching For Someone

Kate rushes to the airport after the Sheik, and Mortimer rushes after Kate.

 

To view Mouse Locations for this chapter, visit the Mouse Locations section.

 

Level 11

Find the pieces of the Shovel, the Crowbar, and the Pot. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 11-1

 

Once you’ve assembled all the tools, it’s time to clear the scene.

  1. Use the Crowbar on the tan-colored barrel to open it.
  2. Use the Pot on the contents of the barrel to fill it with sand.
  3. Use the Pot (filled with sand) on the oil spill in the road, then use the Shovel to remove the mess.
  4. Click on the traffic cone to move it out of the way.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 11-2

 

Level 12

Find the missing pieces of the Wheel, the Folding Ruler, and the Hacksaw. Their locations are pictured below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 12-1

 

Now it’s time to find that dictionary.

  1. Use the Folding Ruler on the cart with the boxes on the upper left to gain the correct measurement.
  2. Use the adjusted Folding Ruler on the metal bar lying on the ground in front of the stage scaffolding.
  3. Use the Hacksaw on the measured bar to acquire the Axle.
  4. Use the Axel and the Wheel on the cart with the boxes to move it aside, revealing the location of the Dictionary.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 12-2

 

Level 13

Find the pieces necessary to reassemble the GPS. The pieces of the GPS Antenna, the GPS Screen, and the GPS Cord are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 13-1

 

Once you’ve found all the components, they’ll automatically combine into the GPS in your inventory. Use the GPS on the cab to trigger a minigame.

 

Navigate your way to the airport by choosing to turn left, go straight, or turn right. A blue arrow will point you toward your end goal. To get to the airport, use the following directions: Forward, Right, Forward, Forward, Left, Forward, Forward, Right, Forward, Forward, Left, Right.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 13-2

 

Level 14

The artist has misplaced his supplies. Find the colored Pencils he needs to create the artwork Mortimer has requested. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 14-1

 

Once all the Pencils have been found, they’ll become a set. Give them to the artist to trigger a minigame.

 

Choose from the options presented on the right to direct the artist and show him what Kate looks like.

  • Choose the pointed chin (middle option)
  • Choose the long bang flip (bottom option)
  • Choose the blonde hair (top option)
  • Choose the blue eyes (bottom option)

The completed portrait is shown below:

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 14-2

 

Level 15

Locate all the missing Tiles. Their locations are pictured below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 15-1

 

Once you’ve found all the tiles, take a closer look at the purple stage curtain. Use the Tiles on the shelves to trigger a puzzle.

 

Assemble the picture by placing tiles in the correct place on the shelves. The puzzle solution is pictured below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 15-2

 

Level 16

Find all the missing components of Kate’s purse: the Perfume, the Keys, the Lipstick, the Face Powder, and the Phone. The locations of all the various pieces are pictured below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 16-1

 

Level 17

Find the missing pieces of the Passport and the Wallet. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 17-1

 

Once you assemble the Passport and Wallet, place them both on the empty desk on the lower left. Open the Passport and flip through the pages to find the Travel Card. Open the Wallet and remove cards from the slot on the right until you find one for Sir Roger Miles with the number “4891” written on it.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 17-2

 

Take a closer look at the computer monitor with the blue screen toward the upper left. Slide the Travel Card through the card reader at the bottom of the window, then input the PIN “1984” – the code written in the wallet, mirrored.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 17-3

 

Level 18

Find the missing pieces of the colored Tokens. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 18-1

 

Level 19

Find the woman Kate attempts to describe to the officer on the security footage. She’s blonde with red glasses and green eyes. Select a camera from the tiles on the right to view it. The woman’s location is randomized, but the possible locations she may appear are all shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 19-1

 

Level 20

Locate the pieces of the red and yellow Balloons. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 20-1

 

Once you’ve found the Balloons, it’s time to make some balloon animals for the kids! Drag each Balloon from your inventory onto the green table on the left to trigger a puzzle.

 

Click on one of the circles designated on the balloon to fold it and create a balloon animal. The solutions are as follows:

  • Yellow: Right, Right, Left
  • Red: Left, Right, Left

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 20-2

 

Chapter 3 – The Trail We Blaze

The unlikely pair find themselves in South America. What sort of jungle fever and perils await?

 

To view Mouse Locations for this chapter, visit the Mouse Locations section.

 

Level 21

Before you set off into the jungle, it’s important to have the right supplies. Find the components necessary to assemble the Machete, the Bottle, the First Aid Kit, the Flashlight, and the Compass. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 21-1

 

Level 22

Find the pairs of Frogs scattered around the jungle. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 22-1

 

Once you’ve found all the Frogs, place each pair onto the stones the arrow points to in the screenshot above. This will trigger a puzzle upon closer inspection.

 

Move all the green frogs to the right, and all the yellow frogs to the left. Click on a frog to have it leapfrog over the frog in front of it and into the empty space. Frogs can only jump over one other frog, unless the space in front of them is empty. Green frogs can only move right, and yellow frogs can only move left.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 22-2

 

Using the screenshot above as reference, click on the frog occupying the lettered space in this order to solve the puzzle (D is the first empty space): E, C, B, D, F, G, E, C, A, B, D, F, E, C, and D.

 

Level 23

Find the 4 missing pieces of the Bowl. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 23-1

 

After assembling the Bowl, use the Machete on the branch indicated with an “X” in the screenshot above. Use the Bowl on the resulting sap to collect it, then click on the left and right eyes of the statue doorway. The left will stay open on its own, but you’ll need to use the contents of the Bowl to keep the right eye open.

 

The left and right eyes contain levers which must be moved into specific positions. The mural on the wall nearby offers an important clue. Arrange the levers into the following positions:

  • Left eye: Up, Up, Down
  • Right eye: Down, Up, Down

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 23-2

 

Level 24

Find the 4 pieces necessary to assemble the Net. Their locations are pictured below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 24-1

 

Once you’ve finished assembling the Net, you’ll need to catch a total of 5 flies. The flies are blue-green in color and will fly in from the upper right corner of the screen. Click on the Net and hold it, moving it to the fly, then releasing the hold once the fly and the net are in the same position. When a fly is successfully caught, it will be transferred to the cooking pan. Upon successfully catching 5 flies, the puzzle minigame will finish.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 24-2

 

Level 25

Find the components necessary to make the Axe and the Ladle. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 25-1

 

Now it’s time for Mortimer to plan his escape!

  1. Use the Axe on the tree to knock it down, creating a path.
  2. Use the Ladle on the cauldron to retrieve the Meat.
  3. Feed the Meat to the crocodile to distract it, giving you a chance to escape.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 25-2

 

Level 26

Find the Blocks hidden throughout the area. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 26-1

 

Once you’ve found them all, use the Blocks on the tray on the stone table in the center of the screen. Click on it to enter a puzzle.

 

Slide the blocks so that the blue block can slide out of the box on the right. The step-by-step puzzle solution is shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 26-2

 

Level 27

It’s time to show Suruwaha what you’re made of by besting him in an Aztec-style basketball game. Click and hold the ball on the lower right, moving it up or down to the correct height. Release the click to let go of the ball. The goal is to have the ball bounce through the gold hoop on the far left. Note: The gold hoop you need to bounce the ball through looks more like a slider. It’s on the track on the left.

 

Using the screenshot below as reference, move the ball to the correct height for each hoop and release. Once you’ve cleared all the rings, you’ll have beaten Suruwaha.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 27-1

 

Level 28

Find the Ingredients necessary for the potion. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 28-1

 

Once you’ve gathered all the Ingredients, place them on the stump in front of the pond. Solve the riddle written on the note on the stump. Add the ingredients in the following order:

  1. Red
  2. Blue
  3. Black
  4. Green
  5. Yellow

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 28-2

 

Level 29

Find the missing pieces of the Flint and the Stick. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 29-1

 

Now it’s time to rescue poor Mortimer!

  1. Use the Stick to knock down the nest.
  2. Use the Flint on the nest to create a fire.
  3. Take a closer look at the first aid kit. Use the Stick on the kit close-up. Place the bandage on the stick, followed by the alcohol to get the Torch.
  4. Use the Torch on the fire to light it, then shoo the snake away.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 29-2

 

Level 30

Find the pieces of the Passports. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 30-1

 

Chapter 4 – Out Of The Frying Pan, Into The Fire

Kate and Mortimer look for a way off the island, becoming stowaways in the process.

 

To view Mouse Locations for this chapter, visit the Mouse Locations section.

 

Level 31

Find the missing pieces of the Key and the Scuba Mask. Their locations are shown below. Before you can pick up the final piece of the Scuba Mask, you’ll need to complete the Key. Once the Key has been completed, take a closer look at the truck on the lower left. Use the Key on the glove box to open it, then collect the final piece of the Scuba Mask inside.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 31-1

 

Now it’s time to find the missing coin collection. Use the Scuba Mask on the water at the edge of the dock. Collect the 10 Coins that are underwater. You only have a limited amount of time. If you run out of time, you’ll need to find all 10 coins again. The coin locations are random.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 31-2

 

Level 32

Find the missing Levers and all their pieces. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 32-1

 

Now take a closer look at the green door on the upper right. Use the Levers on the door to trigger a minigame. Click on the levers in the correct order to unlock the door. Using the screenshot below as reference, the correct order to open the door is as follows: A, B, C, B, D.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 32-2

 

Level 33

Find the missing pieces of the radio scattered around the room. The components you’ll need include the Earphones, the Microphone, the Switch, the Screwdriver, and the Cable. Once you’ve assembled the Screwdriver, use it on the red filing cabinet drawer to reveal the final piece of the Cable.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 33-1

 

Now it’s time to assemble the radio. Place the Earphones, the Microphone, the Switch, and the Cable in the correct locations, shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 33-2

 

Level 34

Find the missing pieces of the Handle and the Hook. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 34-1

 

Once you’ve assembled the Handle and the Hook, use the Handle on the crank in the center of the screen and the Hook on the tied crate beneath the chain on the left. Click on the Handle to hoist the crate. Click and hold, moving your cursor clockwise within the circle to operate the crank. A note will be revealed beneath the crate. Take a closer look at the red box near the painting on the right and solve the clues on the note to open the box. The solution is 042.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 34-2

 

Level 35

It’s time to plan your escape! Find the missing pieces of the Blowtorch, the Crowbar, the Wrench, and the Lighter. Their locations are shown below. Once assembled, you’ll need to use the Crowbar to open the crate containing the final piece of the Lighter. The Lighter will automatically combine with the Blowtorch to light it once both items are assembled.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 35-1

 

Now to escape. Take a closer look at the porthole between the crate with the scrolls on top and the horse statue. Use the Wrench to remove the bolts around the porthole, clicking and holding as you rotate your cursor counterclockwise within the circle. The bolt on the bottom right is stuck and will require the Blowtorch in order to be removed.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 35-2

 

Level 36

Find the pieces of Rope, Wood, and the Hammer. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 36-1

 

Once you’ve found all the pieces of Wood and Rope, the two will automatically combine in your inventory to create the Ladder.

 

Use the Hammer on the chock holding the barrel in place on the right. Roll the barrel over to the left, so that it’s standing next to the boarded-up door. Use the Ladder on top of the barrel to access the balcony.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 36-2

 

Level 37

Find the pieces of the Old Drawing. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 37-1

 

Take a closer look at the Old Drawing in your inventory. Click on the arrows at the bottom and on the right of the close-up to fold the drawing. The order in which you need to click them is shown below, along with the puzzle solution.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 37-2

 

Level 38

Locate the pieces of the Lens and the Mirrors. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 38-1

 

Level 39

Find the missing pieces of the Shovel and the Machete. Their locations are shown below. You will need to use the completed Machete to reveal the location of the last piece of the Shovel hidden beneath the bush.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 39-1

 

Take a closer look at the top of the lighthouse. Place the Mirrors into the square brackets on either side and the Lens into the circular ring in the middle. Click on all three so that they reflect the light in the center. The correct positions are shown below. Once the light is active, use the Shovel on the location it reveals in the sand.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 39-2

 

Level 40

Find the pieces of the Metal Plate, the Nails, and the Hammer. Their locations are pictured below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 40-1

 

Now it’s time to patch the hole in the side of the boat. Use the Hammer on the hole to smooth out the edges. Place the Metal Plate over the hole, followed by the Nails. Use the Hammer to secure the patch in place and complete the repair.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 40-2

 

Chapter 5 – The Treasures of the Desert

Kate and Mortimer venture into the desert, looking for clues.

 

To view Mouse Locations for this chapter, visit the Mouse Locations section.

 

Level 41

Find the pieces of the Painting. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 41-1

 

After assembling the Painting, you’ll need to compare the two. Find the differences between the two paintings. The differences are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 41-2

 

Level 42

Find the missing pieces of the Pipes and the Fuel Tank. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 42-1

 

Zoom in on the basket of the balloon on the lower right. Place the Fuel Tank and the Pipes on the side of the basket.

 

Now there’s a puzzle to solve! Click on the sections of pipe to rotate them. The goal is to attach the fuel tank to the pipe on the upper right. Not all pieces of the pipe need to be used. The puzzle solution is shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 42-2

 

Level 43

Cross the desert using the hot air balloon. To control it, click and hold the arrow of the compass on the lower right. The direction the compass arrow points is the direction the air balloon will move.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 43-1

 

The goal is to reach the temple on the other side of the desert. Use the map below to plot your journey. The recommended path is marked below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 43-2

 

Level 44

Find the missing pieces of the stone Fox, Horse, Camel, and Lion. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 44-1

 

Once you’ve completed all the reliefs, place them into their respective slots, pictured here:

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 44-2

 

A secret compartment will open, shown within the square in the screenshot above. Click on it to play a puzzle minigame.

 

Click on the circles to rotate them so that the Fox, Horse, Camel, and Lion are in the same positions in the center of the puzzle are they are on the surrounding ruins. The puzzle is randomized, however the solution is the same:

  • Camel in the upper left of the center circle.
  • Horse in the upper right of the center circle.
  • Fox in the lower right of the center circle.
  • Lion in the lower left of the center circle.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 44-3

 

Level 45

Time to navigate the desert again. This time, you’ll be taking the balloon to a nearby town to escape the incoming sandstorm. Control the balloon by moving the compass needle in the lower right corner. The direction the needle is pointing is the direction the balloon will float. Use the map below to find the best route to help you navigate to the nearby town.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 45-1

 

Level 46

Find the missing pieces of clothing and saddlery Kate needs. You’ll need to find the pieces of the Shoes, the Hijab, the Blanket and the Saddle. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 46-1

 

Once you’ve found all the items, place the Blanket and the Saddle onto the camel on the left.

 

Level 47

Upon starting the level, click on the “Training” sign in the upper right corner to begin.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 47-1

 

Practice racing the camel across the desert. The camel will run on its own. The meter on the upper right displays how much of the race course you’ve run. The only thing you need to worry about is the circle in the lower right corner. Watch the circle carefully. Every time “Click Now!” appears, click inside the circle to give the camel a temporary speed boost. You will need to do this as soon as the text appears, every time it appears in order to finish the Training course successfully.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 47-2

 

If you need more practice, click on the Training sign in the upper right corner again. If you’re ready for the real thing, click on the Race sign beside it on the upper right. Note: This is also the screen where this level’s mouse will appear. Don’t forget to find it before starting the race! (See the Mouse Locations section if you need help.)

 

The race works the same as training, only this time there’s competitors, and the meter showing the length of the course won’t be there. To win, you’ll need to use speed boosts. Click within the circle on the lower right every time “Click Now!” appears as quickly as possible. Godspeed!

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 47-3

 

Level 48

Find the missing Planks, Bricks, and Bowl. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 48-1

 

Once you’ve found everything, use the Bowl on the oasis pond to obtain the Water. Use the Planks on the doorway to create a door.

 

Zoom in on the opening in the side of the dwelling. Use the Water on the contents of the bucket at the bottom of the close-up, then use the Bricks on the close-up to trigger a puzzle.

 

Place the Bricks into the hole to fill it. Drag bricks into the empty slot to line them up. You will need to use all the bricks. The puzzle solution is shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 48-2

 

Level 49

Locate the missing pieces of the Tea Strainer, the Tea Leaves, the Knife, the Kettle, and the Tea Set. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 49-1

 

Once you’ve found everything, use the Kettle on the oasis pond to fill it with water. You’ll need it to brew the tea.

 

Take a closer look at the portable burner and the cutting board on the rooftop. Place the Tea Set above the cutting board. Place the Tea Strainer on top of the tea set pitcher and the Kettle on top of the burner. Put the Tea Leaves on the cutting board and use the Knife to chop them up by clicking within the circle that appears.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 49-2

 

Once chopped, the Tea Leaves will return to your inventory. Use them on the kettle filled with water on top of the burner to brew the tea. Once brewed, pour the contents of the kettle into the pitcher with the strainer, and finally, use the pitcher filled with tea to fill the red and white teacups.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 49-3

 

Level 50

Find your way out of the underground maze. Use the arrow buttons in the lower left and right corners of the screen to control Mortimer, allowing him to walk left or right. The entire maze will be dark, only allowing you to see the area immediately around Mortimer. Thankfully, we’ve turned on the lights for this walkthrough!

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 50-1

 

Using the screenshot above as your guide, the puzzle solution is as follows:

  1. From the Start: (Blue Path) – Move Mortimer right until he encounters the elevator. Once the elevator has lowered, continue moving Mortimer right until he takes another elevator up. From here, move left. Push the crate onto the first switch by continuing to move left until it presses the switch.
  2. (Green Path) – Go right and take the elevator back down. Continue left past the first elevator you took until you reach a third elevator. Take this one down to the third level. Now continue left, taking another elevator up back to the second level, where moving right will allow you to collect the Key.Once you have the Key, go left and back down the elevator to the third level. From here, move right until you reach a wall with a keyhole. The Key will unlock the way, where you can now push the next crate right onto the green switch.
  3. (Magenta Path) – Go left and stop at the first elevator you reach. This one will take you down to the bottom level. Continue left to reach another crate. Push the crate left until it comes to rest on the final switch.

Now simply walk to the right and out the exit to sweet, sweet freedom!

 

Chapter 6 – Endings and Beginnings

Kate finds herself at the Sheik’s palace and Mortimer struggles to find water. Will the two ever see each other again?

 

To view Mouse Locations for this chapter, visit the Mouse Locations section.

 

Level 51

Find the pieces of the Bucket, the Blunt Shears, the Rock, and the Broom scattered throughout the area. Their locations are pictured below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 51-1

 

With all the items assembled, you’ll need to sharpen the Shears for the next part.

  1. Use the Rock to knock down the Oil Lamp.
  2. Use the Oil Lamp on the fountain faucet on the right, then turn on the water. Fill the Bucket with Water.
  3. Use the Water on the sharpening stone, followed by the Blunt Shears.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 51-2

 

Now the Shears are sharp enough for the next part of your task. Use the Shears to trim the garden on the left, right, and around the gazebo. You’ll need to click within the circle that appears to use the Shears. Once finished, use the Broom to sweep up the mess.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 51-3

 

Level 52

Find the pieces of the Rope and Hose, as well as the Carrots. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 52-1

 

Once found, attach the Hose to the right side of the well and the Rope to the donkey. Place the Carrots in front of the donkey to coax it into moving, filling the bowl with water.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 52-2

 

Level 53

Find the pieces of the Dust Beater and the Cloth. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 53-1

 

Once assembled, use the Dust Beater to clean the couches and the curtains. Click multiple times within the circle that appears to use the item. Use the Cloth to clean the dirty floor. Swipe back and forth within the circle that appears to use the item.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 53-2

 

Level 54

Find the pieces of the Key and the Shovel. You’ll need to use the completed Shovel to find the last piece of the Key. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 54-1

 

Next, use the Shovel to dig out the front of the wing. Use the Key to open the door to the plane. Inside, click through the materials on top of the log book until you come to the torn page with a list of numbers. These are an important clue you’ll need to solve the upcoming puzzle.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 54-2

 

Now take a closer look at the plane’s engine and propeller. Flip the switches into the correct positions to start the engine. 1 = On and 0 = Off per the clues in the log book. The last two switches you’ll have to guess. The puzzle solution is shown below:

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 54-3

 

Level 55

Find the pieces of the Firewood, the Matches, the Empty Bowl and the Glove. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 55-1

 

Now it’s time to do something about that pesky guard dog. Place the Firewood in front of the dog, then light it with the Matches. Use the Empty Bowl on the fountain to fill it with Water, then place it over the fire in front of the guard dog.

 

Next, collect the Flowers around the garden using the Glove from your inventory. You can only pick up one at a time. Every time you pick a Flower, put it in the pot of water in front of the dog. Repeat this using all the roses in the garden to eventually put the dog to sleep.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 55-2

 

Level 56

Find the items necessary to clean the Jeep – the Soap, the Hose, the Sponge, and the Duct Tape. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 56-1

 

Once you’ve found all the objects, attach the Hose to the stone fountain on the right. Use the Duct Tape to repair the hole in the hose.

 

Next, zoom in on the Jeep. Drop the Soap into the bucket of water. Use the Sponge on the bucket of suds and start washing the Jeep by swiping back and forth in the circle that appears.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 56-2

 

Finally, click on the faucet to turn the water on to the hose. Use the Hose to rinse the Jeep.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 56-3

 

Level 57

Find the Lock Pieces scattered throughout the area. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 57-1

 

Take a closer look at the circular slot in the door. Use the Lock Pieces on the slot to trigger a puzzle.

 

Click on the circles on the right to rotate the rings. The smallest circle rotates the smallest ring, the medium circle rotates the center ring, and the largest circle rotates the largest ring. Rotate the rings until all the symbols are in the correct positions. The puzzle solution is pictured here:

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 57-2

 

Level 58

Find the pieces of the phonograph – the Horn, the Record, and the Crank. Their locations are shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 58-1

 

Once all the pieces have been found, use the Horn, the Record, and the Crank on the phonograph on the table on the right.

 

Take a closer look at the phonograph. Click on the dial to find the correct tone needed to shatter the glass. The correct solution is 15. Once selected, rotate clockwise within the circle that appears to operate the handle and play the music, freeing Kate.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 58-2

 

Level 59

Ah, back at the museum! But it’s kind of a mess… Find the pieces of the Dolly Cart and the Feather Duster, shown below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 59-1

 

Once assembled, use the Dolly Cart to cart away the piles. Use the Feather Duster to remove the cobwebs. Swipe back and forth within the circle that appears to dust.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 59-2

 

Level 60

Find the Planks, the Nails, and the pieces of the Hammer. Their locations are pictured below.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 60-1

 

Place the Planks down over the steps of the museum entrance. Use the Nails on the planks and the Hammer to secure them. You’ll need to click within the circle that appears to use the Hammer.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 60-2

 

Now it’s time to cart in the supplies. Click on the van on the right to remove a package. Use the Dolly Cart in your inventory on the package, then move it straight up over the plank ramp and into the museum. You’ll need to do this a total of 3 times to move all the supplies.

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Level 60-3

 

And now it’s time to party!

Congratulations! You’ve completed Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold!

 

Challenges

There are 18 challenges for you to conquer in addition to the game’s 60 story levels. Each chapter contains 3 challenges: Silhouette Challenge, Mice Challenge, and Jigsaw Challenge.

 

Silhouette Challenge

Collect all the items as represented by their silhouettes on the left. Be careful not to click on items whose silhouette isn’t shown! Earn hourglass badges by completing the challenge in the allotted amount of time. To make things more challenging, the scene will always be zoomed in. Click and hold to move around the scene.

 

The items you will need to find are random each time you play. To help with these challenges, the following images are zoomed-out versions of the challenge levels. Finding items quickly will be up to you!

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Silhouette Challenge - Chapter 1

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Silhouette Challenge – Chapter 1

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Silhouette Challenge - Chapter 2

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Silhouette Challenge – Chapter 2

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Silhouette Challenge - Chapter 3

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Silhouette Challenge – Chapter 3

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Silhouette Challenge - Chapter 4

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Silhouette Challenge – Chapter 4

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Silhouette Challenge - Chapter 5

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Silhouette Challenge – Chapter 5

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Silhouette Challenge - Chapter 6

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Silhouette Challenge – Chapter 6

 

Mice Challenge

Find the required number of mice shown on the left as quickly as you can. You will only have a limited amount of time. Earn an hourglass badge by completing the challenge within the allotted amount of time. To make things more challenging, the scene will always be zoomed in. Click and hold to move around the scene.

 

Mice locations are random each time you play. Remember to move the scene around often to find them all!

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mice Challenge

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mice Challenge

 

Jigsaw Challenge

Drag the pieces of the jigsaw puzzle into place to assemble a photo. Photos you assemble will be shown in your Photo Album. Earn an hourglass badge by completing the challenge within the allotted amount of time. Jigsaw piece locations will change, but the solutions are always the same. The following images show the puzzle solutions for each Jigsaw Challenge:

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Jigsaw Puzzle Challenge Solutions

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Jigsaw Puzzle Challenge Solutions

 

 

Mouse Locations

Mortimer Beckett isn’t the only world traveler! Carl the mouse is back and will show up in each of the game’s 60 story levels. This section lists every level and location where Carl the mouse may pop up. Note that mouse locations in this game are random. For more information, visit General Tips & Tricks. This section does not include challenge levels.

 

Chapter 1 – The Woman, the Book, and the Janitor

Mice locations for levels 1 – 10.

 

Level 1

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 1

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 1

 

Level 2

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 2

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 2

 

Level 3

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 3

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 3

 

Level 4

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 4

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 4

 

Level 5

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 5

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 5

 

Level 6

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 6

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 6

 

Level 7

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 7

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 7

 

Level 8

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 8

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 8

 

Level 9

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 9

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 9

 

Level 10

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 10

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 10

 

Chapter 2 – Everyone is Searching for Someone

Mice locations for levels 11 – 20.

 

Level 11

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 11

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 11

 

Level 12

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 12

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 12

 

Level 13

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 13

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 13

 

Level 14

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 14

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 14

 

Level 15

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 15

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 15

 

Level 16

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 16

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 16

 

Level 17

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 17

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 17

 

Level 18

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 18

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 18

 

Level 19

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 19

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 19

 

Level 20

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 20

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 20

 

Chapter 3 – The Trail We Blaze

Mice locations for levels 21 – 30.

 

Level 21

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 21

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 21

 

Level 22

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 22

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 22

 

Level 23

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 23

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 23

 

Level 24

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 24

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 24

 

Level 25

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 25

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 25

 

Level 26

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 26

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 26

 

Level 27

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 27

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 27

 

Level 28

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 28

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 28

 

Level 29

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 29

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 29

 

Level 30

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 30

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 30

 

Chapter 4 – Out of the Frying Pan into the Fire

Mice locations for levels 31 – 40.

 

Level 31

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 31

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 31

 

Level 32

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 32

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 32

 

Level 33

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 33

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 33

 

Level 34

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 34

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 34

 

Level 35

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 35

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 35

 

Level 36

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 36

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 36

 

Level 37

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 37

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 37

 

Level 38

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 38

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 38

 

Level 39

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 39

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 39

 

Level 40

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 40

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 40

 

Chapter 5 – The Treasures of the Desert

Mice locations for levels 41 – 50.

 

Level 41

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 41

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 41

 

Level 42

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 42

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 42

 

Level 43

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 43

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 43

 

Level 44

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 44

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 44

 

Level 45

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 45

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 45

 

Level 46

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 46

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 46

 

Level 47

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 47

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 47

 

Level 48

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 48

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 48

 

Level 49

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 49

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 49

 

Level 50

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 50

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 50

 

Chapter 6 – Endings and Beginnings

Mice locations for levels 51 – 60.

 

Level 51

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 51

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 51

 

Level 52

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 52

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 52

 

Level 53

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 53

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 53

 

Level 54

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 54

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 54

 

Level 55

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 55

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 55

 

Level 56

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 56

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 56

 

Level 57

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 57

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 57

 

Level 58

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 58

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 58

 

Level 59

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 59

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 59

 

Level 60

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold - Mouse Locations Level 60

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold – Mouse Locations Level 60

 

 

Trophies

Relive memoires of your adventures through 14 unlockable trophy achievements. Click on the suitcase icon in the upper right corner of the level select map to view your collection of trophies.

 

Trophy Name Description How to Unlock
You Got This! Complete Level 1. Finish the first level.
Who’s the Janitor? Complete Chapter 1. Finish levels 1 – 10.
Looking for Someone? Complete Chapter 2. Finish levels 11 – 20.
Trailblazer! Complete Chapter 3. Finish levels 21 – 30.
It’s Getting Hot! Complete Chapter 4. Finish levels 31 – 40.
Too Hot to Handle? Complete Chapter 5. Finish levels 41 – 50.
Mission Accomplished? Complete Chapter 6. Finish levels 51 – 60.
Give Us Some Credits! Watch the credits. From the start screen or level select map, click on the options button in the upper left corner. Select “Credits” and watch.
Say Cheese! Collect all the photos for the album. The photo album is in the upper right corner of the level select map. Complete all the jigsaw puzzle challenge levels (magenta) to unlock all the photos.
Note: If you’re playing on iOS or Android, the second half of the photo album will be unlocked when you sign into Facebook via the game app.
Are You Up for the Challenge? Complete all the challenge levels. Complete all 18 challenge levels across all game chapters.
What Took You So Long? Collect all the hourglasses. Complete all the challenge levels within the allotted time. An hourglass icon will appear next to levels which you’ve completed successfully within the timeframe.
No Cheating! Earn a green checkmark for each level. Complete story levels 1 – 60 without using any hints or puzzle skips.
Gotta Catch ‘Em All! Find all the mice in the game. Find the mouse hidden in each of the game’s story levels 1 – 60. For more help, see the Mouse Locations section.
Going Once, Going Twice…! Purchase all the objects from the auctioneer. Click on the diamond icon in the upper right corner of the level select map to access Mortimer’s private collection. Earn diamonds by playing challenge levels. Use these diamonds at the auction to purchase objects for his collection. From the private collection, select the gavel icon in the upper left corner to visit the auctioneer. Purchase all the items from the auctioneer to obtain this trophy.

 

 

Didn’t Find What You Need?
We Can Help!

Whether you’re having trouble with your game or just need a few additional tips and tricks, our helpful support staff are just a click away!

Contact Customer Support

 

Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold Platinum Edition - Official Art

 

The Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold Official Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

 

 

The post Mortimer Beckett and the Book of Gold Official Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

The Love Boat Official Walkthrough

$
0
0

Welcome to The Love Boat Official Walkthrough! Based off the hit TV show, take a cruise down memory lane with Captain Stubing and his crew. It’s a voyage of comedy and romance with guest appearances from your favorite GameHouse Original Story characters. This official walkthrough contains in-depth strategies, tips and tricks for all levels. Find all hidden mouse locations and unlock all the achievements with our comprehensive guide. Select one of the topics from the Contents list below to get started!

Contents

General Tips & Tricks

Welcome to the tips and tricks section of The Love Boat walkthrough. This section covers all the basics, how to play, and tips you need to know to earn the best scores.

 

How to Play

 

The Love Boat is a time management game. The goal is to serve customers as quickly as possible to earn high scores. When customers appear and order, a bubble will appear over their heads displaying their order. Click on the matching products, then click on the customer to bring them their order. Once an order has been served, click on the cash register to check out the customer and collect payment. It’s that easy!

 

Scoring and Customer Happiness

 

Every customer has a number of hearts displayed over their head. The more hearts a customer has, the happier they are. A customer can have up to 5 hearts. If a customer loses all their hearts, they will leave without paying. Serve customers quickly and bring them the correct orders to increase their happiness and your score. Earn additional bonuses by serving customers quickly, bringing them their entire order in a single trip, and checking multiple people out at once at the cash register.

 

Mice Locations

 

Carl the mouse is hidden in each of The Love Boat’s 60 story levels. Mouse locations are random. A level’s mouse can turn up in any number of locations. For help finding a level’s hidden mouse, visit the Mouse Locations section.

 

Upgrades

 

After selecting a level in the game’s level select map, you’ll be given the option to purchase upgrades. Earn money for upgrades by completing levels. The higher the score, the more money you’ll earn! Upgrades offer several unique bonuses to make your gameplay more rewarding.

 

Additional Tips and Tricks

 

  • Swab the deck! – Cleaning tables makes room for new customers and adds to your score.
  • Full provisions! – Restock any items that have limited stock at the start of the day to give yourself and advantage.
  • The diamond standard! – Complete story level and bonus level challenges and goals to earn diamonds. Diamonds can be used to purchase special costumes for Carl the mouse.
  • Sneaky stowaway! – Carl the mouse is hiding in each of the game’s story levels. Listen and keep an eye out for him and click on him when he appears!
  • All-inclusive cruising! – Become a multi-tasking master! You can continue to click on items ahead of the actions your character is performing to maximize your time and efforts.

 

 

The Love Boat Walkthrough

Welcome to The Love Boat Official Walkthrough! This guide covers every part of the game: level strategies, bonus level tips and tricks, mouse locations, achievements, and more! Scroll up to the Contents section above to get started, or keep scrolling to dive right in.

 

Chapter 1: Levels 1 – 10

 

Level 1 – A New Cruise

There’s a lot of paperwork to take care of before you can set sail! Sort it all out before your shift ends!

Location: Lobby

 

Welcome aboard! Seeing as this is your first shift, there’s a few basics to cover.

 

First, the key. Some customers who walk in today will ask for the key. It’s hanging on a peg toward the upper left corner. Bring the key to the customer. Once they’re finished, they’ll bring it back and leave it on the counter. Click on the key to sort it back to the peg.

 

Second, luggage! Some customers will leave their luggage lying around. When you see an orange suitcase sitting on the floor, click on it to have Gopher store it away. Picking up suitcases isn’t necessary, but will add to your score.

 

Third, drinks! To serve a glass of champagne to a customer, first click on the bottle on the counter on the upper left. Next, click on the corkscrew to open the bottle, then click the glass to pour it. You can restock magazines by clicking on the drawer beneath the champagne bottle.

 

In addition to helping customers, there’s a special goal for today. There are documents you’ll need to sort before your shift is over. The documents are located on the counter on the left and marked with a “!” bubble. Click on the documents to begin sorting them. A meter will appear showing your progress. Click on the documents to sort them every spare moment you’re not helping a customer. Sort all the documents before the end of the day to earn a diamond.

 

Tip! Gopher will pick up luggage and clean tables, leaving you more time to serve customers and sort documents.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 1

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 1

 

Level 2 – A Confusing Encounter

Stacey’s special order requires some hard to find ingredients, better start looking!

Location: Lobby

 

Collect the ingredients scattered around the Lobby. You can carry up to 3 at a time. Once you’ve collected the ingredient(s), click on the counter below the cash register to set them down. You’ll need to click once for each ingredient you’re carrying to set it down. Find all the ingredients and set them on the counter to complete today’s goal. The ingredient locations are pictured below.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 2

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 2

 

Level 3 – The New Boss

Keep Gopher away from the omelet!

Location: Lobby

 

There is an amazingly tasty-looking omelet sitting on the counter below the cash register, and Gopher has his eye on it. Keep your eye on Gopher. Whenever he moves away from the door and toward the omelet, a “!” will appear over him. Click on him to shoo him away from the delicious omelet. Do this successfully 3 times before the end of the day to earn yourself a diamond.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 3

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 3

 

Level 4 – High Standards!

Organize the cutlery to supply the ship before your shift ends!

Location: Lobby

 

Similar to the challenge in Level 1, today you’ll need to finish sorting cutlery before your shift is over. Click on the silverware on the counter on the lower left marked with a “!” to begin sorting. A meter will appear displaying your progress. Successfully sort all the cutlery between serving customers to earn a diamond for today’s challenge.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 4

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 4

 

Level 5 – Dealing with the Past!

Help Sandy hide the magazines without Brad noticing!

Location: Lobby

 

Keep Brad’s attention away from Sandy while she hides the magazines. Whenever Brad starts to notice Sandy, a “!” will appear over his table on the left. Click on the table to distract him! Do this successfully 4 times before the end of the day to earn another diamond.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 5

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 5

 

Level 6 – Makin’ Waves!

There was quite the splash in the pool. Better clean it up before something happens!

Location: Pool

 

Clean up the puddles around the pool. There are 6 in total. Click on a puddle to mop it up. You’ll need to clean up all of them before the end of your shift to earn a diamond. Their locations are shown below.

 

Tip! Gopher can still help clean tables while you’re mopping up puddles.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 6

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 6

 

Level 7 – Runaway

Careless people keep leaving their things in the pool. Fish them out!

Location: Pool

 

Fish out the garbage left in the pool. Throughout the day, pieces of trash will float to the surface in the pool. Click on them to clean them up! You’ll need to do this 3 times before the day ends to earn a diamond.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 7

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 7

 

Level 8 – Stowaway

There’s a stowaway trying to get inside!

Location: Pool

 

Catch the stowaway! He’ll pop up all over the place frequently throughout the day. Every time he appears, quickly click on him to catch him! You’ll need to find him 12 times before day’s end to complete today’s challenge.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 8

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 8

 

Level 9 – Oblivious Flirt

Isaac is not going to encourage his coworkers goofing around and slacking off.

Location: Pool

 

Don’t serve your fellow crewmembers. Every time one of the crew shows up at the register, simply ignore them. They will eventually walk away. Serve everyone else as per normal, keeping in mind you won’t be able to make combos quite as large at the register today whenever a crew member’s around.

 

New today is the juicer, located on the counter island toward the upper left. To make a glass of grapefruit juice, click on the grapefruit on the counter twice to fill the machine. You will need 2 fruits to make a glass of juice.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 9

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 9

 

Level 10 – Bon Voyage

Make sure the seagulls don’t interrupt Stacey’s meal with a nasty surprise!

Location: Pool

 

Keep a sharp eye on the seagulls today and shoo them away when they start to bother customers. Seagulls will land on the ship’s railing, and a “!” will appear over their head. Click on the seagull before the meter empties to shoo it away successfully. Repeat this throughout the day to earn a diamond for your troubles.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 10

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 10

 

Chapter 2: Levels 11 – 20

 

Level 11 – Deep Dark Secrets

A restaurant is no place for stray Kittens.

Location: Restaurant

 

Find the Kitten magazines hidden around the restaurant. 3 of the 4 magazines you’ll need to find are lying around the restaurant. The last one is in Brad’s hands. At some point during your shift, Brad will enter reading the magazine. Click on him to collect the final one and complete today’s challenge. All magazine locations are shown below.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 11

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 11

 

Level 12 – Secret Knowledge

See Angela succeed in her endeavors.

Location: Restaurant

 

Have Angela fix up Emily’s makeup! Throughout the day, a “!” will appear over Emily and Angela’s table. Click on them when this appears to have Angela help Emily with her makeup. You’ll need to do this a total of 4 times today to complete the challenge and earn a diamond.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 12

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 12

 

Level 13 – Runaway

Keep serving the VIP guests at the captain’s table.

Location: Restaurant

 

Serve the VIP guests complete orders only! This means you will have to bring them everything they ask for in a single trip. Every time this table orders, stop everything! Your priority should be on serving them. If you have any spare items on your tray, deliver them quickly and focus on serving the VIPs. You may want to consider keeping an item or two premade on your tray to move things along quicker if you’re struggling with timing. Remember you can remove an item from your tray by clicking on it.

 

 

Level 14 – Volatile Seas!

Work to avoid a fight between Stacey and Stubing!

Location: Restaurant

 

Defuse the Captain’s table when signs of trouble arise! After delivering the first order, signs of trouble will start to emerge. Every time a “!” appears over the Captain’s table, quickly click on it to ease the tension. Isaac will go to the Captain’s table (after delivering any prior orders) and defuse the situation. You’ll need to do this a total of 4 times today.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 14

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 14

 

Level 15 – Bermuda Swizzle!

Take the VIPs’ minds off the disasters of the dinner.

Location: Restaurant

 

Mix your way out of this mess! Mix drinks for the VIP table 3 times today. Click on the drink mixer beneath the checkout counter every time the “!” bubble appears. Isaac will go mix drinks for the VIP table. Keep in mind you will not be able to help customers while mixing drinks, though Gopher can still clean tables. Mix 3 of the best drinks ever before the end of the day and you’ll earn a diamond for your skill.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 15

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 15

 

Level 16 – Elixir of Courage

There’s an unexpected visitor in Puerto Vallarta!

Location: Puerto Vallarta

 

Welcome to Puerto Vallarta! Things here work a little differently than the ship. First off, you can restock the fruit at the cocktail bar by clicking on the fruit on the pedestal near the customer tables. You can also take photos of tourists by using the camera near the top of the screen.

 

Today’s diamond challenge is to help Jenny gather enough courage to talk with Ron. Jenny will wander away from the table on the left now and then and go to the center of the screen. There she’ll stop, holding her arm and looking insecure. Click on her while she appears this way to encourage her to return to her table, and the support of her friend. Do this a total of 4 times today to earn a diamond for your efforts. After all, good friends are just as precious as diamonds, aren’t they?

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 16

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 16

 

Level 17 – Single Ladies

Shaky relations on solid land.

Location: Puerto Vallarta

 

Time for a little girl time. Have some of the guys join the girls and have drinks with them. Eligible guys will show up in pairs throughout the day. When an icon of the girls pops up over their heads, click on the guys to have them join the ladies. Bring them their order. It’s only after the guys leave that the progress will count toward today’s goal. Do this a total of 4 times today to earn a diamond, you matchmaker you.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 17

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 17

 

Level 18 – Tasty Advertisement

A famous chef is coming to Ensenada! Help Isaac find the perfect spot to set up the flyers for the event!

Location: Puerto Vallarta

 

Find the perfect spot for each flyer and put them up. A “!” will appear over the stack of flyers beneath the register when one is ready to hang. Click on the stack to add a flyer to your tray. An arrow and flyer outline will then appear somewhere in the location. Click on it to hang the flyer. Do this a total of 5 times to complete today’s challenge.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 18

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 18

 

Level 19 – Hidden Kitten

Brad mustn’t see the Kitten Magazine!

Location: Puerto Vallarta

 

Help Sandy distract Brad with love and drinks. Click on their table whenever a “!” bubble appears. Complete the tasks shown in the bubble and following dialogue to help keep Brad distracted. You’ll need to do this a total of 4 times today during your shift.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 19

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 19

 

Level 20 – Good Impressions

The crew is trying to show Stubing’s good side to Aubrey.

Location: Puerto Vallarta

 

Try to navigate Stubing toward the ship! Click on Stubing every time a “!” bubble appears over his head. You’ll need to do this a total of 5 times today to complete today’s challenge.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 20

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 20

 

Chapter 3: Levels 21 – 30

 

Level 21 – Girls’ Night Out!

The rule may say that you should let them come to you, but even guys need a push sometimes!

Location: Puerto Vallarta

 

Help the guys introduce themselves to the girls. Men will wander into the scene from the upper right corner during the day. When they stop and a “!” bubble appears over their heads, click on them to have them go talk to the girls. Do this a total of 3 times today to complete today’s challenge.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 21

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 21

 

Level 22 – Here Kitten, Kitten…

Sandy is searching for the rest of the Kitten Magazines.

Location: Puerto Vallarta

 

Help Sandy check all the highlighted locations for hidden magazines. A “!” bubble will appear over Sandy’s head every time she’s ready to check a new location. After clicking on her, several locations she can check will appear in circular, sparkling areas. Click on an area to have Sally check for magazines. Magazine locations are random, but after repeating the process until she finds all 3 magazines, you’ll earn yourself a diamond.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 22

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 22

 

Level 23 – Party Supplies

The crew is preparing for the party!

Location: Puerto Vallarta

 

Watch out for party supply deliveries. Your fellow crewmate will be making the deliveries. When she appears in the upper right corner, a “!” bubble will appear over her head. Click on her to accept the party supply delivery. Accept 4 deliveries before the end of your shift to complete today’s challenge.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 23

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 23

 

Level 24 – Party Girl

Jenny and Matt are getting to know each other.

Location: Puerto Vallarta

 

Serve Jenny and Matt throughout the day. The two will sit at the table in the lower left corner. Serve them just as you would any other customer, though be aware they will make multiple orders throughout the day. Successfully bring them orders without them becoming upset or impatient and you’ll earn a diamond for your top-notch service.

 

 

Level 25 – After-party

The party sure was wild, but now somebody has to clean up this mess.

Location: Puerto Vallarta

 

Clean up the mess now that the party’s over. Find the 6 pieces of trash scattered throughout the area before the day is done. Their locations are shown below. Click on the pieces of trash one at a time to collect them. After picking up a piece, click on the waste basket to thrown it away. Repeat this process for all 6 pieces, leaving the area sparkling like a diamond by the end of your shift.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 25

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 25

 

Level 26 – Post Inspection

Doc’s Office has been ransacked! Find the missing equipment and put it back where it belongs.

Location: Doc’s Office

 

Retrieve your ransacked supplies from around the office. There are 4 different supplies that have gone missing. Locate the supplies. Once you’ve found one of the items, an arrow will appear showing you where it should be placed. Click on the cubby indicated to put the equipment away. Find and put everything away before the end of your shift to complete today’s challenge. The item locations, and where they should be placed, are shown below.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 26

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 26

 

Level 27 – Communication Issues

It’s prime time for Sandy and Brad to have a talk!

Location: Doc’s Office

 

Listen in on Brad’s attempts to talk with Sandy. A “!” bubble will appear over Brad every time you can eavesdrop on their conversation. Click on Brad when this symbol appears to listen in. Do this a total of 4 times before the end of the day to complete the challenge.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 27

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 27

 

Level 28 – Two Stubborn

Take care not to let one, or both of your patients wait too long or someone could get quite upset!

Location: Doc’s Office

 

Both the Captain and the Owner aren’t feeling well, and it’s very important not to play favorites! Serve both their full orders at the same time, back-to-back. You will need to do this throughout the day, so make sure to keep your supplies stocked!

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 28

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 28

 

Level 29 – Hanging On

A patient with strangely familiar symptoms has come in.

Location: Doc’s Office

 

Check up on Jenny. Jenny will sit in the waiting area on the lower left. A “!” bubble will appear over her head every time she needs a checkup. Check up on Jenny a total of 3 times today to complete today’s challenge.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 29

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 29

 

Level 30 – Bedridden

The passengers have been partying day and night. Now they begin to yawn…

Location: Doc’s Office

 

Wake up the patients so you can tend to them. Some patients arriving will immediately fall asleep and a “Zzz” bubble appear over their heads. You will have a limited amount of time to wake them up, so tend to them right away! You will have to wake the patient up before you can treat them. Repeat this process throughout the day successfully and you’ll earn a diamond for completing today’s challenge.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 30

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 30

 

Chapter 4: Levels 31 – 40

 

Level 31 – Economic Thinking

Time to be economical and ecological! Prepare only what you need! No trashing today!

Location: Pool

 

Don’t trash any products today. Take your time and be especially careful when picking up customers’ orders. The club soda is the most likely area where you may encounter difficulty, so pay extra close attention. As long as you don’t remove any items from your tray, the rest of today will be smooth sailing.

 

 

Level 32 – Comfort Drinks

When one of your guests is feeling low, it’s up to you to try and lift their spirits!

Location: Pool

 

Today’s challenge is to cheer up Jenny, who is sitting on the bottom edge of the pool. Jenny will ask for drinks throughout the day. When her order bubble appears, make the drink she requests and bring it to her. Repeat this a total of 6 times during the day to complete the challenge and earn a diamond.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 32

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 32

 

Level 33 – Stop Inflation

The inflatable balls should stay well-stocked, and don’t let the crocodile pop!

Location: Pool

 

Keep the inflatable balls stocked and prevent the crocodile from popping. Click on the basket on the left side of the counter to restock the inflatable balls. It’s a good idea to do this as often as possible, especially at the start of the day! Each time you need to inflate the crocodile, pay extra close attention and make sure he doesn’t pop! If you can get through the day without running out of stock of the inflatable balls, and without the crocodile popping, you’ll earn a diamond for your efforts.

 

Tip! Purchase the Superb Counter upgrade and you won’t need to worry about popping your crocodile!

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 33

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 33

 

Level 34 – Wombo Combo!

Isaac’s got to step up his game once more. To show he’s the greatest, only combos and bonuses will count!

Location: Pool

 

Only combos and bonuses will add to your score today. Purchasing upgrades at the start of the level will help make this easier. Nevertheless, focus on serving customers full orders quickly. This is the best way to quickly add to your score. When checking out customers, check them out in groups for added bonuses, and don’t forget to clean those tables!

 

 

Level 35 – Firefighter

On a summer day it can get very hot. But don’t let any fire spread!

Location: Pool

 

Put out the fire on deck! Click on the water bucket next to the pool, then click on the magazine to put out the fire. Try to pick up the magazine, and it’ll fly into pieces. Collect the remaining 6 pieces scattered around the deck to complete today’s challenge. Their locations are shown below.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 35

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 35

 

Level 36 – Supply and Demand

Even Doc’s got a lot of paperwork to deal with! Medical supplies won’t order themselves!

Location: Doc’s Office

 

Organize all of the supplies paperwork. Click on the stack of papers on the lower left marked with a “!” bubble to organize it. A meter will appear displaying your progress. Successfully fill the meter and sort all the papers before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 36

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 36

 

Level 37 – As Doc Ordered

The supplies have arrived, as ordered! But there’s still the matter of carrying the supplies!

Location: Doc’s Office

 

Bring in all of the medical supplies! Packages will arrive throughout the day. When the courier arrives and a “!” bubble appears over her head, click on her to collect the package. Keep in mind you won’t be able to help any customers while moving the package, so try to finish any previous tasks before you pick it up. Successfully pick up all 4 packages before the end of your shift to earn a diamond.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 37

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 37

 

Level 38 – Organize and Conquer

With all the supplies in office, it’s time to organize them!

Location: Doc’s Office

 

With the medical supplies unpacked, it’s time to organize them! Just like level 36, click on the supplies on the lower left indicated with a “!” bubble. A meter will appear displaying your sorting progress as you go. Focus on sorting the supplies every spare moment you’re not helping a patient. Complete sorting the supplies before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 38

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 38

 

Level 39 – Fast and Serious

A Doctor must keep his skills sharp, especially in fast-paced emergencies! Doc’s got to be quick!

Location: Doc’s Office

 

Get those quick bonuses! Today is all about being fast. You’ll need 8 quick bonuses in order to complete today’s challenge. Bring patients full orders quickly after they order in order to earn a quick bonus. It can help to have items that take longer to prepare pre-made on your tray. If you notice an item is popular, try keeping an extra on your tray. If you’re quick, you’ll earn a diamond for your efforts.

 

 

Level 40 – Rushed Cleaning

The drill the day before left a real mess; nothing to do but clean up now!

Location: Doc’s Office

 

Medical supplies have been left all over the ward, and it’s time to clean up. Click on a piece of trash to collect it, then click on the blue waste bin toward the center left to throw it away. Repeat this for all 6 pieces of trash to complete today’s challenge. Their locations are shown below.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 40

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 40

 

Chapter 5: Levels 41 – 50

 

Level 41 – Pleasure or Business

The crew wishes to enjoy the beauty of Ensenada as well, but they should keep it to their off-duty hours!

Location: Ensenada

 

Don’t serve the crew! When a crew member orders today, simply ignore them. They’ll eventually leave. Get through the day ignoring your colleagues and you’ll earn a diamond.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 41

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 41

 

Level 42 – Shell We?

The sea seems to have brought a few shells to shore; they look quite nice, too!

Location: Ensenada

 

Gather the shells! A total of 4 shell necklace pieces are lying around. Find all of them and place each on the counter in the lower left corner. You’ll need to click the counter once per item. Placing an item on the counter will mark it as found. Find all 4 before the end of the day to earn a diamond. Their locations are shown below.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 42

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 42

 

Level 43 – Mind the Mess

Someone made a mess; now it’s your job to clean it up.

Location: Ensenada

 

Clean up the broken bottle! A total of 5 pieces of broken bottle, including puddles, are scattered around the deck. Click on a portion to clean it up! You’ll need to find and clean all 5 pieces before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge. Their locations are shown below.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 43

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 43

 

Level 44 – Girl Night Out

Partying with the guys is well and all, but what girls need now and then is a girl-to-girl talk!

Location: Ensenada

 

Serve the girls! They’re just like any other customer, only you’ll need to continue serving them throughout the day, so timeliness is key! Serve them successfully throughout the day without them leaving angry and you’ll earn a diamond for your top-notch service.

 

 

Level 45 – Dance Night

In the end, Jenny relaxed and is having a lot of fun at the party!

Location: Ensenada

 

Keep the pair dancing! Every so often, their dance will stall and a “!” bubble will appear over their heads. Click on them to encourage them to keep dancing. You’ll need to do this a total of 10 times today to complete today’s challenge.

 

Tip! Clicking on the pair won’t interrupt your service, so don’t hesitate to click on them immediately once the “!” appears.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 45

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 45

 

Level 46 – Go Fishing

A small storm has brought up some waves that have thrown out trash around Ensenada.

Location: Ensenada

 

Uh-oh, the trash the waves threw out needs to be removed. Click on each piece of debris to remove it from the dining area. You’ll need to remove all 11 pieces of trash before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge. Their locations are shown below.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 46

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 46

 

Level 47 – I See a Seagull

This seagull is almost a regular, which is fine, as long as he doesn’t disrupt the guests!

Location: Ensenada

 

There’s a seagull who will come visit from time to time. When he shows up a “!” bubble will appear over him. Quickly click on him within the time allotted to shoo him away! You’ll need to continue doing this throughout the day to complete today’s challenge.

 

Tip! Shooing away the seagull won’t interrupt your service, so click on him as quickly as possible when he appears.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 47

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 47

 

Level 48 – Hot Mess

The jacuzzi seems to be so good, people forget to take all their things with them when they leave!

Location: Ensenada

 

Scoop out things from the hot tub. These items will appear after guests have left the hot tub, so it’s important to serve jacuzzi guests quickly and check them out quickly to have them leave. Once the guests have left, click on the item they leave behind in the hot tub to remove it. You’ll need to do this a total of 5 times before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 48

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 48

 

Level 49 – At Your Order!

Guests can feel awkward if they get their order before others. Time to give full orders only!

Location: Ensenada

 

Give customers full orders today. A full order is when you bring all the items a customer orders (minimum 2 or more items) in a single serving. Customers who order only one item don’t count! Serve 11 full orders over the course of the day to complete today’s challenge.

 

 

Level 50 – No Man Left Behind

The ship is about to depart, but not everyone is back yet! Try calling for your missing colleague!

Location: Ensenada

 

Call for Gopher and Brad using the megaphone. The megaphone is located on a small table below the cash register. A “!” bubble will appear over the megaphone when Isaac can use it. Click on it to have him call for Gopher and Brad. You’ll need to do this 8 times before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 50

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 50

 

Chapter 6: Levels 51 – 60

 

Level 51 – On the Double!

Finish up the orders quickly to hear what Doc has to say!

Location: Restaurant

 

Deliver orders quickly to hear what Doc has to say! Get 8 quick bonuses by serving full orders within a handful of seconds of their being ordered. If you’re having trouble, try keeping an extra cup of coffee or serving of pasta on your tray to save time. Complete the task successfully to earn a diamond.

 

 

Level 52 – Disco Fever!

Music for the wedding is being set up and these tunes really make you want to dance!

Location: Restaurant

 

Let Isaac take a break on the dance floor! Whenever a “!” bubble appears over the dance floor, click on it to let Isaac bust out some sweet moves. But be careful! While Isaac’s dancing, you won’t be able to serve customers until he’s finished. Let Isaac dance 5 times before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 52

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 52

 

Level 53 – Prepare the Wedding!

The decorations have arrived, now it’s time to open up the boxes and prepare for the wedding!

Location: Restaurant

 

Unpack the boxes and set up the decorations! There are 3 boxes lying around the restaurant. Click on a box to start unpacking it. A meter will appear displaying your progress. Once you finish, the decorations will be set up! Do this for all 3 boxes before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge. Their locations are shown below.

 

Tip! If you’re quick, you can unpack all the decorations at the beginning of the day without keeping your customers waiting. However, if you’re struggling for time, wait until the very end of the day to unpack the boxes. If you still have 1 customer left, you’ll be able to continue unpacking.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 53

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 53

 

Level 54 – Row of Products!

The wedding is on! Time to give your best service to the bride and groom!

Location: Restaurant

 

Serve the bride and groom so they have a great time! The happy couple will be seated at the upper left table. They’re just like any other customer, only they’re especially important because today’s their big day! Don’t panic, just serve them full orders in a timely manner and you’ll earn a diamond as big as the one on the bride’s finger.

 

 

Level 55 – Where is Isaac?

Make sure to cater to your guests as fast as possible so they don’t leave a bad review!

Location: Restaurant

 

Help Emily serve the angry customers without anybody leaving! There will be 3 angry customers already at the start of the day. Focus on serving the two that aren’t at the counter first, and quickly! Then immediately serve and check out the counter customer.

 

 

Level 56 – The Owner Has Spoken

Time to bring out the champagne!

Location: Lobby

 

Give Isaac what he needs so the crew can celebrate! Watch for Isaac as he enters the Lobby. Just like a customer, a bubble will pop up over his head displaying the item he needs. Bring Isaac the items he asks for 5 times before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 56

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 56

 

Level 57 – Happy Endings!

Surprise your passengers with a sweet parting gift!

Location: Lobby

 

Bring pralines to table customers with their order. The pralines come in a heart-shaped box and are located beneath the counter. Bring a box of pralines to a group of table customers with their order to count toward today’s goal. Do this a total of 4 times before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 57

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 57

 

Level 58 – Wave for Goodbye!

Can we get through this day with dry eyes?

Location: Lobby

 

Say goodbye to your passengers today. Each set of memorable passengers will stop by to say goodbye. When they appear in the Lobby and a “!” bubble appears over their head, click on them to wish them well. Do this with all 4 passengers to complete today’s challenge.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 58

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 58

 

Level 59 – Old Flames, New Waters

The lobby was going to end up in a mess sooner or later.

Location: Lobby

 

Find the passengers’ belongs scattered around the Lobby. Their locations are shown below. Find all 11 items before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 59

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 59

 

Level 60 – Starboard Home

What could the captain and Stacey be talking about?

Location: Lobby

 

Eavesdrop on the conversation! When Stacey and the Captain appear and a “!” bubble appears over their heads, click on them to listen in on their conversation. Keep in mind while you’re listening, you won’t be able to serve customers. Listen in on their conversation 6 times before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Level 60

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Level 60

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed The Love Boat Platinum Edition!

 

The Love Boat Bonus Levels

In addition to The Love Boat’s 60 story levels, there are 30 bonus levels for you to complete. This section lists every bonus level as well as strategies, tips and tricks on how to complete them.

 

Bonus 1 – 5

 

Bonus 1 – Early Bird!

Make sure that Julie warms up for the long cruise by walking around.

 

Have Julie walk 800 steps over the course of the day. The easiest way to accomplish this is to alternate clicking between the cash register and the magazine restock drawer on the upper left whenever you’re not serving customers. Keep her on her feet and you’ll finish this challenge with ease.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Bonus 1

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Bonus 1

 

Bonus 2 – Caution! Wet Floor!

Gopher is clumsy with the bucket. Clean up after him.

 

Mop up the puddles before Stacey gets angry. Every time Gopher moves or goes to clean a table, he’ll leave a puddle behind. Quickly click on the puddle to clean it up before the meter above it empties. Julie is the one who will be doing the cleaning up after Gopher. Place priority on cleaning the puddles whenever they appear. Customers can wait, Stacey can’t!

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Bonus 2

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Bonus 2

 

Bonus 3 – Bird of Prey!

Keep your head down or you might drop your tray!

 

If you get hit by a seagull, you’ll lose the items on your tray! The rogue bird will fly back and forth throughout the day. There’s not much you can do to avoid it, so play as per normal. If the seagull hits you, keep calm and carry on. As long as you get through the day with a score of 1,400 or higher, you’ll complete the challenge successfully.

 

Tip! Getting hit by the seagull will cause Isaac to stop everything he’s doing. This includes walking from one location to another. If hit, you’ll need to click on the location where you wanted to go again.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Bonus 3

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Bonus 3

 

Bonus 4 – Mood Swing

Only the best service is acceptable!

 

Only ecstatic customers will give you points today. Ecstatic customers are customers with 5 full hearts above their head. To earn the highest scores, it’s important to serve customers full orders of all the items they ask for. The faster, the better!

 

Tip! It’s better to check out ecstatic customers as soon as they arrive at the register instead of waiting for other customers to show up. Otherwise, they may no longer be ecstatic, and then you won’t earn any points!

 

 

Bonus 5 – Perpetual Motion!

Isaac wants to see the cruiser leave the harbor; he’s in a rush!

 

Keep moving! Don’t stand still for longer than 8 seconds, or else you won’t complete today’s challenge. To keep Isaac moving, alternate clicking on the cash register and the restock basket for the inflatable balls. He may shake his head, but this is the best way to keep him moving without crossing long distances, leaving you more readily available to help customers as they order.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Bonus 5

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Bonus 5

 

Bonus 6 – 10

 

Bonus 6 – Heat Wave!

The sun is burning, and the customers are thirsty.

 

Focus your service on the slower customers. Slower customers will enter with red “!” marks over their head. When they order or wait to pay, their order bubbles will be filled with color that will gradually drain. Make sure to serve them before all the color drains from their bubble. Normal customers and table customers can wait.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Bonus 6

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Bonus 6

 

Bonus 7 – Slow Down!

It’s one of those days where you just have to take it slow.

 

Everything will take more time to prepare today. Restock your cake immediately at the start of the day. Try keeping popular items, like cola, wine, and a serving of pasta on your tray to save time and stay ahead of the game.

 

 

Bonus 8 – Breathing Wild!

Stacey’s requests are tiring. Find any moment you can to take a break!

 

Isaac is exhausted. Don’t let him tire himself out today! Any action – whether walking or preparing a dish – will take up his energy. The lower his energy, the slower he’ll move. Today is all about balance. Try pacing yourself and serving customers in paced groups. Take a break every few seconds. In the long run, it’ll make you faster.

 

 

Bonus 9 – Too Darn Ripe

The sun is burning and it’s affecting all organic products.

 

Deliver items before they go bad. You have approximately 7 seconds from the time you pick up the product to the time it spoils. Fruit bowls and drinks will both go bad. Photos and hats will not. If the item starts to go bad, it will begin blinking on your tray. At that moment you will only have 1-2 seconds left. Quickly deliver it or remove it from your tray before it spoils! The best tactic to use today is to keep an eye out for orders with drinks and fruit bowls. Serve them separately if need be. Remember you only have a handful of seconds.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Bonus 9

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Bonus 9

 

Bonus 10 – Tip, Please!

To earn your pay by tips alone is hard, but Isaac is determined to dazzle every customer with his skills!

 

Only tips count toward your score today. Serve full orders and quick orders to earn tips from individual customers. Check multiple customers out at the same time at the cash register to earn combo bonuses.

 

 

Bonus 11 – 15

 

Bonus 11 – On the Double

Everybody loves Isaac’s food and drinks. They just can’t get enough of them!

 

Table customers will be placing 2 orders in a row every time today. After serving a table’s first order, the table will eat, then request the second. Bring them their order, keeping in mind that you’ll need to be quick. Any previous hearts they lost will not replenish the second time around.

 

 

Bonus 12 – Order Diversity

Isaac wants to try a new serving technique. Let’s see if it pays off!

 

Alternate completing orders between seated and standing customers. This challenge is particularly tricky – you’ll need to keep close track of which customer you served last: table or counter. If you start with a counter customer, you’ll need to serve a table next, followed by another counter customer. If there’s not another counter customer (or table if you did it the opposite way), you’ll have to wait for one to show up, or else you’ll fail today’s challenge. If you find yourself with, for example – two counter customers by the end of the day and no more tables, you’ll need to let one leave angry to complete the challenge.

 

Tip! Circle the next customer you need to serve with your cursor, or hover the cursor over them. This will help you keep mental track of which customer type you’re currently serving: standing or sitting.

 

 

Bonus 13 – Bad Memory

Isaac is tired and not quite himself today. He’s having a hard time keeping up with all the customers’ orders.

 

Today’s challenge is to remember your customers’ orders. A handful of seconds after a customer orders, the orders above their head will be replaced with “?” marks. Quickly memorize the order and make it before you forget what it is! It’s best to not worry too much about combos, instead making sure you serve the correct orders in a timely manner.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Bonus 13

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Bonus 13

 

Bonus 14 – Over and Out

It was a great party! But now Doc has his hands full with a lot of hungover patients…

 

All the patients who enter the clinic today are hungover and start with 3 hearts. The only way to increase their mood is to serve them their complete order quickly! Best not to keep them waiting at the register today, either. In and out!

 

 

Bonus 15 – Who’ll Cure the Doctor?

Doc doesn’t feel that well today, his arms are weak and heavy. He’s only able to carry one item at a time.

 

Doc can only carry 1 item at a time today! That means no full order combos and no keeping extra items on your tray. If you accidentally put the wrong item on your tray, click on it to remove it. For patients who require multiple items, you’ll need to bring the items to them in multiple trips.

 

 

Bonus 16 – 20

 

Bonus 16 – Ahoi! Mousies

Carl’s family on board! Can you find them all?

 

There’s so many mice aboard the ship, and you must catch them all! Catch 30 mice before the end of the day. Keep an eye out for their cute whiskers and listen for the telltale squeak. Mice will pop up in random locations. For an overview of some places where mice can appear today, visit the Mouse Locations section.

 

 

Bonus 17 – No Repeats!

Variety is a barista’s best friend.

 

Don’t make the same product twice in a row today. If multiple of the same item is ordered, first pick up another item, followed by the one you need. We recommend one of the sunglasses beneath the counter, provided the item you need isn’t the same as them. The less preparation necessary, the better!

 

 

Bonus 18 – Sick and Tired

There’s a nasty flu circling around the cruise! It’s best to treat those first and stop it from spreading!

 

Treat the flu-ridden patients first. Patients entering the ward with the flu will have a red “!” mark over their head. Upon entering, focus all your attention on them! Serve them first before helping any other patients.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Bonus 18

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Bonus 18

 

Bonus 19 – When the Doctor’s Ill

The sickness from before seems to have caught Doc now as well. But he can’t take a day off and he can’t work fast.

 

Doc’s feeling a bit under the weather. He’s got to take it slow. Today is just like any other day, only Doc will move and prepare items just a bit slower. Treat it like any other day and you’ll complete this challenge with ease.

 

 

Bonus 20 – Time’s Ticking

Doc is back in action! He’s got no time to waste, either. No time to stand around!

 

Don’t stand still for more than 8 seconds! It’s important to keep moving today. The easiest way to keep Doc on his feet is to alternate clicking between the cash register, and the restock box for the pill bottle. This way he’ll move back and forth without you needing to remove any items from your tray, and allowing you to easily go elsewhere if helping a patient.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Bonus 20

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Bonus 20

 

Bonus 21 – 25

 

Bonus 21 – Cash Out

The cash register keeps jamming! And the tune isn’t all that pleasant I’ll say!

 

Unjam the cash register to check out customers! A “!” bubble will appear over the cash register each time it’s jammed. You’ll need to click on it and give Isaac a little time to restore it to working order. There’s a meter in the upper right corner that will keep track of how long it will take for Isaac to unjam the register, as well as how soon the register will jam again. You’ll need to unjam the register repeatedly throughout the day to check out customers.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Bonus 21

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Bonus 21

 

Bonus 22 – Up and Downs

That special serving technique seems to have paid off the last time around. Now that we’re in a new place, time to try it again!

 

Alternate between serving standing and sitting customers. This challenge is exactly like Bonus 12. Don’t serve the same type of customer – sitting or standing – back-to-back. Instead, alternate. If you’re waiting on a sitting or standing customer, keep waiting! If you serve the same type twice in a row, you won’t complete today’s challenge.

 

 

Bonus 23 – Just the Tip

Management wishes to see how effective Isaac’s work is. They’ll only count bonus tips from customers, so make sure you have enough!

 

Only bonus tips count today! Serve quick orders, full orders, and check out customers in groups to earn tips and bonuses. You can also choose to upgrade the restaurant at the start of the day to help give you an extra advantage.

 

 

Bonus 24 – Forget Me Not

It’s one of those days, when your customers are so relaxed they themselves can’t remember what they ordered.

 

Customers can’t remember their own orders! Shortly after ordering today, any items a customer asks for will be replaced by a “?” icon. Serve orders quickly to avoid challenging your memory too much! When in doubt, leave one “?” customer and focus on serving the others. Today is not an easy day to play catch-up if you fall behind.

 

Tip! Restock all items at the start of the day to give yourself an extra advantage!

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Bonus 24

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Bonus 24

 

Bonus 25 – Flight Path

That smug seagull is back at it, flying around like he owns the place! He doesn’t even look where he’s going!

 

Avoid the seagull or you’ll drop your tray! A rogue seagull is flying around the restaurant today. If he collides with you, you’ll drop everything on your tray. A collision with the seagull also means Isaac will stop whatever he was doing and wherever he was going, so keep on top of your tasks to pick back up easily. The seagull’s flight path is somewhat random, so be ready for the unwanted encounter at least once or twice today.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Bonus 25

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Bonus 25

 

Bonus 26 – 30

 

Bonus 26 – Fragile Equipment!

Someone seems unable to keep proper inventory and left a bad tray around. What foul luck you had to take one!

 

Play with a breaking tray. Throughout the day, your tray will steadily break and become smaller in size. Make sure you serve full orders at the start of the day, because you won’t be able to earn this combo type by the time the end of your shift is near. Be ready to make multiple trips the later it gets in the day.

 

 

Bonus 27 – Wedding Festivities!

The party is still going on, lovebirds or not.

 

Serve all the customers and don’t let anybody leave angry. Today’s challenge is all about management. Focus on one table at a time. Serve a full order, then follow through with the next order. If you notice a particular item that takes extra time to prepare is popular, try keeping an extra portion on your tray to serve time.

 

 

Bonus 28 – Supply and Demand

The crew seems to be hoarding all the magazines. Be careful not to run out of them!

 

Don’t run out of magazines today. Newspapers also count toward today’s challenge. To make things more difficult, crew members will show up and remove all the magazines from the rack. Keep an eye out for them and whenever you see a 0 in the bottom right corner, quickly click on the restock drawer on the left to replenish your stock of newspapers or magazines.

 

Tip! Restock the magazines at the start of the day to give yourself an edge!

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Bonus 28

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Bonus 28

 

Bonus 29 – Gopher in Trouble!

Some people pack too much for a cruise. Help out Gopher with the heavy ones.

 

Help Gopher with the luggage. Every time Gopher needs help, he’ll stand at the base of the stairs and a “!” bubble will appear over his head. Click on Gopher to help him with the luggage. Keep in mind this will keep Julie busy for several seconds. It’s best you check out any customers waiting at the cash register before helping Gopher.

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Bonus 29

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Bonus 29

 

Bonus 30 – Boss on Deck!

Don’t waste any products or have any extra, do not overspill a glass, bring only full orders, and make sure all your customers are ecstatic!

 

Play the perfect game! Keep items in stock and make sure every customer leaves happy. Remember! Full orders, quick bonuses, and combo checkouts will all help you with your score. Don’t forget you can also upgrade the Lobby to help your day go just a bit easier.

 

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed all the Bonus Levels!

 

The Love Boat Mouse Locations

Find 60 mice hidden throughout The Love Boat’s levels 1 – 60. Carl the mouse is back, but with a twist – where he shows up, no one knows! The mouse can appear in several random locations depending on the level location (Lobby, Pool, etc.). Use the screenshots below as reference to see where Carl may appear.

 

Lobby Mouse Locations

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Lobby Mouse Locations

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Lobby Mouse Locations

 

Pool Mouse Locations

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Pool Mouse Locations

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Pool Mouse Locations

 

Restaurant Mouse Locations

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Restaurant Mouse Locations

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Restaurant Mouse Locations

 

Puerto Vallarta Mouse Locations

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Puerto Vallarta Mouse Locations

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Puerto Vallarta Mouse Locations

 

Doc’s Office Mouse Locations

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Doc's Office Mouse Locations

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Doc’s Office Mouse Locations

 

Ensenada Mouse Locations

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Ensenada Mouse Locations

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Ensenada Mouse Locations

 

The Love Boat Achievements

Keep a few mementos of your memorable trip aboard The Love Boat by unlocking photo achievements! There are 20 trophy achievements to unlock. Click on the trophy icon in the upper right corner of the level select map to view achievements you’ve unlocked and your progress.

 

Achievement Name Description How to Unlock
All Aboard Finish Chapter One. Complete story levels 1 – 10.
A Rising Tide Finish Chapter Two. Complete story levels 11 – 20.
Troubled Waters Finish Chapter Three. Complete story levels 21 – 30.
Head Above Water Finish Chapter Four. Complete story levels 31 – 40.
Anchors Aweigh Finish Chapter Five. Complete story levels 41 – 50.
Sea Change Finish Chapter Six. Complete story levels 51 – 60.
Hide and Squeak Find all 12 different mice during gameplay. Unlock costumes for Carl and sometimes the mouse will show up in a level while wearing it! His costume appearance and the level they appear on is random. Collect all 12 different mice variations while playing. You will need to complete the achievement Family Cruise before you can complete this achievement.
Life’s a Beach Achieve 3 stars on all levels. Complete all levels with the highest star score possible.
Know the Ropes Successfully finish all tasks and bonus levels. Earn every diamond in the game! Complete the task of every story level and each bonus level challenge.
Castaway Unlock all of the cast. Complete levels to unlock the cast. Click on the clapperboard in the level select map to view your progress.
Smooth Cruise Have 500 customers leave happy. Check out 500 customers with 4 hearts or higher.
Mouse Out of Water Find all 60 mice. Find the mouse hidden in each of the game’s 60 story levels. Their locations are revealed in the Mouse Locations section.
Chief Purser Earn 1,000 bonus tips. Earn 1,000 bonus tips.
Photographsea Take a picture of every customer in Puerto Vallarta. Take a photo of every type of customer in Puerto Vallarta. This applies across multiple levels.
Captain Keep the Captain’s table happy throughout days 13, 14, and 15. Finish levels 13 – 15 with the Captain’s table having 4 hearts or more.
Cruise Director Finish a level with all customers leaving with 5 hearts. Finish a level with all customers leaving with 5 hearts. This is easiest to complete in the first level of each location. It’s also the challenge goal of Bonus 30.
Family Cruise Unlock all of the different mice. Use diamonds you’ve earned to unlock special costumes for Carl the mouse. Click on the diamond icon in the upper right corner of the level select screen. Unlocking a costume will allow the mouse to randomly appear during a level, sometimes wearing a special costume. This is necessary to unlock the achievement Hide and Squeak.
The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Family Cruise Achievement

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Family Cruise Achievement

Man Overboard Find Ron a total of 50 times. Find Ron 50 times on the stowaway level.
Luxury Cruiser Buy every upgrade. Purchase every upgrade in the game. Upgrades can be purchased after selecting a level in the level select map and before pressing Play a second time.
Something Smells Fishy Seagull pooped on Stacey’s head. Play Level 10 and fail the objective to unlock this achievement.
The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Something Smells Fishy Achievement

The Love Boat Platinum Edition – Something Smells Fishy Achievement

 

 

Feeling Adrift?
We Can Help!

If you need additional help, are having trouble with the game, or simply need a few extra pointers, our Customer Support team can help!

 

SOS – Send a support ticket!

 

The Love Boat Platinum Edition - Doc and Isaac artwork

The Love Boat Official Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

 

 

 

 

 

The post The Love Boat Official Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Official Walkthrough

$
0
0

Welcome to the Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Official Walkthrough. Emily and the moms are about to put Patrick and the dads through the paces of parenthood! Join the entire family and friends as they undergo challenges to see who’s the best once and for all! This is the official walkthrough and contains in-depth strategies, tips and tricks for all levels and challenges. Find all the mouse locations and unlock every trophy. Select a topic from the Contents list below to get started!

Contents

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads General Tips & Tricks

Welcome to the tips and tricks section of the Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Official Walkthrough. This section covers all the basics and essentials of the game.

 

How to Play

 

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads is a time management game. The goal of the game is to serve customers as quickly as possible within a set period of time to earn high scores. When customers enter your shop and are ready to order, a bubble will appear over their head indicating what they’d like. Click on the product the customer asks for, then click on the customer to bring it to them. Once a customer receives the item they’ve asked for, they’ll be ready to pay. Click on the cash register or checkout monitor to check them out.

 

Scoring and Customer Happiness

 

Every customer you serve will have a number of hearts over their head. These hearts indicate how happy your customer is. The more hearts a customer has, the happier they are. Customers with 5 hearts are ecstatic and the happiest possible. The longer you take with an order, or if you get an order wrong, a customer may lose hearts. When a customer loses all their heads, they’ll leave without paying. Angry customers won’t leave tips. Ecstatic customers will leave handsome tips. Serve customers quickly to increase their hearts and earn higher scores!

 

Earn additional score bonuses by serving customers quickly, bringing them all the items they’ve asked for in a single trip, and checking them out in groups at the register. You can also earn bonuses by completing level challenges and objectives.

 

Mice Locations

 

Carl the mouse is hidden in each of the game’s 60 story levels. The mouse will pop up as you play each level, excluding challenges. Every time the mouse appears, you’ll hear a soft squeaking before he disappears again. Find every mouse in levels 1 – 60 and you’ll unlock a special trophy! For a complete list of all the places where mice appear, visit the Mouse Locations section of this walkthrough. Additionally, mouse locations are also listed per level in the walkthrough below. Click “Mouse Location” to be taken directly to a screenshot of all the mouse locations per that chapter.

 

Daily Challenges

 

Daily Challenges are a special type of challenge returning to the Delicious franchise. The Daily Challenge can be found at the bottom of the level select screen. Each day, a new Daily Challenge will appear. Click on the Daily Challenge to be given a challenge with a unique character, location, and goal for the day. Complete the Daily Challenge to earn extra diamonds.

 

Upgrades

 

For every chapter you play, you can purchase upgrades. Upgrades can be purchased at the start of the level, or by selecting the Shop icon on the far left of the level select map for that chapter. Earn money to purchase upgrades by completing levels. The higher your score, the more money you’ll earn! Upgrades offer special bonuses such as increased movement speed, better customer patience, longer mouse appearance times, and more.

 

Additional Tips and Tricks

 

  • Clean those tables! – Clean all the tables before the end of a level and you’ll receive a clean table bonus that will be added to your end score for the day.
  • Refill and restock! – Restock any items with limited stock at the beginning of the day to give yourself a head start and advantage when starting a level. Having all items fully stocked at the end of the day will give you an additional score bonus!
  • Diamonds galore! – Complete level objectives and challenges to earn diamonds. Diamonds can be used to upgrade Emily and Patrick’s yard.
  • Daily challenge, daily reward! – Complete the Daily Challenge generated each day to earn extra diamonds and rewards.
  • Mice are everywhere! – Carl the mouse is hiding in each of the game’s story levels. Listen for the squeak and find him before he disappears!
  • It’s all about gestures! – Some tasks and objectives carry a little extra challenge. Touch gesture prompts will appear on the screen at times. They are as follows:
    • Click – Click repeatedly within the circle that appears until it’s filled.
    • Click w/meter – Click within the circle that appears when the needle lands within the green zone.
    • Hold – Click and hold within the circle that appears until it’s completely filled.
    • Rub – Click and hold the small circle that appears, moving your cursor back and forth until the circle is filled. This gesture must be done within the circle or else it won’t count.
    • Drag – Click and hold the circle at the far end of the arrow, then drag it along the length of the arrow until it reaches the end.
  • Multi-task like a master! – You can keep clicking on items and serving customers even when performing touch gestures. Many levels also feature multiple characters you’ll play at once. It’s all about time management!

 

 

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Walkthrough

Welcome to the official walkthrough for Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads! This guide covers every aspect of the game – levels, challenges, mice locations, you name it! Scroll up to the Contents above for quick navigation, or continue reading below.

 

Chapter 1 – The Parenting Challenge

 

Level 1 – Sleepless in Snuggford

Emily’s newborn twins, Emma and Vito Jr., aren’t exactly great sleepers… but Patrick sure is.

Mouse Location: At the bottom right corner of the mat, next to the basket of oranges.

 

Today’s level is all about learning the basics. Once a customer orders, click on the item(s) they ask for to bring it to them. Once they’re finished, they’ll move to the register. Click on the checkout monitor to check them out. Don’t forget to click on Carl the Mouse when he appears!

 

Tip! To bag the olives, click on the number of olives the customer asks for, followed by the bag in the bottom right corner.

 

Level 2 – Hale & Healthy

As a new mom, Mary-Lynn could definitely use Emily’s help to get Levi to eat his vegetables!

Mouse Location: In the basket of tomatoes at the bottom left corner of the fresh produce counter.

 

Bring food to Levi. Mary-Lynn is holding Levi on the left side of the shop. When Levi’s hungry, a “!” bubble will appear over Mary-Lynn. Click on her to bring food to Levi. You’ll need to do this a total of 4 times today to complete today’s challenge.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 2

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 2

 

Level 3 – The Gender Race

Do girls mature faster than boys? Help Emily attend to customers quickly so she can deal with her family.

Mouse Location: Hanging upside-down from the light above the carrot grill.

 

Get 10 Quick Bonuses today. To earn a Quick Bonus, bring a customer’s full order to them within a handful of seconds of their ordering. New to the shop today are grilled carrots. Click on the carrots in the upper left corner to throw them on the grill. They’ll blink once finished. Be sure to click on them again and add them to your tray before they burn!

 

Tip! Try speeding things up by carrying a pre-prepared item on your tray!

 

Level 4 – Sharing the Load

It’s good to catch up with Stacy, but her family tends to leave some cleaning up behind!

Mouse Location: In the bottom left portion of the ice-cooled table.

 

Clean up the mess left behind in the store. Three “!” bubbles will appear over the areas which need to be cleaned. To clean up a mess, click on it. A meter will appear over the mess showing your progress in cleaning it up. Clean up all 3 messes before the end of the day between serving customers to complete today’s challenge.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 4

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 4

 

Level 5 – Girls’ Day Out

Will the guys survive without the moms? Help Emily prepare some snacks for the spa!

Mouse Location: In the basket of oranges at the bottom right corner of the fresh produce counter.

 

Prepare snacks for the spa. There’s a picnic basket on the leftmost table which will need to be filled with snacks. Throughout the day, bubbles displaying various products will appear over this basket. Prepare the product displayed and click on the basket to pack it away. Do this a total of 7 times before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 5

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 5

 

Level 6 – The Secret Plan

What are the girls up to? Try not to burn or spill anything in all the excitement!

Mouse Location: Hanging upside-down from the light above the juicer.

 

Don’t burn or spill anything today! The smoothie machine is new to the shop today. Located on the right side of the fresh produce counter, click on the cucumber to the right to make a smoothie. Click on the smoothie machine once the dial displayed lands in the green zone to top off the glass. Avoid spilling any smoothie or burning any carrots and you’ll complete today’s objective with ease.

 

Level 7 – Something’s Cooking

The contest is coming together! We have the first location sorted – now let’s get some ideas for the first challenge.

Mouse Location: Behind the top of the checkout monitor.

 

Hear Mary-Lynn’s ideas throughout the day. Mary-Lynn is standing on the left side of the shop. Every time she has an idea, a “!” bubble will pop up over her head. Click on her to listen to her ideas. You’ll need to do this a total of 5 times today to complete the optional objective and earn a diamond.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 7

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 7

 

Level 8 – Emergency Preparations

Don’t worry, Stacy, the girls are here and they know everything about unexpected guests!

Mouse Location: At the left corner of the nuts and olives counter, near the green baskets.

 

Serve Stacy her orders. Stacy will show up on the left side of the shop with special orders throughout the day. When an order appears over her head, gather the item and bring it to her. You’ll need to do this 5 times today to complete the optional objective.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 8

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 8

 

Level 9 – Slow Food

Sooner or later, sleep deprivation takes its toll on newborn parents… especially from twins.

Mouse Location: On the wood floor between the standing tables in the lower left corner.

 

Today’s challenge is to walk less than 200 steps. This objective counts toward both Emily and Nora’s steps combined, so be careful! Serve combos and multiple orders at once to minimize the back-and-forth walking.

 

Level 10 – Smoothie Spree

Emily’s new product couldn’t have been more successful, but new exciting things await! Close the promotion with a bang!

Mouse Location: Peeking out from the right side of the awning above the fresh jam stand.

 

Grab 20 smoothies today. To meet this objective, you’ll need to make smoothies constantly throughout the day. Emily can work independently from Nora, which will give you an advantage today. Use the smoothie machine and restock constantly, picking up smoothies as soon as they’re finished. Remove extra smoothies from your tray by clicking on them.

 

Tip! Don’t forget to fully restock your smoothies by the end of the day to earn an added score bonus!

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 10

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 10

 

Chapter 2 – Cleaning the Slate

 

Level 11 – Bath Time

It doesn’t matter who we are or where we come from, all our paths lead to… the washing machine.

Mouse Location: On the upper floor between the bath and the checkout monitor.

 

Today’s a beautiful day to… do laundry. Both the laundry basket and the washing machine will be marked with a “!” bubble at the start of the day. Click on the laundry to sort it first, followed by the washing machine. A meter will pop up over each displaying your progress. Fully prepare both before the end of the day to earn a diamond.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 11

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 11

 

Level 12 – Restocking the Competition

Andy needs to scrub off his past mistakes… We’ll need a ton of detergent for that!

Mouse Location: To the right of the left set of stairs, in front of the display table.

 

Receive all the packages from Francois today. Francois will show up with boxes throughout the day. Once he shows up and the “!” bubble appears over his head, click on him to collect the package. You’ll need to do this 4 times today to complete today’s challenge.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 12

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 12

 

Level 13 – The Rise of the Machines

It’s Mike’s turn to fiddle with the washing machine… prepare for some reparations!

Mouse Location: In the center of the wood floor on the left, to the right of the seated table.

 

Repair the washing machine. You won’t be able to restock spa robes until the objective is complete! Click on the washing machine marked with the “!” bubble to work on repairing it. A meter will show up displaying your progress. Once finished, you can once again restock robes, as well as add a shiny diamond to your wardrobe.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 13

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 13

 

Level 14 – Community Management

Chad’s fan base is blowing up! Help Nora manage the excitement.

Mouse Location: At the far bottom left corner of the checkout counter, near the basket and bottle warmer.

 

Read the fan comments that appear on the blog today. Nora’s laptop is sitting on a small table on the left in the customer seating area. Click on the computer when the “!” bubble appears to read fan comments. You’ll need to do this 4 times before the end of the day to complete today’s objective.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 14

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 14

 

Level 15 – Father-Son Improv

Could a song save Andy when he’s left alone with Levi? Don’t ruin the moment by running out of stock!

Mouse Location: Behind the tray with the rubber ducky below the changing table.

 

Don’t run out of stock today! There’s only one item that will need restocked, and that’s the robes next to the washing machine. The small number at the bottom right corner displays how many are currently left in stock. To prepare more, click on the laundry basket next to the washing machine to throw in a garment. Once the washing machine goes through its cycle and blinks, click on the front loader door to restock the robes. Get through the day without stock reaching 0 to earn a diamond for your efforts.

 

Tip! Robes will be a popular item today, so stay on top of that laundry!

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 15

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 15

 

Level 16 – Going Viral

The word has spread, and now everyone in Snuggford wants to see what’s cooking in the contest.

Mouse Location: On the upper floor to the right of the left set of stairs, near the bottom right corner of the entrance mat.

 

Greet the fans! Two fans are standing in the doorway today. A meter will appear over their heads when they require attention. Click on the fan with the meter displayed before it empties. You’ll need to do this throughout the day, but don’t worry – Emily can still go about her normal tasks without being interrupted by the fans, so don’t hesitate to click on them!

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 16

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 16

 

Level 17 – Emergency Call

Mary-Lynn needs to step out in the middle of Mike’s challenge, so we’ll need to sharpen our skills… and our check-outs!

Mouse Location: Behind the checkout counter, between the first and second mats to the left of the checkout monitor.

 

Always check out more than one person at a time at the register today. At least 2 customers must be standing at the register with cash register icons above their heads before you can click on the checkout monitor, or else you’ll fail today’s objective. Remember: It’s better to wait!

 

Level 18 – Growing Pains

Emergency! Baby in need! Andy, Allison, everybody! Let’s take care of Levi!

Mouse Location: In the window behind the large rubber ducky floating in the bath.

 

Serve Levi what he needs today. Levi’s in a pink toddler rocker on the left side of the spa. Throughout the day, order bubbles will pop up over Levi’s head. Bring him the items he needs to calm him down. You’ll need to bring him 12 orders total before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 18

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 18

 

Level 19 – Diaper-changer Instinct

Will Andy finally overcome his inexperience? Help out by assembling the pieces of the changer.

Mouse Location: On the floor at the upper right corner of the changing table.

 

Find the changer parts scattered around the spa. There are 5 parts total you’ll need to locate before the end of the day. Click on a part to collect it. Their locations are shown below.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 19

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 19

 

Level 20 – Time for Deliberation

A little effort always bears fruit. Let’s see how the judges are feeling about the participants!

Mouse Location: Behind the baby wipes, between the leftmost pool of water and the entrance mat.

 

Talk with your fellow jury members 5 times today. A “!” bubble will appear over their heads when they want to speak with you. Click on them to talk with them. Be aware that every time Emily talks with them, she won’t be serving customers. Try to balance service with conversing with your fellow judges. At the end of the day, you’ll be rewarded with a diamond upon successful completion.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 20

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 20

 

Chapter 3 – Natural Selection

 

Level 21 – Setting Up Camp

The competition’s getting even wilder, as we move to Camp Talon! Help set everything up.

Mouse Location: Behind the far-left side of the wooden fence, near the center of the screen.

 

Receive all the packages Francois brings today. Throughout the day, Francois will appear and a “!” bubble will appear over his head. Click on him to collect the box he’s carrying. Repeat this a total of 5 times during the day to complete today’s objective.

 

Additionally, there’s a ring-tailed visitor at the camp you should be very aware of! A sneaky raccoon will sneak into the camp throughout the day, for each level of this chapter. Click on the raccoon to catch him red-handed and chase him off! If you don’t catch the raccoon in time, he’ll help himself to your products!

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 21

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 21

 

Level 22 – Surviving the Morning Rush

Everything is ready for the new challenge… but the kids ran away in excitement! Find them!

Mouse Location: On the grass below the picnic table on the left.

 

Find the children playing hide-and-seek. The children will pop up randomly throughout the day with a laugh. When you hear the tell-tale giggle, quickly locate the child and click on them before they disappear. There are 7 kids you’ll need to find before the end of the day. Their locations are shown below.

 

Tip! You can extend the time you need to find any remaining children at the end of the day by not checking out the final customer(s). As long as you have at least 1 customer remaining, the children will continue to pop up, buying you extra time.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 22

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 22

 

Level 23 – A Biting Lesson

It seems one of the fathers hasn’t paid enough attention to detail… Take care of the mosquito bites!

Mouse Location: On the grass between the large tree and the wooden steps on the left.

 

Treat Paige’s mosquito bites. Paige is standing next to the archery target. Throughout the day, a “!” bubble will appear over her head. Click on her when the bubble appears to have Emily help treat her bites. Keep in mind that Emily will leave whatever tasks she’s doing to help Paige, so try to balance this carefully between serving customers. Do this a total of 5 times before the end of the day to complete today’s objective.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 23

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 23

 

Level 24 – Gluten-Free Outings

Breakfast’s ready! It’s Andy’s special recipe, but the gluten-intolerant kids with the blue neckerchiefs can’t eat it!

Mouse Location: On the rocks just below the bow and arrows.

 

Don’t serve pancakes to children with blue neckerchiefs today. However, this applies to children only! Adults with blue neckerchiefs can still eat those delicious pancakes. If a child with a blue neckerchief orders pancakes, bring them every item from their order except the pancakes. This will count as serving a full order, whereupon you can check them out at the register as per usual.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 24

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 24

 

Level 25 – A Hairy Development

A new audience appears as Mike faces his worst nightmare: his daughter’s tangled hair.

Mouse Location: Behind the upper portion of the cooking spit next to the cash register.

 

Untangle Abigail’s hair 8 times today using the touch gestures that appear. Click, Drag, Hold – whatever it takes!

 

Roast corn is also a new menu item today. Click on the corn cob beneath the cash register to throw it on the cooking grill. Once finished, it will blink. Make sure to pick it up before it burns!

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 25

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 25

 

Level 26 – Pancake Show-Off

Pancake flippers have a tough life. Let’s help Mike get the perfect flip!

Mouse Location: Above the lower right archery target in the upper right corner of the screen.

 

Prepare 20 pancakes today. Each serving will count as a single pancake, even if that serving has more than one pancake in it. Your biggest challenge today will be keeping the berries necessary for pancakes stocked up. Berries will grow at the bottom left and right corners of the screen. Restock them as soon as they’re grown – you’ll need to do this promptly today to complete today’s challenge! Remember you can remove any extra servings on your tray you don’t need by clicking on them.

 

Tip! Unlock blueberry pancakes and add them to the menu before starting today’s level. Blueberry pancakes have a double restocking perk, making the challenge only half as hard.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 26

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 26

 

Level 27 – Changing the Focus

Stacy needs to give Mike a helping hand, by hook or by crook… Just don’t let it get on camera!

Mouse Location: Peeking out from the right side of the wooden ladder nailed to the tree at the top of the screen.

 

Don’t let the camera catch Mike! Click on the cameraman whenever the meter appears over his head. You’ll need to click on him before the meter empties, or else he’ll catch Mike. Click on him immediately when the bar appears. Emily can go about her tasks normally regardless, which means the faster you click him, the safer Mike will be.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 27

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 27

 

Level 28 – Something Smells Fishy

Mike and Stacy have been caught… But they’re not the only ones who’ll end up smelling bad.

Mouse Location: Behind the checkout counter, between the first and second mats from the left.

 

Help Bob clean himself off. There are 5 cleaning items scattered around the camp. Locate them as Bob asks for them and bring them to him. Every item you pick up will be added to your tray, so it’s better to only pick up items as they’re asked for. If you need to remove an item from your tray, click on it to return it to the location where it was found. Their locations are shown below.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 28

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 28

 

Level 29 – Doing it for the Kids

The girls have reached a decision, but Mike has something to say himself… Talk to him to give him courage.

Mouse Location: In the stream between the rope log bridge and the tree with the wooden ladder attached.

 

Encourage Mike today. A “!” bubble will appear over his head whenever he needs encouragement. Click on him to bolster his confidence! Each time Stacy comforts Mike, she’ll be temporarily unavailable to help any children with archery. Keep this in mind before you comfort Mike. Bolster him 5 times before the end of the day to complete today’s objective.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 29

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 29

 

Level 30 – Breaking Camp

It’s time to know the test results… Leave the campers with a good taste in their mouths.

Mouse Location: Hanging upside-down between the wood rafters at the top of the cabin, just below the hanging tree branch.

 

Don’t let anyone’s mood drop under 3 hearts today. Keep items stocked and serve customers full orders as quickly as possible.

 

Tip! If you find yourself struggling, try purchasing an upgrade in the Shop, or switching out items in your menu!

 

Chapter 4 – High-flying Rivalries

 

Level 31 – Let the Show (Off) Begin!

The competition is Sharon’s moment to shine! And what better way to show off than serving customers efficiently?

Mouse Location: On the grass between the left dining table and the tea table.

 

Serve customers within 25 seconds of each other and their ordering. Today’s challenge objective is all about being efficient. Most items are straight-forward, with Sharon giving you any masks or fans you ask for. Otherwise, remember to restock bread by clicking on the bagged slices underneath the counter.

 

Level 32 – Lost Blueprints

Can parenthood be taught through blueprints? Help Patrick find the schematics for his kite!

Mouse Location: On the right side of the path in the upper right corner, in the gate archway.

 

Find the 5 blueprints scattered around the estate. Their locations are shown below. New today is the teapot. Click on the teapot on the left to begin brewing tea. It’s only while the pot is hot that you’ll be able to serve the beverage.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 32

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 32

 

Level 33 – Kite-Building Boosters

All the contenders are building kites like there’s no tomorrow. Deliver what they ask for!

Mouse Location: Between the cart and fountain on the right side of the screen. Note: Mouse can be covered by customers ordering at the right table.

 

Serve the contenders their orders. Chad and Patrick are sitting at the table on the lower left. Both will make orders throughout the day. Be sure to serve them promptly! Serve the men 16 orders total before the end of the day to complete today’s challenge.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 33

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 33

 

Level 34 – Parenting Multitasking

With all the kids bragging about their parents, Grace can’t help but want more attention.

Mouse Location: Behind the top of the cash register.

 

Grace just wants to play! Find Grace in all her hiding places. She’ll hide in 6 different locations, each shown below. Note that if you have Evelyn helping with cleaning, she can block the last location Grace shows up. Either have Evelyn clean a table with a “!” bubble, or carefully click around her until you catch little Grace.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 34

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 34

 

Level 35 – Broadcast Update

The TV show keeps getting traction… Keep up with their updates!

Mouse Location: At the top of the leftmost topiary, next to the large hanging sign. Note: Sharon can block the mouse if she’s helping customers take photos.

 

Keep an eye on the TV crew today. Every time a “!” bubble appears over the crew, click on them to have Emily talk with them. Complete this task a total of 5 times today to complete your diamond objective.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 35

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 35

 

Level 36 – High Tea Competition

The tension is so thick you could cut it with a knife… No room for mistakes today.

Mouse Location: On the floor below the checkout counter, between the pastry and the jam.

 

Today is all about appearances and perfection. Get through the day without making any mistakes! Don’t spill or burn any products. Pastries are prone to burning and tea can be spilled.

 

Tip! If you need additional help making it through the day, try altering your menu!

 

Level 37 – Sweet Exhibition

A delicious cake might sweeten the tension of the kite exhibition. Lend Sharon a hand!

Mouse Location: Underneath the table in the upper left corner, just above the footpath.

 

Decorate Sharon’s cake. A “!” bubble will appear over the cake in the upper left corner. Click on it to have Sharon decorate it. Sharon will be kept busy while decorating, while Emily will be able to move around and serve customers as per normal. If Sharon needs to help her serve, she’ll pause her progress on the cake. Click on the cake once she’s finished serving customers to have her continue decorating. Complete the cake before the end of the day to earn a diamond.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 37

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 37

 

Level 38 – Trimming the Disaster

Is there a way to save the topiary? Help Patrick by handing him the tools he needs.

Mouse Location: Behind the top of the small hedge in the lower right corner, next to the champagne.

 

Pass Patrick the tools he needs today. There are 5 tools scattered around the area. Find them and give them to Patrick as he asks for them. Every tool you pick up will be added to your tray, so it’s best to only pick them up once asked for. If you need to free up tray space, click on the tool to remove it, placing it back in the location where it was found. The 5 tool locations are pictured below.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 38

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 38

 

Level 39 – When the Kite is Down

Once again, Chad’s taking off, but Sharon’s going down…

Mouse Location: In the roses beneath the right window of the manor, above the mask table.

 

Don’t make Sharon walk more than necessary today. A meter in the upper right corner of the screen will help you keep track of Sharon’s steps. This objective does not affect Emily, only Sharon.

 

Tip! Try keeping an extra cup of tea on your tray to minimize Sharon’s walking.

 

Level 40 – The Benefit of the Calm

The breeze at the beach, a little chat with a friend, and ideas just start flowing for Sharon.

Mouse Location: At the far-left corner of the hedge in the upper left corner of the screen, hiding behind the willow fronds.

 

Listen to Sharon’s ideas. Every time Sharon has an idea, a “!” bubble will appear over her head. Click on Sharon to listen to her idea. You’ll need to do this a total of 5 times today to complete today’s challenge.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 40

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 40

 

Chapter 5 – The Final Challenge

 

Level 41 – Outburst Prevention

At the O’Malley’s, everyone drools over the twins! Until they breath deep, fill up their lungs and… Don’t let that happen!

Mouse Location: Behind the lower right side of the rose archway.

 

Take care of Vito Jr. today. The baby boy’s in an infant swing on the left side of the garden. Every time a “!” bubble appears over him, quickly click on Vito Jr. to calm him. Repeat this a total of 4 times today to complete today’s objective.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 41

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 41

 

Level 42 – Big Acts Ahead

Sharon’s presenting her idea for the final challenge. It’s time to build the stage!

Mouse Location: On the grass in the upper left corner of the garden.

 

Today’s objective is to prepare the stage. Two stage lights are marked with a “!” bubble at the start of the day. Click on a light to prepare it. You’ll need to finish preparing both before the end of the day to complete today’s objective.

 

Tip! Prepare popsicles early in the day to save time later.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 42

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 42

 

Level 43 – Prime Time Lunch

As Mike prepares his answer, the competition is getting even more popular! Be efficient with your trays!

Mouse Location: On the grass just beneath the center of the stage, centered between the steps.

 

Serve 6 full trays of items today. Your tray has 3 slots. You’ll need to serve those items back-to-back to clear the tray. Repeat this a total of 6 times today to earn a glittering diamond.

 

Tip! Only serve orders once your tray is full!

 

Level 44 – Stage Fright

Chad is nervous? There’s a first time for everything… Don’t let the star of the show break down!

Mouse Location: On top of the large star on the far-right side of the stage, beneath the CDs.

 

Don’t let Chad run away today! Chad is standing in the upper left corner of the garden. Each time the meter appears over his head, click on him to prevent him from leaving. The longer you wait, the more likely he is to start moving. Click on him as quickly as possible once the bar appears. Repeat this throughout the day to earn a diamond as bright as his smile.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 44

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 44

 

Level 45 – Daddy’s Gonna Cheat

What are all these question cards doing lying around? Surely no one would take advantage of that…

Mouse Location: Behind the top of the cash register.

 

Collect the question cards scattered throughout the yard. There are 7 in total. Their locations are shown below.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 45

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 45

 

Level 46 – Too Close for Comfort

Something’s wrong with the twins… but will Patrick realize? Help them fix it!

Mouse Location: Behind the left side of the checkout counter, above the bag of chips.

 

Change the babies’ outfits. A “!” will appear over the infants at the start of the day. Click on them to change their clothing. Changing the children requires Emily’s full attention, so work at their outfits every spare moment you’re not serving customers to keep on top of today’s task.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 46

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 46

 

Level 47 – The Wake-Up Call

Time to make it up and clean it down! Help Patrick keep all goods in stock.

Mouse Location: On the grass below the first table in the lower right corner, closest to the cash register.

 

Don’t run out of stock on any items today. Stocked items include chips and sandwich spread. To restock the chips, click on the chip bag on the left above the glass. To restock the spread, click on the stack of boat trays next to the ice. Complete the day without stock ever reaching 0 to earn a diamond.

 

Tip! Restock both fully before the end of the day to earn an additional score bonus!

 

Level 48 – The Battle of the Dads

It’s the most anticipated daddy sumo battle in recent history, but is Patrick game? Gather all the materials!

Mouse Location: Behind the popsicle stand immediately below the cash register.

 

Receive the sumo materials from Francois. Francois will appear several times today carrying boxes containing supplies. Whenever a “!” bubble appears over his head, click on him to collect the materials. Repeat this a total of 5 times today to earn today’s diamond.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 48

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 48

 

Level 49 – Daddy to the Rescue!

Can the love of a child put an end to any battle? Keep the good vibes up!

Mouse Location: Behind the left side of the hedge of plants in the upper left corner, below the large tree branch. Note: Orders from the upper left table can partially block the mouse from view.

 

Don’t let the customers’ patience drop below 3 hearts at any point today. Serve customers full orders quickly to improve their patience. You can also upgrade your Shop or menu to improve patience!

 

Level 50 – Season Finale

Is the competition over? Bob seems to have some ‘creative differences’ with the gang, kick him out!

Mouse Location: Hanging upside-down from the left stage spotlight.

 

Get Bob out of here! Click on Bob whenever a “!” bubble appears over his head to shoo him away. You’ll need to do this a total of 4 times today before he’ll finally be out of your hair for good.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 50

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 50

 

Chapter 6 – The Father of the Year

This location introduces a unique product: the mixed drink. Depending on the color drink customers order, you’ll need to mix different colored powders together. The following is a table of powder colors and the drink mix they’ll create when combined.

 

Powder Mix 1 Powder Mix 2 Powder Mix 3 Result
Red     Red
Blue     Blue
Yellow     Yellow
Yellow Red   Orange
Yellow Blue   Green
Red Blue   Purple
Yellow Red Blue Dark Purple

 

Level 51 – Warming Up the Oven

Father-daughter quality time with extra sugar. Prepare the oven for these guys!

Mouse Location: Behind the third plate from the left of the bottom leftmost counter.

 

Today’s task is to prepare the oven. The oven is on the right, marked with a “!” bubble. Click on the oven to prep it. Patrick will be busy while he’s working on it, so try to balance prepping the oven with catering to customers. Complete preparations before the end of the day to earn a diamond.

 

Tip! Keep at least 1 yellow soda pop on your tray to save time with incoming customers.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 51

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 51

 

Level 52 – A Sweet Surprise

Mike is going to cook!? All kitchen protocols enabled! Get him what he needs!

Mouse Location: On the cloth placemat underneath the blue batter tray on the upper right.

 

Bring Mike the items he needs today. Mike will stand in the upper left corner of the kitchen. Every time he needs an item, an order bubble will pop up over his head. Bring him the item he needs. You’ll need to repeat this task a total of 7 times today to complete the objective.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 52

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 52

 

Level 53 – Absent Minded

Love might fly in and out, but a good friend stays forever. Cheer up Sharon!

Mouse Location: In the sink in the upper left corner.

 

Cheer up Sharon. Sharon and Emily will spend the day sitting at the table on the upper right. Each time a “!” appears over them, click on them to have Emily cheer her up. Patrick will continue to work independently of Emily, so no time will be wasted clicking on them right away. Cheer up Sharon a total of 5 times to complete today’s challenge.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 53

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 53

 

Level 54 – Some Things Never Change

Can you ever go wrong if you listen to your heart? Keep Levi entertained!

Mouse Location: Between the center and bottom right counters, next to the fondue pot. Note: If you have Mike helping clean, he can completely block the mouse. Only by cleaning a table when the mouse appears will he move out of the way.

 

Keep Levi entertained. Mary-Lynn is standing near the sink on the upper left. Each time a meter appears over her, click on her before it empties. You’ll need to repeat this task throughout the day to earn today’s diamond.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 54

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 54

 

Level 55 – Reconciliation ‘a la carte’

What big surprise is waiting for Mary-Lynn? Maybe some food will help her and Andy reconcile!

Mouse Location: On the floor at the right side of the checkout counter, just below the cash register.

 

Take Mary-Lynn and Andy’s orders. The two will be standing at the counter behind the oven for the entire day. Serve them a total of 20 orders they’ll ask for to earn today’s diamond.

 

Tip! Serve these two before other customers to keep their patience up! You can also purchase upgrades or improve your menu to help with increasing patience.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 55

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 55

 

Level 56 – The Mess After

Patrick has resolved to prove he’s learned his lesson… Make his life easier by not burning anything!

Mouse Location: In the upper right window, above the batter mixes.

 

Don’t burn any pastries today! Restocking waffles and cannolis both require the oven, and both risk burning if you don’t take them out quickly! Make it through the day without burning anything and you’ll earn a diamond for top-notch effort.

 

Tip! Purchase the Modern Oven upgrade in the Shop to increase the amount of time that passes before the pastries risk burning.

 

Level 57 – A Clean Truce

Patrick and Chad might end up finding some common ground… or some common tables to clean.

Mouse Location: Hanging upside-down from the center of the spice shelf hanging on the wall between the windows.

 

Clean 3 tables in a row a total of 3 times. This challenge is tricky. Chances are you’re used to cleaning tables right away. Now whenever you see the “!” bubble appear: Wait! Don’t start cleaning tables until there are at least 3 in need of cleaning. Then click on all the tables back-to-back to clean them. Repeat this a total of 3 times to complete today’s challenge and have those tables shining like diamonds.

 

Tip! This challenge doesn’t just apply to tables. Any dirty surface with a “!” bubble counts!

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 57

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 57

 

Level 58 – The Surprise Factor

Children have a sixth sense for surprises! Catch Grace and Paige before they discover Chad.

Mouse Location: On the floor between the bottom left and center counters, between the whipped cream and the glass.

 

Find Grace and Paige. These two are playing hide and seek all over the kitchen today. Every time you hear a giggle, one of them has appeared! Quickly find and click on them before they disappear again. You’ll need to find the mischievous duo 10 times today to complete today’s challenge. The locations where they show up are pictured below.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 58

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 58

 

Level 59 – The Magic Touch

We still don’t know if girls mature faster than boys, but they both need love. Sooth Emmy this time!

Mouse Location: On the floor behind the right side of the sink counter, between the bag of marshmallows and the dining table.

 

Avoid a crying outburst. Emmy is the culprit today, and she’s sitting in a baby swing beneath the sink. As soon as a meter appears over her head, click on her – fast! The meter empties very quickly. If the meter empties, little Emmy will cry. Prevent the little one from having an outburst for the entirety of today and you’ll earn a diamond. Really, you’ll deserve it after today!

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 59

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 59

 

Level 60 – Competition Over

A delicious meal can bring any family together! Give them the ingredients they need.

Mouse Location: Hiding behind the plant in the small blue vase on top of the small oven on the right. Note: Customers at the baking station will block the mouse from view as long as they are there.

 

Prepare food for the barbecue. Various family and friends will enter the kitchen with a food order today. Bring them the item they ask for. Repeat this for all 8 food items requested to complete today’s objective.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Level 60

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Level 60

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition!

 

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Challenges

Many challenges await in Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads, including 30 challenge levels. These special challenge levels are spread throughout each chapter. Each level requires you to complete a unique objective. For more information on Daily Challenges, visit the General Tips & Tricks section. All other challenge levels can be found in this section of the Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Official Walkthrough.

 

Chapter 1 – The Parenting Challenge

 

Challenge 1-1  – Check-Out Frenzy

Here’s a restaurateur’s trick for stressful days: check-out multiple customers at once!

 

Check out multiple customers at once, 3 times. Make sure to have at least 2 customers waiting at the register before you use the checkout monitor. Do this 3 times to complete today’s challenge.

 

Challenge 1-2 – The Tip of the Day

Help Emily get some extra money to buy some treats for the kids!

 

Earn 300 in tips. Serve complete orders quickly to earn bonus tips that will be added to your score. Checking out multiple customers at once will also add a nice tip to top off your score.

 

Tip! Try investing in various upgrades and menu changes to help increase your tips.

 

Challenge 1-3 – The Formula for Exhaustion

The competition, the supermarket, the twins… Emily and Nora are definitely overworked!

 

Emily and Nora are both tired. Both will take longer to move and prepare items today. It’s best to restock items and prepare at the very start of the day. If you find yourself struggling, there are patience upgrades available in the Shop that will help today.

 

Challenge 1-4 – An Eye on the Restock

Like our grandmas would say… an ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure.

 

Don’t run out of stock today. Smoothies and fruit salads are both items with limited stock. A number at the lower right corner of each item will display their current stock. Emily will be in charge of restocking these items. Both will be popular today to add to the challenge. Remember – it’s always better to keep a customer waiting while you restock than to run out!

 

Challenge 1-5 – Risky Check-Outs

Life is risky. Check out customers when a heart is shaking.

 

Check out customers at the last possible moment when the heart above their head is shaking. Carefully watch the hearts above a customer’s head once the money icon appears. When a heart is almost empty, it will begin to shake. Click on the checkout monitor to check out the customer right at the last moment. You’ll need to repeat this 10 times to complete today’s challenge.

 

Tip! The shaking heart applies to any level of customer happiness. For example – a customer with 5 hearts and the fifth heart shaking, or a customer with 4 hearts and the fourth heart shaking.

 

Chapter 2 – Cleaning the Slate

 

Challenge 2-1 – Inauguration Mood

We need to live up to expectations! Serve 17 ecstatic customers.

 

Serve 17 ecstatic customers today. To make a customer ecstatic, bring a customer with 4 hearts their full order before they lose any hearts. If you do this successfully, that customer will earn another heart and become ecstatic, adding toward the total of today’s goal.

 

Challenge 2-2 – Quick Hook

The contest is getting so exciting, customers want to get back to it as soon as possible. Work quicker!

 

Get 17 quick bonuses. Earn quick bonuses by bringing a customer their full order within a handful of seconds of their ordering. To help with today’s challenge, try carrying an extra of a popular item that takes longer to prepare on your tray. For example, baby food.

 

Challenge 2-3 – Non-Stop Spa

Everybody’s ready to make the most out of the contest. Don’t you dare stop for even a second!

 

Don’t stand still for longer than 8 seconds today. The easiest way to keep Emily moving is to alternate clicking between two locations. We recommend clicking between the checkout monitor and the green bow below it. Not only will this prevent any excess walking on Emily’s part, it’ll also prevent any unwanted items building up on your tray.

 

Challenge 2-4 – Murphy’s Law

Sometimes it seems everything’s against you, even the trays are falling apart!

 

Work with a breaking tray. You’ll start the day off with 5 slots, and by the end of the day, you’ll only have 1! It’s important to get as many combos as possible at the start of the day. By the end of the day, you’ll have to make multiple trips per order.

 

Challenge 2-5 – Times of Uncertainty

With all the competition around them, customers get distracted and confuse their orders.

 

Don’t let a customer drop below 3 hearts today. Try preparing orders as soon as a customer orders and don’t worry too much about combos. If you need to increase your customers’ patience, check out the Shop!

 

Tip! Don’t keep customers waiting too long at the register today. Check them out before their hearts empty!

 

Chapter 3 – Natural Selection

 

Challenge 3-1 – The Food Chain

Chain the customers up to the taste of our delicious food!

 

Serve 6 orders in a row. Each time you serve 2 orders back-to-back, you’ll earn a tally toward today’s challenge objective. Successfully serve at least 2 orders in a row back-to-back, 6 times today to complete today’s challenge.

 

Tip! Children at the archery targets count toward today’s challenge.

 

Challenge 3-2 – Fully Served

Let’s serve it the way great waiters do! Everything at once.

 

Serve only full orders. To complete today’s challenge, you’ll have to bring every customer all the items they ask for in a single trip. If you find this challenge difficult, focus on serving only 1 customer at a time.

 

Challenge 3-3 – The Stomach Rumble Symphony

The kids are starving after an exciting day at the camp. Feed them double orders!

 

Table customers will order twice today. It’s especially important to keep your items properly stocked today. Remember that there’s only 1 set of hearts per each table of customers, so serving them quickly is a must! Place emphasis on serving table customers first when ordering to achieve the highest scores.

 

Challenge 3-4 – Forgetful Customers

Beware: an exciting day at the camp may cause hyperactivity, fatigue, and selective amnesia.

 

Customers will forget their orders today. After a customer orders and a short period of time passes, their order will be replaced with a “?” bubble. The best strategy to use today is to prepare orders as soon as they’re ordered. This will prevent a lot of confusion long-term. If you find yourself falling behind, focus on serving newer customers first, whose orders you’re sure of.

 

Challenge 3-5 – Culinary Double-Check

How can you be sure you got it right? By making every product twice!

 

Make each product twice today. This is one of the toughest challenges. Every time you make a product, you’ll need to make 2 of it in a row. For example, if a customer orders pancakes and eggs, you’ll need to make 2 pancake orders, followed by 2 eggs, exactly how the customer asked for it. Items such as flags and badges are included – you must pick up 2 in a row or else you’ll fail today’s challenge.

 

If you find yourself struggling today, invest in items that help increase patience in the Shop. Otherwise, remember that any extra items you make can be kept on your tray for later. For example, if you pick up 2 flags and keep 1 on your tray, and a customer asks for a flag, you can serve that leftover flag on your tray without having to pick up any new ones.

 

Chapter 4 – High-flying Rivalries

 

Challenge 4-1 – Broken Register

The cash register is broken, and the repairman is on holiday… We’ll just have to make do!

 

The cash register will break throughout the day. Every time this happens, an empty meter will appear over it. Click on the cash register to fix it. You’ll need to fix it completely before you can use it again. The best strategy to use today is to only fix the cash register as needed. Don’t waste any more time than necessary.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Challenge 4-1

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Challenge 4-1

 

Challenge 4-2 – Seizing the Opportuni-tea

Make 22 cups of tea.

 

Make 22 cups of tea today. Click on the pot on the left to boil the water. Once the needle lands in the green zone, you’ll be able to make tea. Click on the kettle, followed by the tea cup to make a cup of tea. The best strategy to use is to make as many as possible in a single go when the kettle is warm enough. Try to make tea in batches of 4 at least. Remember to cross any extra cups of tea you no longer want off your tray! You’ll need to do this to add more items to your tray.

 

Challenge 4-3 – Stoic Service

No matter how stressful it gets, take a moment to have a deep breath, and don’t move for 30 seconds.

 

Don’t move for 30 seconds. The best opportunity to do this is at the very start and the very end of the day.

  • The start of the day: Don’t move at all once the day starts. Approximately 2 tables of customers will arrive before you complete the challenge.
  • The end of the day: Check out every customer except the very last one! Hold still for 30 seconds until you complete the challenge, then check out the final customer.

 

Challenge 4-4 – Energy Drop

All the fuss is taking its toll on Emily.

 

Emily is tired today. All her movements and preparation times will be extended. Take this into account and restock everything at the start of the day. If you find yourself struggling, try upgrading your Shop and menu to include items that will increase customer patience.

 

Challenge 4-5 – The Tray Deception

Such a difficult world… You never know when a tray might simply stop holding your products…

 

Products will fall off your tray today! Keep a close eye on your tray between preparing items and bringing them to customers. While full orders are great for your score, you may want to make quicker trips today to avoid disaster.

 

Chapter 5 – The Final Challenge

 

Challenge 5-1 – The Taste of Experience

It’s what gives food that extra something! Deliver 15 products that were already on your tray.

 

Deliver 15 products that are already on the tray. Pre-make items today and keep one of each on your tray – popsicle, bread with spread, and ticket. Remove any items from your tray as needed to pick up any you may be missing. If you keep these three on your tray, however, the chances of having an item a customer wants are very high. Remember – to count, the item must be made before the customer orders it!

 

Challenge 5-2 – Multi-use Tray

The twins have developed a habit of leaving toys on Emily’s tray. Work with blocked tray slots!

 

Work with blocked tray slots. A lock icon will show up over the middle (second) slot of your tray today. This means whatever the second item is on your tray, you won’t be able to serve it! Take this into consideration as you play. Only the first and third items on your tray can be served. That means no full orders today!

 

Tip! You can still remove any item from your tray, but remember – any item in the second slot cannot be served. Serving the first item will move the second item to the first slot.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Challenge 5-2

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Challenge 5-2

 

Challenge 5-3 – Ice-Cream Preservation

Fresh and frozen – that’s how food should always be served!

 

Don’t let any product melt today. That means popsicles! Be especially careful when adding popsicles to your tray. Serve them right away – don’t take your time, or else they’ll melt.

 

Tip! You can still pre-make popsicles and leave them on ice without worrying about them melting. You can also cross them off your tray before they melt without risking losing today’s challenge.

 

Challenge 5-4 – Fast Fresh Food

It’s time for the Fresh Product Challenge!

 

Deliver the products before they go bad! This applies to any item pictured in the upper right corner of today’s challenge. As soon as a fresh item is added to your tray, it’ll go bad within a handful of seconds. If there’s a fresh product on your tray, don’t worry about combos. Instead, serve that fresh item right away to prevent it from going bad.

 

Tip! Melted popsicles will not count against you in today’s challenge.

 

Challenge 5-5 – Triple Check Out

It’s scientifically proven: charging three customers at once is always more satisfying.

 

Check out 3 customers at once, a total of 4 times today. Investing in upgrades that increase patience, or an entertainer, will help keep customers patient while you rack up those combos at the register.

 

Chapter 6 – The Father of the Year

 

Challenge 6-1 – Quick Service

Help Patrick finish quickly so he can spend time with the twins. Get 3 quick bonuses in a row!

 

Get 3 quick bonuses in a row. If you serve an order that isn’t a quick bonus, any progress you’ve made will be erased and you’ll have to start over. Cakes will be especially popular orders today. Pay close attention to the number of layers a customer asks for and bring their items quickly!

 

Tip! You can still check out customers at the register and save any progress you’ve made toward today’s challenge.

 

Challenge 6-2 – No Mistakes Allowed

Patrick’s feeling confident today: don’t throw away or burn any products!

 

Don’t make any mistakes today. There’s two parts to this challenge: 1) Don’t burn any products today when using the oven. 2) Don’t remove any items from your tray. Serve only perfect orders. If you start to fall behind, don’t panic! If you get the orders right, you’ll complete today’s challenge with ease.

 

Challenge 6-3 – Mystery Service

Test your brain, and finish the shift without seeing what you’re carrying on the tray.

 

Today’s challenge is to work with a mystery tray! As soon as you’ve finished preparing an item and it goes onto your tray, that item will turn into a “?”. You must then take it to the correct customer. Pay extra close attention while preparing items today. You’ll still be able to see an outline of the item you’re making before it turns into a finished “?” on your tray.

 

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Challenge 6-3

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Challenge 6-3

 

Challenge 6-4 – Sparkling Tables

If history has taught us anything, it’s that dirty tables are bad news. Clean the tables before 10 seconds pass.

 

Never leave a table dirty for longer than 10 seconds. Having Mike help you clean today is essential to keep on top of things. The moment a table displays a “!” bubble over it, click on it immediately. The table needs to be cleaned within 10 seconds, and it takes at least a few seconds to move to the actual table and clean it.

 

Challenge 6-5 – Fair Service

It’s important to teach the twins good values. Serve everyone in the order they come in.

 

Serve customers in the order they come in. Pay close attention to customers entering from the left: That’s the order in which you must serve them today. Even if another customer orders first, you’ll need to serve the customers in the order which they entered in.

 

 

Congratulations! You’ve completed all the challenges!

 

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Mouse Locations

Moms vs Dads – versus mice! Carl the mouse is hidden in each of the game’s 60 story levels. This section of the Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads walkthrough lists every level and location where Carl can be found.

 

Chapter 1 – The Parenting Challenge

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Chapter 1 Mouse Locations

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Chapter 1 Mouse Locations

Level 1: At the bottom right corner of the mat, next to the basket of oranges.

Level 2: In the basket of tomatoes at the bottom left corner of the fresh produce counter.

Level 3: Hanging upside-down from the light above the carrot grill.

Level 4: In the bottom left portion of the ice-cooled table.

Level 5: In the basket of oranges at the bottom right corner of the fresh produce counter.

Level 6: Hanging upside-down from the light above the juicer.

Level 7: Behind the top of the checkout monitor.

Level 8: At the left corner of the nuts and olives counter, near the green baskets.

Level 9: On the wood floor between the standing tables in the lower left corner.

Level 10: Peeking out from the right side of the awning above the fresh jam stand.

 

Chapter 2 – Cleaning the Slate

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Chapter 2 Mouse Locations

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Chapter 2 Mouse Locations

Level 11: On the upper floor between the bath and the checkout monitor.

Level 12: To the right of the left set of stairs, in front of the display table.

Level 13: In the center of the wood floor on the left, to the right of the seated table.

Level 14: At the far bottom left corner of the checkout counter, near the basket and bottle warmer.

Level 15: Behind the tray with the rubber ducky below the changing table.

Level 16: On the upper floor to the right of the left set of stairs, near the bottom right corner of the entrance mat.

Level 17: Behind the checkout counter, between the first and second mats to the left of the checkout monitor.

Level 18: In the window behind the large rubber ducky floating in the bath.

Level 19: On the floor at the upper right corner of the changing table.

Level 20: Behind the baby wipes, between the leftmost pool of water and the entrance mat.

 

Chapter 3 – Natural Selection

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Chapter 3 Mouse Locations

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Chapter 3 Mouse Locations

Level 21: Behind the far-left side of the wooden fence, near the center of the screen.

Level 22: On the grass below the picnic table on the left.

Level 23: On the grass between the large tree and the wooden steps on the left.

Level 24: On the rocks just below the bow and arrows.

Level 25: Behind the upper portion of the cooking spit next to the cash register.

Level 26: Above the lower right archery target in the upper right corner of the screen.

Level 27: Peeking out from the right side of the wooden ladder nailed to the tree at the top of the screen.

Level 28: Behind the checkout counter, between the first and second mats from the left.

Level 29: In the stream between the rope log bridge and the tree with the wooden ladder attached.

Level 30: Hanging upside-down between the wood rafters at the top of the cabin, just below the hanging tree branch.

 

Chapter 4 – High-flying Rivalries

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Chapter 4 Mouse Locations

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Chapter 4 Mouse Locations

Level 31: On the grass between the left dining table and the tea table.

Level 32: On the right side of the path in the upper right corner, in the gate archway.

Level 33: Between the cart and fountain on the right side of the screen. Note: Mouse can be covered by customers ordering at the right table.

Level 34: Behind the top of the cash register.

Level 35: At the top of the leftmost topiary, next to the large hanging sign. Note: Sharon can block the mouse if she’s helping customers take photos.

Level 36: On the floor below the checkout counter, between the pastry and the jam.

Level 37: Underneath the table in the upper left corner, just above the footpath.

Level 38: Behind the top of the small hedge in the lower right corner, next to the champagne.

Level 39: In the roses beneath the right window of the manor, above the mask table.

Level 40: At the far-left corner of the hedge in the upper left corner of the screen, hiding behind the willow fronds.

 

Chapter 5 – The Final Challenge

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Chapter 5 Mouse Locations

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Chapter 5 Mouse Locations

Level 41: Behind the lower right side of the rose archway.

Level 42: On the grass in the upper left corner of the garden.

Level 43: On the grass just beneath the center of the stage, centered between the steps.

Level 44: On top of the large star on the far-right side of the stage, beneath the CDs.

Level 45: Behind the top of the cash register.

Level 46: Behind the left side of the checkout counter, above the bag of chips.

Level 47: On the grass below the first table in the lower right corner, closest to the cash register.

Level 48: Behind the popsicle stand immediately below the cash register.

Level 49: Behind the left side of the hedge of plants in the upper left corner, below the large tree branch. Note: Orders from the upper left table can partially block the mouse from view.

Level 50: Hanging upside-down from the left stage spotlight.

 

Chapter 6 – The Father of the Year

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition - Chapter 6 Mouse Locations

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition – Chapter 6 Mouse Locations

Level 51: Behind the third plate from the left of the bottom leftmost counter.

Level 52: On the cloth placemat underneath the blue batter tray on the upper right.

Level 53: In the sink in the upper left corner.

Level 54: Between the center and bottom right counters, next to the fondue pot. Note: If you have Mike helping clean, he can completely block the mouse. Only by cleaning a table when the mouse appears will he move out of the way.

Level 55: On the floor at the right side of the checkout counter, just below the cash register.

Level 56: In the upper right window, above the batter mixes.

Level 57: Hanging upside-down from the center of the spice shelf hanging on the wall between the windows.

Level 58: On the floor between the bottom left and center counters, between the whipped cream and the glass.

Level 59: On the floor behind the right side of the sink counter, between the bag of marshmallows and the dining table.

Level 60: Hiding behind the plant in the small blue vase on top of the small oven on the right. Note: Customers at the baking station will block the mouse from view as long as they are there.

 

Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Trophies

Show off your Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads achievements by earning special trophies. There are 16 trophies for you to unlock. Each trophy unlocks a special postcard, which you can then share with your friends on social media. Click on the trophy icon in the upper right corner of the level select map to view which trophies you’ve unlocked, as well as your progress on unlocking others.

 

Postcard Name Description How to Unlock
Baby Steps Complete the tutorial. Complete the tutorial after starting the game.
Time for a Lesson! Complete the first 5 levels of the game. Finish levels 1 – 5.
The Parenting Challenge Complete all the levels at The Eco Market. Finish levels 1 – 10.
Cleaning the Slate Complete all the levels at the Prenatal and Children Spa. Finish levels 11 – 20.
Natural Selection Complete all the levels at Camp Talon. Finish levels 21 – 30.
High-flying Rivalries Complete all the levels at Sharon’s Garden. Finish levels 31 – 40.
The Final Challenge Complete all the levels at Emily’s Garden. Finish levels 41 – 50.
The Father of the Year Complete all the levels at Emily’s Kitchen. Finish levels 51 – 60.
Contest Specialist Complete all the story events. Complete all the optional challenges in levels 1 – 60.
Personal Shopper Buy every product from every shop. Purchase all the upgrades available in the Shop. Select the Shop at the beginning of a level, or click the Shop icon at the start of each chapter’s level select map.
And The Winner Is… Unlock all the product upgrades across every chapter. Unlock product upgrades by achieving high scores on levels within a chapter. Products will unlock as you play.
Mice Catcher Find Carl the Mouse in every level of the game. Find Carl the Mouse hidden in story levels 1 – 60. See the Mouse Locations section for a list of all locations where Carl can be found.
A Porch Soiree Purchase all the rear porch furniture and decorations. Select the furniture icon in the upper right corner of the level select map. From here, use diamonds you’ve earned while playing levels and challenges to purchase furniture and decorations. Purchase all of the available options to unlock this trophy.
Wish Upon a Star Earn 3 stars on every level of the game. Earn the highest score possible on levels 1 – 60.
Sounds Like a Challenge! Earn every star on every challenge of the game. Complete each of the 30 challenge levels successfully.
Daily Explorer Have 5 friends playing the game. Connect to Facebook and have 5 friends who also play the game.

 

 

Didn’t Find What You Need?
We Can Help!

If you need additional help with your game – whether you’re experiencing technical issues or just require a few extra tips and tricks – our Customer Support team can help!

Click here to send a support ticket!

Delicious - Emily's Moms vs Dads Platinum Edition_Paige art

 

The Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Official Walkthrough is meant as a guide and does not contain cheats, hacks, or serials.

 

 

 

 

The post Delicious – Emily’s Moms vs Dads Official Walkthrough appeared first on GameHouse.

Viewing all 192 articles
Browse latest View live